三藏之路 Tipitaka Path
巴利三藏 · 玛欣德尊者标准中译
首页律藏大品部1. 大篇

1. Mahākhandhako1. 大篇

614 段 · CSCD 巴利原典
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa · 礼敬彼世尊、阿拉汉、正自觉者
Vinayapiṭake · 律藏
Mahāvaggapāḷi · 大品部
1. Mahākhandhako1. 大篇
1. Bodhikathā1. 菩提论
§1
Tena samayena buddho bhagavā uruvelāyaṃ viharati najjā nerañjarāya tīre bodhirukkhamūle paṭhamābhisambuddho. Atha kho bhagavā bodhirukkhamūle sattāhaṃ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvedī . Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā paṭhamaṃ yāmaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ anulomapaṭilomaṃ manasākāsi – ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ, saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā, vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti – evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. ‘‘Avijjāyatveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho, saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho, viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho, nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho, saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodho, phassanirodhā vedanānirodho, vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho, taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho , upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho, bhavanirodhā jātinirodho, jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti – evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’ti.
那时,佛陀世尊住在乌卢韦喇,在尼连禅河岸边,菩提树根下,初成正觉。那时,世尊在菩提树根下以一跏趺坐七日,感受解脱之乐。那时,世尊于夜之初更,对缘起顺逆作意——「以无明为缘而有行,以行为缘而有识,以识为缘而有名色,以名色为缘而有六处,以六处为缘而有触,以触为缘而有受,以受为缘而有渴爱,以渴爱为缘而有取,以取为缘而有有,以有为缘而有生,以生为缘而有老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼生起——如是,此整个苦蕴集起。」「然而,以无明的无余离贪灭而行灭,以行灭而识灭,以识灭而名色灭,以名色灭而六处灭,以六处灭而触灭,以触灭而受灭,以受灭而渴爱灭,以渴爱灭而取灭,以取灭而有灭,以有灭而生灭,以生灭而老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼灭——如是,此整个苦蕴灭。」
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
那时,世尊了知此义,于彼时自说此优陀那——
‘‘Yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā;
「当诸法显现于,
Ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa;
热诚禅修的婆罗门时,
Athassa kaṅkhā vapayanti sabbā;
那时他的一切疑惑消失,
Yato pajānāti sahetudhamma’’nti.
因为他了知有因之法。」
§2
Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā majjhimaṃ yāmaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ anulomapaṭilomaṃ manasākāsi – ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hotī…pe… nirodho hotī’’ti.
那时,世尊于夜之中更,对缘起顺逆作意——「以无明为缘而有行,以行为缘而有识,以识为缘而有名色……如是,此整个苦蕴集起……灭。」
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
那时,世尊了知此义,于彼时自说此优陀那——
‘‘Yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā;
「当诸法显现于
Ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa;
热诚、禅修的婆罗门时,
Athassa kaṅkhā vapayanti sabbā;
那时他的一切疑惑消失,
Yato khayaṃ paccayānaṃ avedī’’ti.
因为他了知诸缘的灭尽。」
§3
Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā pacchimaṃ yāmaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ anulomapaṭilomaṃ manasākāsi – ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti…pe… nirodho hotī’’ti.
那时,世尊在夜的后分,顺逆地作意缘起:「以无明为缘而有行,以行为缘而有识,以识为缘而有名色……(中略)……如是有此整个苦蕴的集起……(中略)……有灭。」
Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
那时,世尊了知此义后,在那时刻自说此优陀那:
‘‘Yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā;
「当诸法显现于
Ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa;
热诚、禅修的婆罗门时,
Vidhūpayaṃ tiṭṭhati mārasenaṃ;
他住立驱散魔军,
Sūriyova obhāsayamantalikkha’’nti.
犹如太阳照耀虚空。」
Bodhikathā niṭṭhitā. · 菩提论完
2. Ajapālakathā2. 牧羊人论
§4
Atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā bodhirukkhamūlā yena ajapālanigrodho tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā ajapālanigrodhamūle sattāhaṃ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvedī. Atha kho aññataro huṃhuṅkajātiko brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami. Upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kittāvatā nu kho, bho gotama, brāhmaṇo hoti, katame ca pana brāhmaṇakaraṇā dhammā’’ti? Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
那时,世尊从那个定出定后,七日过去,从菩提树根前往阿迦巴喇尼拘律树,到达后,在阿迦巴喇尼拘律树根下以一跏趺坐七日,感受解脱之乐。那时,某位哼哼种姓的婆罗门前往世尊处。到达后,与世尊互相问候。交换了友好、值得忆念的话语后,站立于一旁。站立于一旁的那位婆罗门对世尊如此说:「果德玛尊者,到何种程度才是婆罗门?又什么是成为婆罗门的诸法?」那时,世尊了知此义后,于那时刻自说此优陀那:
Yo brāhmaṇo bāhitapāpadhammo;
凡婆罗门已除恶法,
Nihuṃhuṅko nikkasāvo yatatto;
无哼哼、无垢秽、自制,
Vedantagū vusitabrahmacariyo;
通达吠陀之极、已行梵行,
Dhammena so brahmavādaṃ vadeyya;
他应如法说梵语,
Yassussadā natthi kuhiñci loke’’ti.
于世间任何处他无傲慢。」
Ajapālakathā niṭṭhitā. · 牧羊人论完
3. Mucalindakathā3. 目真邻德论
§5
Atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā ajapālanigrodhamūlā yena mucalindo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā mucalindamūle sattāhaṃ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvedī. Tena kho pana samayena mahā akālamegho udapādi, sattāhavaddalikā sītavātaduddinī. Atha kho mucalindo nāgarājā sakabhavanā nikkhamitvā bhagavato kāyaṃ sattakkhattuṃ bhogehi parikkhipitvā uparimuddhani mahantaṃ phaṇaṃ karitvā aṭṭhāsi – ‘‘mā bhagavantaṃ sītaṃ, mā bhagavantaṃ uṇhaṃ, mā bhagavantaṃ ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphasso’’ti . Atha kho mucalindo nāgarājā sattāhassa accayena viddhaṃ vigatavalāhakaṃ devaṃ viditvā bhagavato kāyā bhoge viniveṭhetvā sakavaṇṇaṃ paṭisaṃharitvā māṇavakavaṇṇaṃ abhinimminitvā bhagavato purato aṭṭhāsi pañjaliko bhagavantaṃ namassamāno. Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
那时,世尊从那个定出来后,经过七天,从阿迦巴喇尼拘律树根前往目佳邻德,前往后,在目佳邻德树根处以一结跏趺坐七天,体验解脱之乐。当时,一场大的非时云出现了,七天有雨、寒冷、风、阴暗。那时,目佳邻德龙王从自己的住处出来,以身体七圈缠绕世尊的身体,在上方头顶张开大伞盖站立着——「愿世尊不冷,愿世尊不热,愿世尊不被虻、蚊、风、热、爬虫所触」。那时,目佳邻德龙王经过七天,知道天空已晴朗、云已散去,从世尊的身体解开身体,收回自己的形色,化作学童的形色,站在世尊面前,合掌礼敬世尊。那时,世尊了知此义,在那时刻,说出这优陀那:
‘‘Sukho viveko tuṭṭhassa, sutadhammassa passato;
「对知足者,独处是乐,对见已闻法者;
Abyāpajjaṃ sukhaṃ loke, pāṇabhūtesu saṃyamo.
于世间无恼害是乐,对诸有情的自制。
‘‘Sukhā virāgatā loke, kāmānaṃ samatikkamo;
于世间离贪是乐,诸欲的超越;
Asmimānassa yo vinayo, etaṃ ve paramaṃ sukha’’nti.
凡是我慢的调伏,这确实是最上乐。」
Mucalindakathā niṭṭhitā. · 目真邻德论完
4. Rājāyatanakathā4. 王住处论
§6
Atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā mucalindamūlā yena rājāyatanaṃ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā rājāyatanamūle sattāhaṃ ekapallaṅkena nisīdi vimuttisukhapaṭisaṃvedī. Tena kho pana samayena tapussa bhallikā vāṇijā ukkalā taṃ desaṃ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Atha kho tapussabhallikānaṃ vāṇijānaṃ ñātisālohitā devatā tapussabhallike vāṇije etadavoca – ‘‘ayaṃ, mārisā, bhagavā rājāyatanamūle viharati paṭhamābhisambuddho; gacchatha taṃ bhagavantaṃ manthena ca madhupiṇḍikāya ca patimānetha; taṃ vo bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti. Atha kho tapussabhallikā vāṇijā manthañca madhupiṇḍikañca ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho tapussabhallikā vāṇijā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘paṭiggaṇhātu no, bhante, bhagavā manthañca madhupiṇḍikañca, yaṃ amhākaṃ assa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘na kho tathāgatā hatthesu paṭiggaṇhanti. Kimhi nu kho ahaṃ paṭiggaṇheyyaṃ manthañca madhupiṇḍikañcā’’ti? Atha kho cattāro mahārājāno bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya catuddisā cattāro selamaye patte bhagavato upanāmesuṃ – ‘‘idha, bhante, bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu manthañca madhupiṇḍikañcā’’ti. Paṭiggahesi bhagavā paccagghe selamaye patte manthañca madhupiṇḍikañca, paṭiggahetvā paribhuñji. Atha kho tapussabhallikā vāṇijā bhagavantaṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ viditvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ (onītapattapāṇiṃ viditvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ) etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ete mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma dhammañca, upāsake no bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupete saraṇaṃ gate’’ti. Te ca loke paṭhamaṃ upāsakā ahesuṃ dvevācikā.
那时,世尊从那个定出来后,经过七天,从目佳邻德树根前往王舍树,前往后,在王舍树根处以一结跏趺坐七天,体验解脱之乐。当时,答普沙、跋利咖商人从伍咖喇正在那个地区的旅途道路上行进。那时,答普沙、跋利咖商人的亲戚血缘天人对答普沙、跋利咖商人说——「诸位,这位世尊住在王舍树根处,刚正等正觉;你们去以炒麦粉和蜜丸供养那位世尊;那将是你们长久的利益与安乐。」那时,答普沙、跋利咖商人拿着炒麦粉和蜜丸,前往世尊所在之处,前往后,礼敬世尊,站在一边。站在一边的答普沙、跋利咖商人对世尊这样说——「尊者,愿世尊接受我们的炒麦粉和蜜丸,那将是我们长久的利益与安乐。」那时,世尊这样想——「如来不以手接受。我应该以什么来接受炒麦粉和蜜丸呢?」那时,四大王天以心了知世尊的心中所想,从四方向世尊呈上四个石钵——「尊者,愿世尊在此接受炒麦粉和蜜丸。」世尊在新的石钵中接受炒麦粉和蜜丸,接受后食用。那时,答普沙、跋利咖商人见世尊已放下钵、手已净,以头礼拜世尊的足,对世尊这样说——「尊者,我们归依世尊和法,愿世尊忆持我们为近事男,从今日起终生归依。」他们成为世间最初的二归依近事男。
Rājāyatanakathā niṭṭhitā. · 王住处论完
5. Brahmayācanakathā5. 梵天劝请论
§7
Atha kho bhagavā sattāhassa accayena tamhā samādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā rājāyatanamūlā yena ajapālanigrodho tenupasaṅkami. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā ajapālanigrodhamūle viharati. Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘‘adhigato kho myāyaṃ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo. Ālayarāmā kho panāyaṃ pajā ālayaratā ālayasammuditā. Ālayarāmāya kho pana pajāya ālayaratāya ālayasammuditāya duddasaṃ idaṃ ṭhānaṃ yadidaṃ idappaccayatāpaaccasamuppādo; idampi kho ṭhānaṃ sududdasaṃ yadidaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, pare ca me na ājāneyyuṃ, so mamassa kilamatho, sā mamassa vihesā’’ti. Apissu bhagavantaṃ imā anacchariyā gāthāyo paṭibhaṃsu pubbe assutapubbā –
那时,世尊从那个定出来后,经过七天,从王舍树根前往阿迦巴喇尼拘律树。在那里,世尊住在阿迦巴喇尼拘律树根处。那时,世尊在远离独坐中,心中生起这样的寻思——「我所证得的这个法是甚深的、难见的、难觉的、寂静的、殊胜的、超越思惟境界的、微妙的、智者所体验的。然而这个众生喜乐于执着、乐于执着、欢喜于执着。对于喜乐于执着、乐于执着、欢喜于执着的众生,这个处所是难见的,即此缘性、缘起;这个处所也是极难见的,即一切行的止息、一切依的舍弃、渴爱的灭尽、离贪、灭、涅槃。如果我说法,而他人不了解我,那将是我的疲劳,那将是我的困扰。」而且,这些未曾听闻过的稀有偈颂在世尊心中显现——
‘‘Kicchena me adhigataṃ, halaṃ dāni pakāsituṃ;
「我以艰难所证得,现在何必宣说;
Rāgadosaparetehi, nāyaṃ dhammo susambudho.
被贪、嗔所困者,此法不易正觉。
‘‘Paṭisotagāmiṃ nipuṇaṃ, gambhīraṃ duddasaṃ aṇuṃ;
「逆流而行、微妙、深奥、难见、细微,
Rāgarattā na dakkhanti, tamokhandhena āvuṭā ’’ti.
染于贪欲者不能见,被无明蕴所覆盖。」
Itiha bhagavato paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya cittaṃ namati, no dhammadesanāya.
如此,世尊省察时,心倾向于无为,不倾向于说法。
§8
Atha kho brahmuno sahampatissa bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya etadahosi – ‘‘nassati vata bho loko, vinassati vata bho loko, yatra hi nāma tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa appossukkatāya cittaṃ namati , no dhammadesanāyā’’ti. Atha kho brahmā sahampati – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya evameva – brahmaloke antarahito bhagavato purato pāturahosi. Atha kho brahmā sahampati ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā dakkhiṇajāṇumaṇḍalaṃ pathaviyaṃ nihantvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘desetu, bhante, bhagavā dhammaṃ, desetu sugato dhammaṃ. Santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti , bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro’’ti. Idamavoca brahmā sahampati, idaṃ vatvāna athāparaṃ etadavoca –
那时,梵天娑婆主以心了知世尊的心中所思,这样想:「世间确实要毁灭了,世间确实要灭亡了,因为如来、阿拉汉、正等正觉者的心倾向于无为,不倾向于说法。」那时,梵天娑婆主——犹如有力的男子伸展弯曲的手臂,或弯曲伸展的手臂那样迅速——从梵天界消失,出现在世尊面前。那时,梵天娑婆主将上衣偏袒一肩,右膝着地,向世尊合掌后对世尊这样说:「尊者,请世尊说法!请善逝说法!有些众生尘垢微薄,由于不闻法而衰退,他们将成为法的了知者。」梵天娑婆主说了这些,说了这些之后,又进一步这样说:
‘‘Pāturahosi magadhesu pubbe;
「过去在马嘎达出现的
Dhammo asuddho samalehi cintito;
法不清净,由有垢者所思惟;
Apāpuretaṃ amatassa dvāraṃ;
请开启甘露之门;
Suṇantu dhammaṃ vimalenānubuddhaṃ.
愿他们听闻以无垢所觉悟的法。
‘‘Sele yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhito;
「犹如站立在山顶的岩石上;
Yathāpi passe janataṃ samantato;
如同从各方看见众人;
Tathūpamaṃ dhammamayaṃ sumedha;
如是,具慧者,登上法所成的宫殿,
Pāsādamāruyha samantacakkhu;
具一切眼者,
Sokāvatiṇṇaṃ janatamapetasoko;
无忧者,观察被忧所淹没的众人,
Avekkhassu jātijarābhibhūtaṃ.
观察被生老所征服者。
‘‘Uṭṭhehi vīra vijitasaṅgāma;
「起来吧,英雄,战胜者,无债者;
Satthavāha aṇaṇa vicara loke;
无债的商队长,请在世间游行;
Desassu bhagavā dhammaṃ;
请世尊教导法;
Aññātāro bhavissantī’’ti.
将会有了知者。」
[ Evaṃ vutte bhagavā brahmānaṃ sahampatiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mayhampi kho, brahme, etadahosi – ‘adhigato kho myāyaṃ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo. Ālayarāmā kho panāyaṃ pajā ālayaratā ālayasammuditā. Ālayarāmāya kho pana pajāya ālayaratāya ālayasammuditāya duddasaṃ idaṃ ṭhānaṃ yadidaṃ idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppādo; idampi kho ṭhānaṃ sududdasaṃ yadidaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, pare ca me na ājāneyyuṃ, so mamassa kilamatho, sā mamassa vihesā’ti. Apissu maṃ, brahme, imā anacchariyā gāthāyo paṭibhaṃsu pubbe assutapubbā –
[ 如是所说已,世尊对梵天娑婆主如此说道——「婆罗门,我也曾这样想:'我所证得的这个法是甚深的、难见的、难觉的、寂静的、殊胜的、超越思虑的、微妙的、智者所体验的。然而这个世代乐著于住处、喜于住处、欢喜于住处。对于乐著于住处、喜于住处、欢喜于住处的世代,这个处所——即此缘性、缘起——是难见的;这个处所也是极难见的——即一切行的止息、一切依的舍弃、渴爱的灭尽、离贪、灭、涅槃。如果我教导法,而其他人不了知我,那将是我的疲劳,那将是我的困扰。'婆罗门,这些未曾听闻过的、非凡的偈颂在我心中显现——
‘Kicchena me adhigataṃ, halaṃ dāni pakāsituṃ;
'我艰难地证得,现在不宜宣说;
Rāgadosaparetehi, nāyaṃ dhammo susambudho.
为贪嗔所困者,此法不易觉悟。
‘Paṭisotagāmiṃ nipuṇaṃ, gambhīraṃ duddasaṃ aṇuṃ;
'逆流而行的、微妙的、甚深的、难见的、细微的;
Rāgarattā na dakkhanti, tamokhandhena āvuṭā’ti.
为贪所染者不能见,为无明之聚所覆。'
Itiha me, brahme, paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya cittaṃ namati no dhammadesanāyā’’ti.
如此,梵天,当我作如是思惟时,我的心倾向于无为,而不倾向于说法。
Dutiyampi kho brahmā sahampati bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘desetu, bhante, bhagavā dhammaṃ, desetu sugato dhammaṃ; santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro’’ti. Idamavoca brahmā sahampati, idaṃ vatvāna athāparaṃ etadavoca –
第二次,梵天娑婆主又对世尊如是说:「世尊,请世尊说法!善逝,请善逝说法!有诸有情尘垢微薄者,若不闻法则会退失,他们将会是法的了知者。」梵天娑婆主如是说,说此之后,又如是说:
‘‘Pāturahosi magadhesu pubbe;
「过去在马嘎达曾出现,」
Dhammo asuddho samalehi cintito;
「须跋之法由有垢者所思惟;」
Apāpuretaṃ amatassa dvāraṃ;
「请开启此不死之门,」
Suṇantu dhammaṃ vimalenānubuddhaṃ.
「愿他们听闻由无垢者所觉悟之法。」
‘‘Sele yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhito;
「犹如站立于山顶岩石之上,」
Yathāpi passe janataṃ samantato;
「如同能见一切周围的人群;」
Tathūpamaṃ dhammamayaṃ sumedha;
善慧者!登上如此的法所成的
Pāsādamāruyha samantacakkhu;
宫殿,具一切眼者,
Sokāvatiṇṇaṃ janatamapetasoko;
无忧者!请观察沉溺于忧的众人,
Avekkhassu jātijarābhibhūtaṃ.
被生与老所征服者。
‘‘Uṭṭhehi vīra vijitasaṅgāma;
「起来吧!英雄!战胜战斗者!
Satthavāha aṇaṇa vicara loke;
商主!无债者!游行于世间;
Desassu bhagavā dhammaṃ;
世尊!请教导法,
Aññātāro bhavissantī’’ti.
将会有了知者。」
Dutiyampi kho bhagavā brahmānaṃ sahampatiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mayhampi kho, brahme, etadahosi – ‘adhigato kho myāyaṃ dhammo gambhīro duddaso duranubodho santo paṇīto atakkāvacaro nipuṇo paṇḍitavedanīyo. Ālayarāmā kho panāyaṃ pajā ālayaratā ālayasammuditā. Ālayarāmāya kho pana pajāya ālayaratāya ālayasammuditāya duddasaṃ idaṃ ṭhānaṃ yadidaṃ idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppādo; idampi kho ṭhānaṃ sududdasaṃ yadidaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ. Ahañceva kho pana dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, pare ca me na ājāneyyuṃ, so mamassa kilamatho, sā mamassa vihesā’ti. Apissu maṃ, brahme, imā anacchariyā gāthāyo paṭibhaṃsu pubbe assutapubbā –
第二次,世尊对梵天娑婆主说:「梵天,我也这样想:『我所证得的这个法是甚深的、难见的、难觉的、寂静的、殊胜的、超越思惟境界的、微妙的、智者所体验的。然而这个世代乐于执着、喜欢执着、欢喜执着。对于乐于执着、喜欢执着、欢喜执着的世代,这个处所即此缘性、缘起是难见的;这个处所也是极难见的,即一切行的止息、一切依的舍弃、渴爱的灭尽、离贪、灭、涅槃。如果我说法,而他人不了解我,那对我来说是疲劳,那对我来说是困扰。』梵天,这些从未听过的、令人惊奇的偈颂在我心中显现:
‘Kicchena me adhigataṃ, halaṃ dāni pakāsituṃ;
『我艰难证得的,现在何必宣说;
Rāgadosaparetehi, nāyaṃ dhammo susambudho.
为贪嗔所困者,此法不易觉悟。
‘Paṭisotagāmiṃ nipuṇaṃ, gambhīraṃ duddasaṃ aṇuṃ;
『逆流而行的、微妙的、甚深的、难见的、细微的,
Rāgarattā na dakkhanti, tamokhandhena āvuṭā’ti.
为贪所染者不能见,被无明之聚所覆盖。』
Itiha me, brahme, paṭisañcikkhato appossukkatāya cittaṃ namati, no dhammadesanāyā’’ti.
梵天,如此我省察时,我的心倾向于无为,不倾向于说法。」
Tatiyampi kho brahmā sahampati bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘desetu, bhante, bhagavā dhammaṃ, desetu sugato dhammaṃ. Santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā, assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro’’ti. Idamavoca brahmā sahampati, idaṃ vatvāna athāparaṃ etadavoca –
第三次,梵天娑婆主对世尊说:「世尊,请说法!善逝,请说法!有些众生尘垢微薄,因不听闻法而衰退,他们将成为法的了知者。」梵天娑婆主说了这些,说了这些之后,又说:
‘‘Pāturahosi magadhesu pubbe;
「过去在马嘎达出现的,
Dhammo asuddho samalehi cintito;
被有垢者思惟的法不清净;
Apāpuretaṃ amatassa dvāraṃ;
不死的门未被开启;
Suṇantu dhammaṃ vimalenānubuddhaṃ.
让他们听闻由无垢者所觉悟的法。
‘‘Sele yathā pabbatamuddhaniṭṭhito;
「犹如站立在山顶的岩石上;
Yathāpi passe janataṃ samantato;
如同从四周看见众人;
Tathūpamaṃ dhammamayaṃ sumedha;
如是,具慧者登上法所成的;
Pāsādamāruyha samantacakkhu;
宫殿,具一切眼;
Sokāvatiṇṇaṃ janatamapetasoko;
无忧者看见沉溺于忧的众人;
Avekkhassu jātijarābhibhūtaṃ.
你应当观察被生与老所征服者。
‘‘Uṭṭhehi vīra vijitasaṅgāma;
「起来吧,英雄,战胜战斗的胜利者;
Satthavāha aṇaṇa vicara loke;
商队的领导者,无债者,请在世间游行;
Desassu bhagavā dhammaṃ;
世尊,请说法;
Aññātāro bhavissantī’’ti.
将会有了知者。」
§9
Atha kho bhagavā brahmuno ca ajjhesanaṃ viditvā sattesu ca kāruññataṃ paṭicca buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokesi. Addasā kho bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye, appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante. Seyyathāpi nāma uppaliniyaṃ vā paduminiyaṃ vā puṇḍarīkiniyaṃ vā appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni anto nimuggaposīni , appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni samodakaṃ ṭhitāni, appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni udakaṃ accuggamma ṭhitāni anupalittāni udakena, evamevaṃ bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ volokento addasa satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye, appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvine viharante; disvāna brahmānaṃ sahampatiṃ gāthāya paccabhāsi –
那时,世尊知道梵天的请求,并且出于对众生的悲悯,以佛眼观察世间。世尊以佛眼观察世间时,看见众生少尘垢者、多尘垢者,利根者、钝根者,善相者、恶相者,易教化者、难教化者,一些住于见来世罪与怖畏者,一些不住于见来世罪与怖畏者。犹如在青莲池、红莲池或白莲池中,一些青莲、红莲或白莲生于水中、长于水中、没入水中,沉于水下而生长;一些青莲、红莲或白莲生于水中、长于水中,立于与水面齐平处;一些青莲、红莲或白莲生于水中、长于水中,出离水面而立,不为水所染污。同样地,世尊以佛眼观察世间时,看见众生少尘垢者、多尘垢者,利根者、钝根者,善相者、恶相者,易教化者、难教化者,一些住于见来世罪与怖畏者,一些不住于见来世罪与怖畏者。见已,以偈颂回答沙含巴帝梵天——
‘‘Apārutā tesaṃ amatassa dvārā;
「不死之门已为他们打开;
Ye sotavanto pamuñcantu saddhaṃ;
有耳者,请放下信心。」
Vihiṃsasaññī paguṇaṃ na bhāsiṃ;
我不会再多说伤害想;
Dhammaṃ paṇītaṃ manujesu brahme’’ti.
在人中,梵天,我已说了殊胜的法。
Atha kho brahmā sahampati ‘‘katāvakāso khomhi bhagavatā dhammadesanāyā’’ti bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatthevantaradhāyi.
那时,娑婆主梵天想:「我已被世尊允许说法」,于是礼敬世尊,作右绕后,就在那里消失了。
Brahmayācanakathā niṭṭhitā. · 梵天劝请论完
6. Pañcavaggiyakathā6. 五群论
§10
Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘kassa nu kho ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ? Ko imaṃ dhammaṃ khippameva ājānissatī’’ti? Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ kho āḷāro kālāmo paṇḍito byatto medhāvī dīgharattaṃ apparajakkhajātiko; yaṃnūnāhaṃ āḷārassa kālāmassa paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, so imaṃ dhammaṃ khippameva ājānissatī’’ti. Atha kho antarahitā devatā bhagavato ārocesi – ‘‘sattāhakālaṅkato, bhante, āḷāro kālāmo’’ti. Bhagavatopi kho ñāṇaṃ udapādi – ‘‘sattāhakālaṅkato āḷāro kālāmo’’ti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘mahājāniyo kho āḷāro kālāmo; sace hi so imaṃ dhammaṃ suṇeyya, khippameva ājāneyyā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘kassa nu kho ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ? Ko imaṃ dhammaṃ khippameva ājānissatī’’ti? Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ kho udako rāmaputto paṇḍito byatto medhāvī dīgharattaṃ apparajakkhajātiko; yaṃnūnāhaṃ udakassa rāmaputtassa paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, so imaṃ dhammaṃ khippameva ājānissatī’’ti. Atha kho antarahitā devatā bhagavato ārocesi – ‘‘abhidosakālaṅkato, bhante, udako rāmaputto’’ti. Bhagavatopi kho ñāṇaṃ udapādi – ‘‘abhidosakālaṅkato udako rāmaputto’’ti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘mahājāniyo kho udako rāmaputto; sace hi so imaṃ dhammaṃ suṇeyya, khippameva ājāneyyā’’ti
那时,世尊这样想:「我应该先向谁说法呢?谁能迅速地了知这个法呢?」那时,世尊这样想:「这位阿拉喇·咖喇玛是贤智者、聪慧者、有智慧者,长久以来少尘垢性;我何不先向阿拉喇·咖喇玛说法,他能迅速地了知这个法。」那时,隐身的天人告知世尊:「尊者,阿拉喇·咖喇玛已于七天前命终。」世尊也生起了智:「阿拉喇·咖喇玛已于七天前命终。」那时,世尊这样想:「阿拉喇·咖喇玛是大损失;如果他听闻这个法,他能迅速地了知。」那时,世尊这样想:「我应该先向谁说法呢?谁能迅速地了知这个法呢?」那时,世尊这样想:「这位伍达咖·喇玛子是贤智者、聪慧者、有智慧者,长久以来少尘垢性;我何不先向伍达咖·喇玛子说法,他能迅速地了知这个法。」那时,隐身的天人告知世尊:「尊者,伍达咖·喇玛子已于昨夜命终。」世尊也生起了智:「伍达咖·喇玛子已于昨夜命终。」那时,世尊这样想:「伍达咖·喇玛子是大损失;如果他听闻这个法,他能迅速地了知。」
Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘kassa nu kho ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ? Ko imaṃ dhammaṃ khippameva ājānissatī’’ti? Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘bahukārā kho me pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū, ye maṃ padhānapahitattaṃ upaṭṭhahiṃsu; yaṃnūnāhaṃ pañcavaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyya’’nti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘kahaṃ nu kho etarahi pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū viharantī’’ti? Addasā kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena pañcavaggiye bhikkhū bārāṇasiyaṃ viharante isipatane migadāye. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena bārāṇasī tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi.
那时,世尊这样想:「我应该先向谁说法呢?谁能迅速地了知这个法呢?」那时,世尊这样想:「五群比库对我有很大的帮助,他们在我努力精进时须跋我;我何不先向五群比库说法。」那时,世尊这样想:「现在五群比库住在哪里呢?」世尊以清净、超越人的天眼看见五群比库住在巴拉纳西的仙人堕处鹿野苑。那时,世尊在伍汝韦喇随意住了之后,向巴拉纳西出发游行。
§11
Addasā kho upako ājīvako bhagavantaṃ antarā ca gayaṃ antarā ca bodhiṃ addhānamaggappaṭipannaṃ, disvāna bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘vippasannāni kho te, āvuso, indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. Kaṃsi tvaṃ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito? Ko vā te satthā? Kassa vā tvaṃ dhammaṃ rocesī’’ti? Evaṃ vutte bhagavā upakaṃ ājīvakaṃ gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi –
伍巴咖邪命外道看见世尊在嘎亚与菩提之间的道路上行走,看见后对世尊这样说:「朋友,你的诸根明净,肤色清净、皎洁。朋友,你依止谁而出家?谁是你的导师?你喜欢谁的法?」如此说时,世尊以偈颂回答伍巴咖邪命外道:
‘‘Sabbābhibhū sabbavidūhamasmi,
「我是一切胜者、一切知者,
Sabbesu dhammesu anūpalitto;
于一切法中无染着;
Sabbañjaho taṇhākkhaye vimutto,
舍断一切,于渴爱尽而解脱,
Sayaṃ abhiññāya kamuddiseyyaṃ.
我自己证知后,应向谁说呢?
‘‘Na me ācariyo atthi, sadiso me na vijjati;
「我无师,无与我相似者;
Sadevakasmiṃ lokasmiṃ, natthi me paṭipuggalo.
在含天的世间,无与我相等者。
‘‘Ahañhi arahā loke, ahaṃ satthā anuttaro;
「我实是世间的阿拉汉,我是无上之师;
Ekomhi sammāsambuddho, sītibhūtosmi nibbuto.
我是唯一的正等正觉者,我已清凉,已涅槃。
‘‘Dhammacakkaṃ pavattetuṃ, gacchāmi kāsinaṃ puraṃ;
「为转法轮,我前往咖西城;
Andhībhūtasmiṃ lokasmiṃ, āhañchaṃ amatadundubhi’’nti.
在已成盲的世间,我将击甘露鼓。」
Yathā kho tvaṃ, āvuso, paṭijānāsi, arahasi anantajinoti.
「贤友,如你所宣称的,你应是无敌的胜利者。」
‘‘Mādisā ve jinā honti, ye pattā āsavakkhayaṃ;
「像我这样的才是胜利者,那些已达漏尽者;我已战胜诸恶法,因此,优波咖,我是胜利者。」
Jitā me pāpakā dhammā, tasmāhamupaka jino’’ti.
「我已战胜诸恶法,因此我是伍波咖的胜利者。」
Evaṃ vutte upako ājīvako hupeyyapāvusoti vatvā sīsaṃ okampetvā ummaggaṃ gahetvā pakkāmi.
如是说已,邪命外道优波咖说「或许如此,贤友」后,摇头,取了岔路离去。
§12
Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena bārāṇasī isipatanaṃ migadāyo, yena pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami. Addasaṃsu kho pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ; disvāna aññamaññaṃ katikaṃ saṇṭhapesuṃ – ‘‘ayaṃ, āvuso, samaṇo gotamo āgacchati, bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāya. So neva abhivādetabbo, na paccuṭṭhātabbo, nāssa pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ; api ca kho āsanaṃ ṭhapetabbaṃ, sace so ākaṅkhissati nisīdissatī’’ti. Yathā yathā kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū upasaṅkamati, tathā tathā pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū nāsakkhiṃsu sakāya katikāya saṇṭhātuṃ . Asaṇṭhahantā bhagavantaṃ paccuggantvā eko bhagavato pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahesi, eko āsanaṃ paññapesi, eko pādodakaṃ, eko pādapīṭhaṃ, eko pādakaṭhalikaṃ upanikkhipi. Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane; nisajja kho bhagavā pāde pakkhālesi. Apissu bhagavantaṃ nāmena ca āvusovādena ca samudācaranti. Evaṃ vutte bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘mā, bhikkhave, tathāgataṃ nāmena ca āvusovādena ca samudācaratha . Arahaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato sammāsambuddho, odahatha, bhikkhave, sotaṃ, amatamadhigataṃ, ahamanusāsāmi, ahaṃ dhammaṃ desemi. Yathānusiṭṭhaṃ tathā paṭipajjamānā nacirasseva – yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti tadanuttaraṃ – brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘tāyapi kho tvaṃ, āvuso gotama, iriyāya , tāya paṭipadāya, tāya dukkarakārikāya nevajjhagā uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ, kiṃ pana tvaṃ etarahi, bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāya, adhigamissasi uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesa’’nti? Evaṃ vutte bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, tathāgato bāhulliko, na padhānavibbhanto, na āvatto bāhullāya; arahaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato sammāsambuddho. Odahatha, bhikkhave, sotaṃ, amatamadhigataṃ, ahamanusāsāmi , ahaṃ dhammaṃ desemi. Yathānusiṭṭhaṃ tathā paṭipajjamānā nacirasseva – yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti tadanuttaraṃ – brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭhevadhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā’’ti. Dutiyampi kho pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ…pe…. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavoca…pe…. Tatiyampi kho pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘tāyapi kho tvaṃ, āvuso gotama, iriyāya, tāya paṭipadāya, tāya dukkarakārikāya nevajjhagā uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ, kiṃ pana tvaṃ etarahi, bāhulliko padhānavibbhanto āvatto bāhullāya, adhigamissasi uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesa’’nti? Evaṃ vutte bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘abhijānātha me no tumhe, bhikkhave, ito pubbe evarūpaṃ pabhāvitameta’’nti ? ‘‘Nohetaṃ, bhante’’. Arahaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato sammāsambuddho, odahatha, bhikkhave, sotaṃ, amatamadhigataṃ, ahamanusāsāmi, ahaṃ dhammaṃ desemi. Yathānusiṭṭhaṃ tathā paṭipajjamānā nacirasseva – yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti tadanuttaraṃbrahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭhevadhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathāti. Asakkhi kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū saññāpetuṃ. Atha kho pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ sussūsiṃsu, sotaṃ odahiṃsu, aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhāpesuṃ.
那时,世尊次第游行,到了巴拉纳西仙人堕处鹿野苑,去到五群比库那里。五群比库从远处看见世尊走来;看见后,他们彼此约定:「贤友们,这位沙门果德玛来了,他是放逸者、已退失精勤、已还归放逸。他既不应被礼敬,也不应被起迎,也不应接受他的钵与衣;但是应该放置座位,如果他想要,他会坐下。」然而,当世尊越来越接近五群比库时,五群比库就越来越无法维持他们自己的约定。他们不能维持,就出来迎接世尊,一人接过世尊的钵与衣,一人铺设座位,一人放置洗足水,一人放置足凳,一人放置擦脚布。世尊坐在所设的座位上;坐下后,世尊洗足。然而他们以名字和「贤友」的称呼来对待世尊。如是说已,世尊对五群比库说此:「诸比库,不要以名字和『贤友』的称呼来对待如来。诸比库,如来是阿拉汉、正等正觉者。诸比库,倾听!不死已被证得,我教诫,我说法。如所教导地实行,不久之后——为了此义,善男子们正确地从在家出家成为非家——那无上的梵行终极,在现法中以自己的证智作证、具足后而住。」如是说已,五群比库对世尊说此:「贤友果德玛,以那样的行仪、那样的道路、那样的苦行,你尚且未证得上人法、足以成为圣者的殊胜智见,那么现在你这个放逸者、已退失精勤、已还归放逸者,如何能证得上人法、足以成为圣者的殊胜智见呢?」如是说已,世尊对五群比库说此:「诸比库,如来不是放逸者,不是已退失精勤者,不是已还归放逸者;诸比库,如来是阿拉汉、正等正觉者。诸比库,倾听!不死已被证得,我教诫,我说法。如所教导地实行,不久之后——为了此义,善男子们正确地从在家出家成为非家——那无上的梵行终极,在现法中以自己的证智作证、具足后而住。」第二次,五群比库对世尊说此:……第二次,世尊对五群比库说此:……第三次,五群比库对世尊说此:「贤友果德玛,以那样的行仪、那样的道路、那样的苦行,你尚且未证得上人法、足以成为圣者的殊胜智见,那么现在你这个放逸者、已退失精勤、已还归放逸者,如何能证得上人法、足以成为圣者的殊胜智见呢?」如是说已,世尊对五群比库说此:「诸比库,你们是否记得我以前曾这样说过?」「尊者,不曾。」「诸比库,如来是阿拉汉、正等正觉者。诸比库,倾听!不死已被证得,我教诫,我说法。如所教导地实行,不久之后——为了此义,善男子们正确地从在家出家成为非家——那无上的梵行终极,在现法中以自己的证智作证、具足后而住。」世尊能够说服五群比库。那时,五群比库恭听世尊,倾耳,现起了了知之心。
§13
Atha kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū āmantesi –
那时,世尊对五群比库说:
‘‘ Dveme, bhikkhave , antā pabbajitena na sevitabbā. Katame dve ? Yo cāyaṃ kāmesu kāmasukhallikānuyogo hīno gammo pothujjaniko anariyo anatthasaṃhito, yo cāyaṃ attakilamathānuyogo dukkho anariyo anatthasaṃhito. Ete kho, bhikkhave, ubho ante anupagamma, majjhimā paṭipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā, cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati. Katamā ca sā, bhikkhave, majjhimā paṭipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā, cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati? Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi, sammāsaṅkappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvo, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati, sammāsamādhi. Ayaṃ kho sā, bhikkhave, majjhimā paṭipadā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā, cakkhukaraṇī ñāṇakaraṇī upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattati.
「诸比库,有此二边,出家者不应亲近。哪二种呢?凡这个于诸欲中追求欲乐者,是低劣的、粗俗的、凡夫的、非圣的、无义相应的;凡这个追求自我折磨者,是苦的、非圣的、无义相应的。诸比库,不接近这两边,中道已被如来现正觉,作眼者、作智者,导向寂止、证智、正觉、涅槃。诸比库,什么是那已被如来现正觉的中道,作眼者、作智者,导向寂止、证智、正觉、涅槃呢?就是此八支圣道,即:正见、正思惟、正语、正业、正命、正精进、正念、正定。诸比库,这就是那已被如来现正觉的中道,作眼者、作智者,导向寂止、证智、正觉、涅槃。
§14
‘‘Idaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ. Jātipi dukkhā, jarāpi dukkhā, byādhipi dukkho, maraṇampi dukkhaṃ, appiyehi sampayogo dukkho, piyehi vippayogo dukkho, yampicchaṃ na labhati tampi dukkhaṃ. Saṃkhittena, pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā. ‘‘Idaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccaṃ – yāyaṃ taṇhā ponobbhavikā nandīrāgasahagatā tatratatrābhinandinī, seyyathidaṃ – kāmataṇhā, bhavataṇhā, vibhavataṇhā.
「诸比库,这是苦圣谛:生是苦,老也是苦,病也是苦,死也是苦,与不爱者相会是苦,与爱者别离是苦,所求不得也是苦。简而言之,五取蕴是苦。诸比库,这是苦集圣谛:就是这导致再有的渴爱,与喜、贪俱行,于处处而喜乐,即:欲爱、有爱、无有爱。
‘‘Idaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ – yo tassā yeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodho, cāgo, paṭinissaggo, mutti, anālayo. ‘‘Idaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ – ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi, sammāsaṅkappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvo, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati, sammāsamādhi.
「诸比库,这是苦灭圣谛——即是那渴爱的无余离贪灭、舍弃、舍离、解脱、无执著。诸比库,这是导至苦灭之道圣谛——即是此八支圣道,那就是:正见、正思惟、正语、正业、正命、正精进、正念、正定。
§15
‘‘Idaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi , āloko udapādi. Taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ pariññeyyanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. Taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ pariññātanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.
「诸比库,『这是苦圣谛』,对于以前未曾听闻的诸法,我生起了眼、生起了智、生起了慧、生起了明、生起了光。诸比库,『这苦圣谛应被遍知』,对于以前未曾听闻的诸法,我生起了眼、生起了智、生起了慧、生起了明、生起了光。诸比库,『这苦圣谛已被遍知』,对于以前未曾听闻的诸法,我生起了眼、生起了智、生起了慧、生起了明、生起了光。
‘‘Idaṃ dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. Taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccaṃ pahātabbanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. Taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccaṃ pahīnanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.
「诸比库,『这是苦集圣谛』,对于以前未曾听闻的诸法,我生起了眼、生起了智、生起了慧、生起了明、生起了光。诸比库,『这苦集圣谛应被断除』,对于以前未曾听闻的诸法,我生起了眼、生起了智、生起了慧、生起了明、生起了光。诸比库,『这苦集圣谛已被断除』,对于以前未曾听闻的诸法,我生起了眼、生起了智、生起了慧、生起了明、生起了光。
‘‘Idaṃ dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. Taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ sacchikātabbanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. Taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ sacchikatanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.
「诸比库,『这是苦灭圣谛』,对于以前未曾听闻的诸法,我生起了眼、生起了智、生起了慧、生起了明、生起了光。诸比库,『这苦灭圣谛应被作证』,对于以前未曾听闻的诸法,我生起了眼、生起了智、生起了慧、生起了明、生起了光。诸比库,『这苦灭圣谛已被作证』,对于以前未曾听闻的诸法,我生起了眼、生起了智、生起了慧、生起了明、生起了光。
‘‘Idaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. Taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ bhāvetabbanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi. Taṃ kho panidaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ bhāvitanti me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.
「诸比库,『这是导至苦灭之道圣谛』,对于以前未曾听闻的诸法,我生起了眼、生起了智、生起了慧、生起了明、生起了光。诸比库,『这导至苦灭之道圣谛应被修习』,对于以前未曾听闻的诸法,我生起了眼、生起了智、生起了慧、生起了明、生起了光。诸比库,『这导至苦灭之道圣谛已被修习』,对于以前未曾听闻的诸法,我生起了眼、生起了智、生起了慧、生起了明、生起了光。
§16
‘‘Yāvakīvañca me, bhikkhave, imesu catūsu ariyasaccesu evaṃ tiparivaṭṭaṃ dvādasākāraṃ yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ na suvisuddhaṃ ahosi, neva tāvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti paccaññāsiṃ. Yato ca kho me, bhikkhave, imesu catūsu ariyasaccesu evaṃ tiparivaṭṭaṃ dvādasākāraṃ yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ suvisuddhaṃ ahosi, athāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti paccaññāsiṃ. Ñāṇañca pana me dassanaṃ udapādi – akuppā me vimutti, ayamantimā jāti, natthi dāni punabbhavo’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā attamanā pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti .
「诸比库,只要我对这四圣谛如此三转十二行相的如实智见尚未完全清净,诸比库,我就不在含天、魔、梵的世间,含沙门、婆罗门、天、人的众生界中宣称已证得无上正等正觉。诸比库,然而当我对这四圣谛如此三转十二行相的如实智见已完全清净时,诸比库,我才在含天、魔、梵的世间,含沙门、婆罗门、天、人的众生界中宣称已证得无上正等正觉。我的智与见生起了——『我的解脱不可动摇,这是最后一生,现在不再有后有。』」世尊说此。五群比库欢喜、随喜世尊所说。
Imasmiñca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṃ bhaññamāne āyasmato koṇḍaññassa virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti.
当这分别论被宣说时,具寿果德玛生起了远尘、离垢的法眼——「凡任何集法,一切皆是灭法。」
§17
Pavattite ca pana bhagavatā dhammacakke, bhummā devā saddamanussāvesuṃ – ‘‘etaṃ bhagavatā bārāṇasiyaṃ isipatane migadāye anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ, appaṭivattiyaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmi’’nti. Bhummānaṃ devānaṃ saddaṃ sutvā cātumahārājikā devā saddamanussāvesuṃ…pe… cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ saddaṃ sutvā tāvatiṃsā devā…pe… yāmā devā…pe… tusitā devā…pe… nimmānaratī devā…pe… paranimmitavasavattī devā…pe… brahmakāyikā devā saddamanussāvesuṃ – ‘‘etaṃ bhagavatā bārāṇasiyaṃ isipatane migadāye anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattitaṃ appaṭivattiyaṃ samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmi’’nti. Itiha, tena khaṇena, tena layena tena muhuttena yāva brahmalokā saddo abbhuggacchi. Ayañca dasasahassilokadhātu saṃkampi sampakampi sampavedhi ; appamāṇo ca uḷāro obhāso loke pāturahosi, atikkamma devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi – ‘‘aññāsi vata, bho koṇḍañño, aññāsi vata bho koṇḍañño’’ti. Iti hidaṃ āyasmato koṇḍaññassa ‘aññāsikoṇḍañño’ tveva nāmaṃ ahosi.
当世尊转法轮时,地居天人们发出音声——「这无上法轮已被世尊在巴拉纳西仙人堕处鹿野苑转起,无论沙门、婆罗门、天、魔、梵天或世间任何人都无法使之退转。」听到地居天人们的音声,四大王天的天人们发出音声……听到四大王天天人们的音声,三十三天的天人们……夜摩天的天人们……兜率天的天人们……化乐天的天人们……他化自在天的天人们……梵众天的天人们发出音声——「这无上法轮已被世尊在巴拉纳西仙人堕处鹿野苑转起,无论沙门、婆罗门、天、魔、梵天或世间任何人都无法使之退转。」如此,在那刹那、在那瞬间、在那须臾,音声传至梵天界。这十千世界震动、震动、大震动;无量、殊胜的光明出现于世间,超越了诸天的天威力。于是世尊说出这优陀那——「果德玛确实已了知,果德玛确实已了知!」因此,具寿果德玛得到了『阿念阿西果德玛』这个名字。
§18
Atha kho āyasmā aññāsikoṇḍañño diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṃkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘labheyyāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyaṃ upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Ehi bhikkhū’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘svākkhāto dhammo, cara brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Sāva tassa āyasmato upasampadā ahosi.
那时,具寿阿念西孔达念已见法、已得法、已知法、已深入法,已度疑惑,已离犹豫,已得无畏,于导师的教法中不依他人,对世尊如此说:「尊者,愿我能在世尊座下得出家,愿我能得达上。」世尊说:「来吧,比库!法已善说,行梵行以正尽苦。」这就是那位具寿的达上。
§19
Atha kho bhagavā tadavasese bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya ovadi anusāsi. Atha kho āyasmato ca vappassa āyasmato ca bhaddiyassa bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiyamānānaṃ anusāsiyamānānaṃ virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti.
那时,世尊以法的谈论教诫、教导其余的比库们。那时,当世尊以法的谈论教诫、教导具寿瓦巴与具寿巴帝亚时,他们生起了远尘、离垢的法眼:「凡任何集法,一切皆是灭法。」
Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Etha bhikkhavo’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi.
他们已见法、已得法、已知法、已深入法,已度疑惑,已离犹豫,已得无畏,于导师的教法中不依他人,对世尊如此说:「尊者,愿我们能在世尊座下得出家,愿我们能得达上。」世尊说:「来吧,比库们!法已善说,行梵行以正尽苦。」这就是那些具寿们的达上。
Atha kho bhagavā tadavasese bhikkhū nīhārabhatto dhammiyā kathāya ovadi anusāsi. Yaṃ tayo bhikkhū piṇḍāya caritvā āharanti, tena chabbaggo yāpeti. Atha kho āyasmato ca mahānāmassa āyasmato ca assajissa bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiyamānānaṃ anusāsiyamānānaṃ virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti . Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Etha bhikkhavo’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi.
那时,世尊以法的谈论教诫、教导其余的比库们,自己食用带回的食物。当三位比库行乞食后带回时,六人依此维生。那时,当世尊以法的谈论教诫、教导具寿马哈那马与具寿阿沙基时,他们生起了远尘、离垢的法眼:「凡任何集法,一切皆是灭法。」他们已见法、已得法、已知法、已深入法,已度疑惑,已离犹豫,已得无畏,于导师的教法中不依他人,对世尊如此说:「尊者,愿我们能在世尊座下得出家,愿我们能得达上。」世尊说:「来吧,比库们!法已善说,行梵行以正尽苦。」这就是那些具寿们的达上。
§20
Atha kho bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū āmantesi –
那时,世尊对五群比库说:
‘‘Rūpaṃ, bhikkhave, anattā. Rūpañca hidaṃ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissa, nayidaṃ rūpaṃ ābādhāya saṃvatteyya, labbhetha ca rūpe – ‘evaṃ me rūpaṃ hotu, evaṃ me rūpaṃ mā ahosī’ti. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, rūpaṃ anattā, tasmā rūpaṃ ābādhāya saṃvattati, na ca labbhati rūpe – ‘evaṃ me rūpaṃ hotu, evaṃ me rūpaṃ mā ahosī’ti. Vedanā, anattā. Vedanā ca hidaṃ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissa, nayidaṃ vedanā ābādhāya saṃvatteyya, labbhetha ca vedanāya – ‘evaṃ me vedanā hotu, evaṃ me vedanā mā ahosī’ti. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, vedanā anattā, tasmā vedanā ābādhāya saṃvattati, na ca labbhati vedanāya – ‘evaṃ me vedanā hotu, evaṃ me vedanā mā ahosī’ti. Saññā, anattā. Saññā ca hidaṃ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissa, nayidaṃ saññā ābādhāya saṃvatteyya, labbhetha ca saññāya – ‘evaṃ me saññā hotu, evaṃ me saññā mā ahosī’ti. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, saññā anattā, tasmā saññā ābādhāya saṃvattati, na ca labbhati saññāya – ‘evaṃ me saññā hotu, evaṃ me saññā mā ahosī’ti. Saṅkhārā, anattā. Saṅkhārā ca hidaṃ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissaṃsu, nayidaṃ saṅkhārā ābādhāya saṃvatteyyuṃ, labbhetha ca saṅkhāresu – ‘evaṃ me saṅkhārā hontu, evaṃ me saṅkhārā mā ahesu’nti. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā anattā, tasmā saṅkhārā ābādhāya saṃvattanti, na ca labbhati saṅkhāresu – ‘evaṃ me saṅkhārā hontu, evaṃ me saṅkhārā mā ahesu’nti. Viññāṇaṃ, anattā. Viññāṇañca hidaṃ , bhikkhave, attā abhavissa, nayidaṃ viññāṇaṃ ābādhāya saṃvatteyya , labbhetha ca viññāṇe – ‘evaṃ me viññāṇaṃ hotu, evaṃ me viññāṇaṃ mā ahosī’ti. Yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṃ anattā, tasmā viññāṇaṃ ābādhāya saṃvattati, na ca labbhati viññāṇe – ‘evaṃ me viññāṇaṃ hotu, evaṃ me viññāṇaṃ mā ahosī’ti.
「诸比库,色是无我。诸比库,如果这色是我,这色就不会导致疾病,并且能够得到『愿我的色如此,愿我的色不如此』。诸比库,因为色是无我,所以色导致疾病,并且不能得到『愿我的色如此,愿我的色不如此』。受是无我。诸比库,如果这受是我,这受就不会导致疾病,并且能够得到『愿我的受如此,愿我的受不如此』。诸比库,因为受是无我,所以受导致疾病,并且不能得到『愿我的受如此,愿我的受不如此』。想是无我。诸比库,如果这想是我,这想就不会导致疾病,并且能够得到『愿我的想如此,愿我的想不如此』。诸比库,因为想是无我,所以想导致疾病,并且不能得到『愿我的想如此,愿我的想不如此』。诸行是无我。诸比库,如果这些行是我,这些行就不会导致疾病,并且能够得到『愿我的诸行如此,愿我的诸行不如此』。诸比库,因为诸行是无我,所以诸行导致疾病,并且不能得到『愿我的诸行如此,愿我的诸行不如此』。识是无我。诸比库,如果这识是我,这识就不会导致疾病,并且能够得到『愿我的识如此,愿我的识不如此』。诸比库,因为识是无我,所以识导致疾病,并且不能得到『愿我的识如此,愿我的识不如此』。
§21
‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vāti? Aniccaṃ, bhante . Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti? Dukkhaṃ, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ – etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attāti? No hetaṃ, bhante. Vedanā niccā vā aniccā vāti? Aniccā, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti? Dukkhaṃ, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ – etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attāti? No hetaṃ, bhante. Saññā niccā vā aniccā vāti? Aniccā, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti? Dukkhaṃ, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ – etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attāti? No hetaṃ, bhante. Saṅkhārā niccā vā aniccā vāti? Aniccā, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ, dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti? Dukkhaṃ, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ – etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attāti? No hetaṃ, bhante. Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vāti? Aniccaṃ, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ, dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti? Dukkhaṃ, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ – etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attāti? No hetaṃ, bhante.
「诸比库,你们认为如何,色是常还是无常?」「无常,尊者。」「而凡无常者,是苦还是乐?」「苦,尊者。」「而凡无常、苦、变易法者,适合认为『这是我的,这是我,这是我的我』吗?」「确实不,尊者。」「受是常还是无常?」「无常,尊者。」「而凡无常者,是苦还是乐?」「苦,尊者。」「而凡无常、苦、变易法者,适合认为『这是我的,这是我,这是我的我』吗?」「确实不,尊者。」「想是常还是无常?」「无常,尊者。」「而凡无常者,是苦还是乐?」「苦,尊者。」「而凡无常、苦、变易法者,适合认为『这是我的,这是我,这是我的我』吗?」「确实不,尊者。」「诸行是常还是无常?」「无常,尊者。」「而凡无常者,是苦还是乐?」「苦,尊者。」「而凡无常、苦、变易法者,适合认为『这是我的,这是我,这是我的我』吗?」「确实不,尊者。」「识是常还是无常?」「无常,尊者。」「而凡无常者,是苦还是乐?」「苦,尊者。」「而凡无常、苦、变易法者,适合认为『这是我的,这是我,这是我的我』吗?」「确实不,尊者。」
§22
‘‘Tasmātiha , bhikkhave, yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ rūpaṃ – netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti – evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yā kāci vedanā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā yā dūre santike vā, sabbā vedanā – netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti – evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yā kāci saññā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā yā dūre santike vā, sabbā saññā – netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti – evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ye keci saṅkhārā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā ye dūre santike vā, sabbe saṅkhārā – netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti – evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ – netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attāti – evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ.
「诸比库,因此,凡任何色,无论过去、未来、现在,或内、或外,或粗、或细,或劣、或胜,或远、或近,一切色——『这不是我的,这不是我,这不是我的我』——应以正慧如实见这个。凡任何受,无论过去、未来、现在,或内、或外,或粗、或细,或劣、或胜,或远、或近,一切受——『这不是我的,这不是我,这不是我的我』——应以正慧如实见这个。凡任何想,无论过去、未来、现在,或内、或外,或粗、或细,或劣、或胜,或远、或近,一切想——『这不是我的,这不是我,这不是我的我』——应以正慧如实见这个。凡任何诸行,无论过去、未来、现在,或内、或外,或粗、或细,或劣、或胜,或远、或近,一切行——『这不是我的,这不是我,这不是我的我』——应以正慧如实见这个。凡任何识,无论过去、未来、现在,或内、或外,或粗、或细,或劣、或胜,或远、或近,一切识——『这不是我的,这不是我,这不是我的我』——应以正慧如实见这个。
§23
‘‘Evaṃ passaṃ, bhikkhave, sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmimpi nibbindati, vedanāyapi nibbindati, saññāyapi nibbindati, saṅkhāresupi nibbindati, viññāṇasmimpi nibbindati; nibbindaṃ virajjati; virāgā vimuccati; vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hoti, ‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānātī’’ti.
「诸比库!如是见者,多闻的圣弟子于色亦厌离,于受亦厌离,于想亦厌离,于诸行亦厌离,于识亦厌离;厌离而离染,由离染而解脱,于解脱时生起『已解脱』之智,了知:『生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不再有此存在。』」
§24
Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti . Imasmiñca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṃ bhaññamāne pañcavaggiyānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsu. Tena kho pana samayena cha loke arahanto honti.
世尊说此。五比库满意欢喜世尊所说。而且,当此分别论被宣说时,五比库的心无取着而从诸漏解脱。那时,世间有六位阿拉汉。
Pañcavaggiyakathā niṭṭhitā. · 五群论完
Paṭhamabhāṇavāro. · 第一诵品
7. Pabbajjākathā7. 出家论
§25
Tena kho pana samayena bārāṇasiyaṃ yaso nāma kulaputto seṭṭhiputto sukhumālo hoti. Tassa tayo pāsādā honti – eko hemantiko, eko gimhiko, eko vassiko. So vassike pāsāde cattāro māse nippurisehi tūriyehi paricārayamāno na heṭṭhāpāsādaṃ orohati. Atha kho yasassa kulaputtassa pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitassa samaṅgībhūtassa paricārayamānassa paṭikacceva niddā okkami, parijanassapi niddā okkami, sabbarattiyo ca telapadīpo jhāyati. Atha kho yaso kulaputto paṭikacceva pabujjhitvā addasa sakaṃ parijanaṃ supantaṃ – aññissā kacche vīṇaṃ, aññissā kaṇṭhe mudiṅgaṃ, aññissā kacche āḷambaraṃ, aññaṃ vikesikaṃ, aññaṃ vikkheḷikaṃ, aññā vippalapantiyo, hatthappattaṃ susānaṃ maññe. Disvānassa ādīnavo pāturahosi, nibbidāya cittaṃ saṇṭhāsi. Atha kho yaso kulaputto udānaṃ udānesi – ‘‘upaddutaṃ vata bho, upassaṭṭhaṃ vata bho’’ti.
那时,在巴拉纳西有名叫亚沙的良家子,长者之子,生活奢华。他有三座宫殿——一座冬季用,一座夏季用,一座雨季用。他在雨季宫殿中四个月被无男子的乐队须跋,不下到下层宫殿。那时,良家子亚沙被五种欲功德具足、围绕、须跋,先入睡了,随从们也入睡了,整夜油灯燃烧着。那时,良家子亚沙先醒来,看见自己的随从睡着——某人怀中抱着琵琶,某人颈上挂着鼓,某人怀中抱着腰鼓,某人头发散乱,某人流着口水,某些人喃喃自语,看起来像是手边的墓地。见此,过患对他显现,心住于厌离。那时,良家子亚沙说出感叹:『实在是苦恼啊,先生!实在是压迫啊,先生!』
Atha kho yaso kulaputto suvaṇṇapādukāyo ārohitvā yena nivesanadvāraṃ tenupasaṅkami. Amanussā dvāraṃ vivariṃsu – mā yasassa kulaputtassa koci antarāyamakāsi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyāti . Atha kho yaso kulaputto yena nagaradvāraṃ tenupasaṅkami. Amanussā dvāraṃ vivariṃsu – mā yasassa kulaputtassa koci antarāyamakāsi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjāyāti. Atha kho yaso kulaputto yena isipatanaṃ migadāyo tenupasaṅkami.
那时,良家子亚沙穿上金鞋,前往住宅门口。非人打开门——愿无人对良家子亚沙从在家出家造成障碍。那时,良家子亚沙前往城门。非人打开门——愿无人对良家子亚沙从在家出家造成障碍。那时,良家子亚沙前往仙人堕处鹿野苑。
§26
Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya ajjhokāse caṅkamati. Addasā kho bhagavā yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ, disvāna caṅkamā orohitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho yaso kulaputto bhagavato avidūre udānaṃ udānesi – ‘‘upaddutaṃ vata bho, upassaṭṭhaṃ vata bho’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idaṃ kho, yasa, anupaddutaṃ, idaṃ anupassaṭṭhaṃ. Ehi yasa, nisīda, dhammaṃ te desessāmī’’ti. Atha kho yaso kulaputto – idaṃ kira anupaddutaṃ , idaṃ anupassaṭṭhanti haṭṭho udaggo suvaṇṇapādukāhi orohitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnassa kho yasassa kulaputtassa bhagavā anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ, kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ, nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā bhagavā aññāsi yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ kallacittaṃ, muducittaṃ, vinīvaraṇacittaṃ, udaggacittaṃ, pasannacittaṃ, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā taṃ pakāsesi – dukkhaṃ, samudayaṃ, nirodhaṃ, maggaṃ. Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evameva yasassa kulaputtassa tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti.
那时,世尊在夜晚破晓时分起来,在露地经行。世尊从远处看见良家子亚沙走来,见后从经行处下来,坐在设置的座位上。那时,良家子亚沙在世尊不远处说出感叹:『实在是苦恼啊,先生!实在是压迫啊,先生!』那时,世尊对良家子亚沙说:『亚沙!这里无苦恼,这里无压迫。来,亚沙,坐下,我将为你说法。』那时,良家子亚沙——『这里似乎无苦恼,这里无压迫』——欢喜、踊跃,从金鞋下来,前往世尊处,到达后礼敬世尊,坐于一旁。世尊为坐于一旁的良家子亚沙次第说法,即:布施论、持戒论、生天论,诸欲的过患、卑劣、杂染,出离的利益。当世尊了知良家子亚沙心已准备好、柔软、无盖障、高举、净信,那时宣说诸佛的特殊法说——苦、集、灭、道。犹如清净的衣服,已去除黑色,能完全接受染料,如是,良家子亚沙在那座位上生起了远尘离垢的法眼:『凡任何集法,一切皆是灭法。』
§27
Atha kho yasassa kulaputtassa mātā pāsādaṃ abhiruhitvā yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ apassantī yena seṭṭhi gahapati tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘putto te, gahapati, yaso na dissatī’’ti. Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati catuddisā assadūte uyyojetvā sāmaṃyeva yena isipatanaṃ migadāyo tenupasaṅkami. Addasā kho seṭṭhi gahapati suvaṇṇapādukānaṃ nikkhepaṃ, disvāna taṃyeva anugamāsi . Addasā kho bhagavā seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ, disvāna bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ tathārūpaṃ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkhareyyaṃ yathā seṭṭhi gahapati idha nisinno idha nisinnaṃ yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ na passeyyā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā tathārūpaṃ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharesi. Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘api, bhante, bhagavā yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ passeyyā’’ti? Tena hi, gahapati, nisīda, appeva nāma idha nisinno idha nisinnaṃ yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ passeyyāsīti. Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati – idheva kirāhaṃ nisinno idha nisinnaṃ yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ passissāmīti haṭṭho udaggo bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnassa kho seṭṭhissa gahapatissa bhagavā anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ, kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ, nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā bhagavā aññāsi seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ kallacittaṃ, muducittaṃ, vinīvaraṇacittaṃ, udaggacittaṃ, pasannacittaṃ, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā, taṃ pakāsesi – dukkhaṃ, samudayaṃ, nirodhaṃ, maggaṃ. Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya evameva seṭṭhissa gahapatissa tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti. Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṃkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante, seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya – cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantīti – evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dhammañca, bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti . Sova loke paṭhamaṃ upāsako ahosi tevāciko .
那时,良家子亚沙的母亲登上宫殿,未见良家子亚沙,前往长者居士处,到达后对长者居士说:『居士!你的儿子亚沙不见了。』那时,长者居士派遣四方骑马的使者,自己前往仙人堕处鹿野苑。长者居士看见金鞋的放置处,见后跟随那里。世尊从远处看见长者居士走来,见后世尊这样想:『我何不作这样的神通变化,使长者居士坐在这里而看不见坐在这里的良家子亚沙?』那时,世尊作了这样的神通变化。那时,长者居士前往世尊处,到达后对世尊说:『尊者!世尊可曾见到良家子亚沙?』『那么,居士,坐下,或许你坐在这里能看见坐在这里的良家子亚沙。』那时,长者居士——『我坐在这里似乎将看见坐在这里的良家子亚沙』——欢喜、踊跃,礼敬世尊,坐于一旁。世尊为坐于一旁的长者居士次第说法,即:布施论、持戒论、生天论,诸欲的过患、卑劣、杂染,出离的利益。当世尊了知长者居士心已准备好、柔软、无盖障、高举、净信,那时宣说诸佛的特殊法说——苦、集、灭、道。犹如清净的衣服,已去除黑色,能完全接受染料,如是,长者居士在那座位上生起了远尘离垢的法眼:『凡任何集法,一切皆是灭法。』那时,长者居士已见法、已得法、已知法、已深入法,已度疑惑、已离犹豫、已得无畏、于导师教法中不依他人,对世尊说:『尊者!殊胜!尊者!殊胜!尊者!犹如扶起倒者,或揭开被覆者,或为迷者指示道路,或在黑暗中持油灯——『有眼者将见诸色』——如是,世尊以种种方式阐明了法。尊者!我归依世尊、法与比库僧团。愿世尊忆持我为近事男,从今日起终生归依。』他是世间第一位三归依的近事男。
§28
Atha kho yasassa kulaputtassa pituno dhamme desiyamāne yathādiṭṭhaṃ yathāviditaṃ bhūmiṃ paccavekkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucci. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘yasassa kho kulaputtassa pituno dhamme desiyamāne yathādiṭṭhaṃ yathāviditaṃ bhūmiṃ paccavekkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ. Abhabbo kho yaso kulaputto hīnāyāvattitvā kāme paribhuñjituṃ, seyyathāpi pubbe agārikabhūto; yaṃnūnāhaṃ taṃ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ paṭippassambheyya’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā taṃ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ paṭippassambhesi. Addasā kho seṭṭhi gahapati yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ nisinnaṃ, disvāna yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mātā te tāta, yasa, parideva sokasamāpannā, dehi mātuyā jīvita’’nti. Atha kho yaso kulaputto bhagavantaṃ ullokesi. Atha kho bhagavā seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gahapati, yassa sekkhena ñāṇena sekkhena dassanena dhammo diṭṭho vidito seyyathāpi tayā? Tassa yathādiṭṭhaṃ yathāviditaṃ bhūmiṃ paccavekkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ. Bhabbo nu kho so, gahapati, hīnāyāvattitvā kāme paribhuñjituṃ seyyathāpi pubbe agārikabhūto’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Yasassa kho, gahapati, kulaputtassa sekkhena ñāṇena sekkhena dassanena dhammo diṭṭho vidito seyyathāpi tayā. Tassa yathādiṭṭhaṃ yathāviditaṃ bhūmiṃ paccavekkhantassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ. Abhabbo kho, gahapati, yaso kulaputto hīnāyāvattitvā kāme paribhuñjituṃ seyyathāpi pubbe agārikabhūto’’ti. ‘‘Lābhā, bhante, yasassa kulaputtassa, suladdhaṃ, bhante, yasassa kulaputtassa, yathā yasassa kulaputtassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ. Adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā ajjatanāya bhattaṃ yasena kulaputtena pacchāsamaṇenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho seṭṭhi gahapati bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho yaso kulaputto acirapakkante seṭṭhimhi gahapatimhi bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘labheyyāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyaṃ upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Ehi bhikkhū’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘svākkhāto dhammo, cara brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Sāva tassa āyasmato upasampadā ahosi. Tena kho pana samayena satta loke arahanto honti.
那时,当法被宣说给良家子亚沙的父亲时,他如所见、如所知地省察地时,心无取着而从诸漏解脱。那时,世尊这样想:『当法被宣说给良家子亚沙的父亲时,他如所见、如所知地省察地时,心无取着而从诸漏解脱。良家子亚沙不能退回低劣而享受诸欲,如先前在家时;我何不停止那神通变化?』那时,世尊停止了那神通变化。长者居士看见良家子亚沙坐着,见后对良家子亚沙说:『亲爱的亚沙!你的母亲悲伤、忧愁所困,给你母亲生命。』那时,良家子亚沙仰望世尊。那时,世尊对长者居士说:『居士!你怎么想?对于以有学智、有学见见法、知法者,如同你一样,他如所见、如所知地省察地时,心无取着而从诸漏解脱。居士!他能退回低劣而享受诸欲,如先前在家时吗?』『不能,尊者!』『居士!良家子亚沙以有学智、有学见见法、知法,如同你一样,他如所见、如所知地省察地时,心无取着而从诸漏解脱。居士!良家子亚沙不能退回低劣而享受诸欲,如先前在家时。』『尊者!良家子亚沙得利,尊者!良家子亚沙善得,因为良家子亚沙的心无取着而从诸漏解脱。尊者!愿世尊接受我今日的食物,以良家子亚沙为随从沙门。』世尊以沉默接受。那时,长者居士知道世尊接受后,从座起立,礼敬世尊,作右绕后离去。那时,良家子亚沙在长者居士离去不久后对世尊说:『尊者!我能在世尊座下得出家,能得达上吗?』『来,比库!』世尊说——『法已善说,行梵行以正确地终结苦。』这就是那位具寿的达上。那时,世间有七位阿拉汉。
Yasassa pabbajjā niṭṭhitā. · 亚萨出家完
§29
Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya āyasmatā yasena pacchāsamaṇena yena seṭṭhissa gahapatissa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho āyasmato yasassa mātā ca purāṇadutiyikā ca yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Tāsaṃ bhagavā anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ, kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ, nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā tā bhagavā aññāsi kallacittā, muducittā, vinīvaraṇacittā, udaggacittā, pasannacittā, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā taṃ pakāsesi – dukkhaṃ, samudayaṃ, nirodhaṃ, maggaṃ . Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evameva tāsaṃ tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti. Tā diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante…pe… etā mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāma, dhammañca, bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsikāyo no bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetā saraṇaṃ gatā’’ti. Tā ca loke paṭhamaṃ upāsikā ahesuṃ tevācikā.
那时,世尊在上午时分着衣、持钵衣,以具寿亚沙为随从沙门,前往长者居士的住宅,到达后坐在设置的座位上。那时,具寿亚沙的母亲和前妻前往世尊处,到达后礼敬世尊,坐于一旁。世尊为她们次第说法,即:布施论、持戒论、生天论,诸欲的过患、卑劣、杂染,出离的利益。当世尊了知她们心已准备好、柔软、无盖障、高举、净信,那时宣说诸佛的特殊法说——苦、集、灭、道。犹如清净的衣服,已去除黑色,能完全接受染料,如是,她们在那座位上生起了远尘离垢的法眼:『凡任何集法,一切皆是灭法。』她们已见法、已得法、已知法、已深入法,已度疑惑、已离犹豫、已得无畏、于导师教法中不依他人,对世尊说:『尊者!殊胜!尊者!殊胜!……尊者!我们归依世尊、法与比库僧团。愿世尊忆持我们为近事女,从今日起终生归依。』她们是世间第一批三归依的近事女。
Atha kho āyasmato yasassa mātā ca pitā ca purāṇadutiyikā ca bhagavantañca āyasmantañca yasaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā, bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ, ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmato yasassa mātarañca pitarañca purāṇadutiyikañca dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
那时,具寿亚萨的母亲、父亲和前妻亲手以殊妙的副食、主食款待、满足世尊和具寿亚萨后,世尊食毕,手离钵,她们在一旁坐下。那时,世尊以法语开示、劝导、鼓励、使具寿亚萨的母亲、父亲和前妻欢喜后,从座起立离去。
§30
Assosuṃ kho āyasmato yasassa cattāro gihisahāyakā bārāṇasiyaṃ seṭṭhānuseṭṭhīnaṃ kulānaṃ puttā – vimalo, subāhu , puṇṇaji, gavampati – yaso kira kulaputto kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitoti. Sutvāna nesaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘na hi nūna so orako dhammavinayo, na sā orakā pabbajjā, yattha yaso kulaputto kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito’’ti. Te yenāyasmā yaso tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ yasaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Atha kho āyasmā yaso te cattāro gihisahāyake ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā yaso bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ime me, bhante, cattāro gihisahāyakā bārāṇasiyaṃ seṭṭhānuseṭṭhīnaṃ kulānaṃ puttā – vimalo, subāhu, puṇṇaji, gavampati. Ime bhagavā ovadatu anusāsatū’’ti . Tesaṃ bhagavā anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi, yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā, taṃ pakāsesi dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ, seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evameva tesaṃ tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti. Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Etha bhikkhavo’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi. Atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya ovadi anusāsi. Tesaṃ bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiyamānānaṃ anusāsiyamānānaṃ anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsu. Tena kho pana samayena ekādasa loke arahanto honti.
具寿亚萨的四位在家朋友——巴拉纳西大富长者家族的儿子们:维玛喇、苏巴胡、本那基、咖瓦巴帝——听说:「据说良家子亚萨剃除须发,披着袈裟衣,从在家出家成为非家。」听闻后,他们生起此念:「那确实不是低劣的法与律,那不是低劣的出家,良家子亚萨在那里剃除须发,披着袈裟衣,从在家出家成为非家。」他们前往具寿亚萨处,抵达后,礼敬具寿亚萨,站在一旁。那时,具寿亚萨带着那四位在家朋友前往世尊处,抵达后,礼敬世尊,在一旁坐下。在一旁坐下的具寿亚萨对世尊如此说:「尊者,这些是我的四位在家朋友,巴拉纳西大富长者家族的儿子们:维玛喇、苏巴胡、本那基、咖瓦巴帝。愿世尊教诫、教导他们。」世尊为他们说次第法,即:布施论、持戒论、生天论,阐明诸欲的过患、低劣、杂染,出离的利益。当世尊了知他们心已准备好、柔软、离盖、欢喜、净信时,就阐明诸佛共通的法说,即:苦、集、灭、道。犹如清净的、离去黑斑的布能如实地接受染料,同样地,就在那座位上,他们生起了远尘、离垢的法眼:「凡任何集法,一切皆是灭法。」他们见法、得法、知法、通达法,度脱疑惑,离去犹豫,获得无畏,在导师的教法中不依他人,对世尊如此说:「尊者,愿我们在世尊座前得出家,愿我们得受具足。」世尊说:「来吧,诸比库!法已善说,行梵行以正确地作苦的终结。」这就是那些具寿们的受具足。那时,世尊以法语教诫、教导那些比库。当世尊以法语教诫、教导他们时,他们的心无取着而从诸漏解脱。那时,世间有十一位阿拉汉。
Catugihisahāyakapabbajjā niṭṭhitā. · 四居士友出家完
§31
Assosuṃ kho āyasmato yasassa paññāsamattā gihisahāyakā jānapadā pubbānupubbakānaṃ kulānaṃ puttā – yaso kira kulaputto kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitoti. Sutvāna nesaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘na hi nūna so orako dhammavinayo, na sā orakā pabbajjā, yattha yaso kulaputto kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito’’ti. Te yenāyasmā yaso tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ yasaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Atha kho āyasmā yaso te paññāsamatte gihisahāyake ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā yaso bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ime me, bhante, paññāsamattā gihisahāyakā jānapadā pubbānupubbakānaṃ kulānaṃ puttā. Ime bhagavā ovadatu anusāsatū’’ti. Tesaṃ bhagavā anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā, taṃ pakāsesi dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ, seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evameva tesaṃ tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti. Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Etha bhikkhavo’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi. Atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya ovadi anusāsi. Tesaṃ bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya ovadiyamānānaṃ anusāsiyamānānaṃ anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsu. Tena kho pana samayena ekasaṭṭhi loke arahanto honti.
具寿亚萨的约五十位在家朋友——乡间先前显贵家族的儿子们——听说:「据说良家子亚萨剃除须发,披着袈裟衣,从在家出家成为非家。」听闻后,他们生起此念:「那确实不是低劣的法与律,那不是低劣的出家,良家子亚萨在那里剃除须发,披着袈裟衣,从在家出家成为非家。」他们前往具寿亚萨处,抵达后,礼敬具寿亚萨,站在一旁。那时,具寿亚萨带着那约五十位在家朋友前往世尊处,抵达后,礼敬世尊,在一旁坐下。在一旁坐下的具寿亚萨对世尊如此说:「尊者,这些是我的约五十位在家朋友,乡间先前显贵家族的儿子们。愿世尊教诫、教导他们。」世尊为他们说次第法,即:布施论、持戒论、生天论,阐明诸欲的过患、低劣、杂染,出离的利益。当世尊了知他们心已准备好、柔软、离盖、欢喜、净信时,就阐明诸佛共通的法说,即:苦、集、灭、道。犹如清净的、离去黑斑的布能如实地接受染料,同样地,就在那座位上,他们生起了远尘、离垢的法眼:「凡任何集法,一切皆是灭法。」他们见法、得法、知法、通达法,度脱疑惑,离去犹豫,获得无畏,在导师的教法中不依他人,对世尊如此说:「尊者,愿我们在世尊座前得出家,愿我们得受具足。」世尊说:「来吧,诸比库!法已善说,行梵行以正确地作苦的终结。」这就是那些具寿们的受具足。那时,世尊以法语教诫、教导那些比库。当世尊以法语教诫、教导他们时,他们的心无取着而从诸漏解脱。那时,世间有六十一位阿拉汉。
Paññāsagihisahāyakapabbajjā niṭṭhitā. · 五十居士友出家完
Niṭṭhitā ca pabbajjākathā. · 出家论完
8. Mārakathā8. 魔论
§32
Atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘muttāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sabbapāsehi, ye dibbā ye ca mānusā. Tumhepi, bhikkhave , muttā sabbapāsehi, ye dibbā ye ca mānusā. Caratha, bhikkhave, cārikaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Mā ekena dve agamittha. Desetha, bhikkhave, dhammaṃ ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāsetha. Santi sattā apparajakkhajātikā , assavanatā dhammassa parihāyanti, bhavissanti dhammassa aññātāro. Ahampi, bhikkhave, yena uruvelā senānigamo tenupasaṅkamissāmi dhammadesanāyā’’ti.
那时,世尊对那些比库说:「诸比库,我已从一切系缚解脱,无论是天的或人的。诸比库,你们也已从一切系缚解脱,无论是天的或人的。诸比库,你们去游行吧,为了众人的利益,为了众人的安乐,为了悲悯世间,为了天人的义利、利益、安乐。不要两人同行一路。诸比库,你们宣说初善、中善、后善的法,有义、有文,阐明完全圆满、清净的梵行。有情中有少尘垢眼者,若不听闻法将会退失,他们将成为法的了知者。诸比库,我也将前往乌卢韦喇的些那尼咖玛村为了说法。」
§33
Atha kho māro pāpimā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi –
那时,恶魔魔罗前往世尊处,抵达后,以偈颂对世尊说:
‘‘Baddhosi sabbapāsehi, ye dibbā ye ca mānusā;
「你被一切系缚所缚,无论是天的或人的;
Mahābandhanabaddhosi, na me samaṇa mokkhasī’’ti.
你被大系缚所缚,沙门,你不能从我解脱。」
‘‘Muttāhaṃ sabbapāsehi, ye dibbā ye ca mānusā;
「我已从一切系缚解脱,无论是天的或人的;
Mahābandhanamuttomhi, nihato tvamasi antakāti.
「我已从大缚解脱,你已被死主击败。」
‘‘Antalikkhacaro pāso, yvāyaṃ carati mānaso;
「在空中行走的索,即这个在意行的(索);
Tena taṃ bādhayissāmi, na me samaṇa mokkhasīti.
我将以那个来束缚你,沙门,你不能从我这里解脱。」
‘‘Rūpā saddā rasā gandhā, phoṭṭhabbā ca manoramā;
「色、声、味、香,以及可意的触;
Ettha me vigato chando, nihato tvamasi antakā’’ti.
对这些我的欲已离去,你已被死主击败。」
Atha kho māro pāpimā – jānāti maṃ bhagavā, jānāti maṃ sugatoti dukkhī dummano · 于是恶魔——世尊知我,善逝知我——苦恼忧愁
Tatthevantaradhāyīti.
就在那里(魔)消失了。
Mārakathā niṭṭhitā. · 魔论完
9. Pabbajjūpasampadākathā9. 出家达上论
§34
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū nānādisā nānājanapadā pabbajjāpekkhe ca upasampadāpekkhe ca ānenti – bhagavā ne pabbājessati upasampādessatīti. Tattha bhikkhū ceva kilamanti pabbajjāpekkhā ca upasampadāpekkhā ca. Atha kho bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘‘etarahi kho bhikkhū nānādisā nānājanapadā pabbajjāpekkhe ca upasampadāpekkhe ca ānenti – bhagavā ne pabbājessati upasampādessatīti. Tattha bhikkhū ceva kilamanti pabbajjāpekkhā ca upasampadāpekkhā ca. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anujāneyyaṃ – tumheva dāni, bhikkhave, tāsu tāsu disāsu tesu tesu janapadesu pabbājetha upasampādethā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘idha mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘etarahi kho bhikkhū nānādisā nānājanapadā pabbajjāpekkhe ca upasampadāpekkhe ca ānenti bhagavā ne pabbājessati upasampādessatīti, tattha bhikkhū ceva kilamanti pabbajjāpekkhā ca upasampadāpekkhā ca, yaṃnūnāhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anujāneyyaṃ tumheva dāni, bhikkhave, tāsu tāsu disāsu tesu tesu janapadesu pabbājetha upasampādethā’’’ti, anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tumheva dāni tāsu tāsu disāsu tesu tesu janapadesu pabbājetha upasampādetha. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, pabbājetabbo upasampādetabbo –
尔时,比库们从各方、各地带来希求出家者和希求受具足者——「世尊将使(他们)出家、受具足」。在那里,比库们疲劳,希求出家者和希求受具足者也(疲劳)。那时,世尊在独处、禅修时,心中生起这样的寻思:「现在比库们从各方、各地带来希求出家者和希求受具足者——『世尊将使(他们)出家、受具足』。在那里,比库们疲劳,希求出家者和希求受具足者也(疲劳)。我何不允许比库们——『诸比库,现在你们自己在各方、各地使(他们)出家、受具足』?」那时,世尊在傍晚时从禅修中出来,以此因缘、以此事缘作了法谈后,告诉比库们:「诸比库,这里,我在独处、禅修时,心中生起这样的寻思:『现在比库们从各方、各地带来希求出家者和希求受具足者——世尊将使(他们)出家、受具足,在那里,比库们疲劳,希求出家者和希求受具足者也(疲劳),我何不允许比库们——诸比库,现在你们自己在各方、各地使(他们)出家、受具足?』诸比库,我允许,现在你们自己在各方、各地使(他们)出家、受具足。诸比库,应这样使(他们)出家、受具足:」
Paṭhamaṃ kesamassuṃ ohārāpetvā , kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādāpetvā, ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ kārāpetvā, bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vandāpetvā, ukkuṭikaṃ nisīdāpetvā, añjaliṃ paggaṇhāpetvā, evaṃ vadehīti vattabbo – buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi; dutiyampi buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dutiyampi dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dutiyampi saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi; tatiyampi buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyampi dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyampi saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmī’’ti. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imehi tīhi saraṇagamanehi pabbajjaṃ upasampada’’nti.
「首先使(他)剃除须发,使(他)披上袈裟衣,使(他)作偏袒上衣,使(他)礼敬比库们的足,使(他)蹲踞而坐,使(他)合掌,应这样对(他)说:『你应这样说:我皈依佛,我皈依法,我皈依僧伽;第二次我皈依佛,第二次我皈依法,第二次我皈依僧伽;第三次我皈依佛,第三次我皈依法,第三次我皈依僧伽。』」「诸比库,我允许以这三皈依而出家、受具足。」
Tīhi saraṇagamanehi upasampadākathā niṭṭhitā. · 三归依达上论完
10. Dutiyamārakathā10. 第二魔论
§35
Atha kho bhagavā vassaṃvuṭṭho bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘mayhaṃ kho, bhikkhave, yoniso manasikārā yoniso sammappadhānā anuttarā vimutti anuppattā, anuttarā vimutti sacchikatā . Tumhepi, bhikkhave, yoniso manasikārā yoniso sammappadhānā anuttaraṃ vimuttiṃ anupāpuṇātha, anuttaraṃ vimuttiṃ sacchikarothā’’ti. Atha kho māro pāpimā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi –
那时,世尊雨安居已毕,告诉诸比库:「诸比库!我通过如理作意、如理正勤,证得了无上解脱,现证了无上解脱。诸比库!你们也应通过如理作意、如理正勤,证得无上解脱,现证无上解脱。」那时,恶魔玛拉来到世尊处。到了之后,以偈颂对世尊说:
‘‘Baddhosi mārapāsehi, ye dibbā ye ca mānusā;
「你被魔的束缚所缚,无论是天的或人的;
Mahābandhanabaddhosi , na me samaṇa mokkhasī’’ti.
你被大束缚所缚,沙门!你不能从我处解脱。」
‘‘Muttāhaṃ mārapāsehi, ye dibbā ye ca mānusā;
「我已从魔的束缚解脱,无论是天的或人的;
Mahābandhanamuttomhi , nihato tvamasi antakā’’ti.
我已从大束缚解脱,死魔!你已被击败。」
Atha kho māro pāpimā – jānāti maṃ bhagavā, jānāti maṃ sugatoti dukkhī dummano · 于是恶魔——世尊知我,善逝知我——苦恼忧愁
Tatthevantaradhāyi.
于是(魔)就在那里消失了。
Dutiyamārakathā niṭṭhitā. · 第二魔论完
11. Bhaddavaggiyavatthu11. 跋德瓦其亚事
§36
Atha kho bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena uruvelā tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma yena aññataro vanasaṇḍo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ ajjhogāhetvā aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi. Tena kho pana samayena tiṃsamattā bhaddavaggiyā sahāyakā sapajāpatikā tasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe paricārenti. Ekassa pajāpati nāhosi; tassa atthāya vesī ānītā ahosi. Atha kho sā vesī tesu pamattesu paricārentesu bhaṇḍaṃ ādāya palāyittha. Atha kho te sahāyakā sahāyakassa veyyāvaccaṃ karontā, taṃ itthiṃ gavesantā, taṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ āhiṇḍantā addasaṃsu bhagavantaṃ aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisinnaṃ. Disvāna yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘api, bhante, bhagavā ekaṃ itthiṃ passeyyā’’ti? ‘‘Kiṃ pana vo, kumārā, itthiyā’’ti? ‘‘Idha mayaṃ, bhante, tiṃsamattā bhaddavaggiyā sahāyakā sapajāpatikā imasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe paricārimhā. Ekassa pajāpati nāhosi; tassa atthāya vesī ānītā ahosi. Atha kho sā, bhante , vesī amhesu pamattesu paricārentesu bhaṇḍaṃ ādāya palāyittha. Te mayaṃ, bhante, sahāyakā sahāyakassa veyyāvaccaṃ karontā, taṃ itthiṃ gavesantā, imaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ āhiṇḍāmā’’ti. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññatha vo, kumārā, katamaṃ nu kho tumhākaṃ varaṃ – yaṃ vā tumhe itthiṃ gaveseyyātha, yaṃ vā attānaṃ gaveseyyāthā’’ti? ‘‘Etadeva, bhante, amhākaṃ varaṃ yaṃ mayaṃ attānaṃ gaveseyyāmā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi vo, kumārā, nisīdatha, dhammaṃ vo desessāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhaddavaggiyā sahāyakā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Tesaṃ bhagavā anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi, yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā, taṃ pakāsesi dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ, seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evameva tesaṃ tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti. Te diṭṭhadhammā pattadhammā viditadhammā pariyogāḷhadhammā tiṇṇavicikicchā vigatakathaṃkathā vesārajjappattā aparappaccayā satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Etha bhikkhavo’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi.
那时,世尊在巴拉纳西随意住已,向乌卢韦喇出发游行。那时,世尊离开道路,来到某个树林。到了之后,进入那树林,在某棵树下坐下。当时,三十位跋达瓦基亚的同伴们,带着妻子,在那树林中游乐。其中一位没有妻子,为他带来了一位妓女。那时,当他们放逸地游乐时,那妓女拿了财物逃走了。那时,那些同伴们为了帮助同伴,寻找那女人,在那树林中徘徊,看见世尊在某棵树下坐着。看见后,来到世尊处。到了之后,对世尊这样说:「尊者!世尊是否看见一位女人?」「诸童子!你们要那女人做什么?」「尊者!我们这三十位跋达瓦基亚的同伴们,带着妻子,在这树林中游乐。其中一位没有妻子,为他带来了一位妓女。尊者!当我们放逸地游乐时,那妓女拿了我们的财物逃走了。尊者!我们这些同伴为了帮助同伴,寻找那女人,在这树林中徘徊。」「诸童子!你们认为如何?对你们来说,哪个更好——你们寻找那女人,还是寻找自己?」「尊者!对我们来说,这个更好——我们寻找自己。」「那么,诸童子!你们坐下,我将为你们说法。」「是的,尊者!」那些跋达瓦基亚的同伴们礼敬世尊后,在一旁坐下。世尊为他们次第说法,即:说布施论、说戒论、说天界论,阐明诸欲的过患、低劣、杂染,出离的利益。当世尊知道他们心已准备好、柔软、离盖、欢喜、净信时,就阐明诸佛共通的法说,即:苦、集、灭、道。犹如清净的、离去黑斑的衣服能如实地接受染料,同样地,就在那座位上,他们生起了远尘离垢的法眼:「凡任何集法,一切皆是灭法。」他们见法、得法、知法、通达法,度脱疑惑,离去犹豫,获得无畏,在导师的教法中不依他人,对世尊这样说:「尊者!愿我们在世尊座下得出家,愿我们得受达上。」世尊说:「来吧,诸比库!法已善说,行梵行以正尽苦。」这就是那些具寿的受达上。
Bhaddavaggiyasahāyakānaṃ vatthu niṭṭhitaṃ. · 跋德瓦其亚友事完
Dutiyabhāṇavāro. · 第二诵品
12. Uruvelapāṭihāriyakathā12. 伍儒韦喇神变论
§37
Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena uruvelā tadavasari. Tena kho pana samayena uruvelāyaṃ tayo jaṭilā paṭivasanti – uruvelakassapo, nadīkassapo, gayākassapoti. Tesu uruvelakassapo jaṭilo pañcannaṃ jaṭilasatānaṃ nāyako hoti, vināyako aggo pamukho pāmokkho. Nadīkassapo jaṭilo tiṇṇaṃ jaṭilasatānaṃ nāyako hoti, vināyako aggo pamukho pāmokkho. Gayākassapo jaṭilo dvinnaṃ jaṭilasatānaṃ nāyako hoti, vināyako aggo pamukho pāmokkho. Atha kho bhagavā yena uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa assamo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sace te, kassapa , agaru, vaseyyāma ekarattaṃ agyāgāre’’ti? ‘‘Na kho me, mahāsamaṇa, garu, caṇḍettha nāgarājā iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso, so taṃ mā viheṭhesī’’ti. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sace te, kassapa, agaru, vaseyyāma ekarattaṃ agyāgāre’’ti? ‘‘Na kho me, mahāsamaṇa, garu, caṇḍettha nāgarājā iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso, so taṃ mā viheṭhesī’’ti. Tatiyampi kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sace te, kassapa, agaru, vaseyyāma ekarattaṃ agyāgāre’’ti? ‘‘Na kho me, mahāsamaṇa, garu, caṇḍettha nāgarājā iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso, so taṃ mā viheṭhesī’’ti. ‘‘Appeva maṃ na viheṭheyya, iṅgha tvaṃ, kassapa, anujānāhi agyāgāra’’nti. ‘‘Vihara, mahāsamaṇa, yathāsukha’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā agyāgāraṃ pavisitvā tiṇasanthārakaṃ paññapetvā nisīdi pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā.
那时,世尊次第游行,到达了乌卢韦喇。当时,在乌卢韦喇有三位结发者住着:乌卢韦喇咖沙巴、那地咖沙巴、嘎亚咖沙巴。其中,结发者乌卢韦喇咖沙巴是五百位结发者的领导者、指导者、首领、上首、最上首。结发者那地咖沙巴是三百位结发者的领导者、指导者、首领、上首、最上首。结发者嘎亚咖沙巴是二百位结发者的领导者、指导者、首领、上首、最上首。那时,世尊来到结发者乌卢韦喇咖沙巴的隐居处。到了之后,对结发者乌卢韦喇咖沙巴这样说:「咖沙巴!如果你不嫌麻烦,我可以在火堂住一夜吗?」「大沙门!我不嫌麻烦,但这里有龙王,有神通,是毒蛇,有可怕的毒,他可能会伤害你。」世尊第二次对结发者乌卢韦喇咖沙巴这样说:「咖沙巴!如果你不嫌麻烦,我可以在火堂住一夜吗?」「大沙门!我不嫌麻烦,但这里有龙王,有神通,是毒蛇,有可怕的毒,他可能会伤害你。」世尊第三次对结发者乌卢韦喇咖沙巴这样说:「咖沙巴!如果你不嫌麻烦,我可以在火堂住一夜吗?」「大沙门!我不嫌麻烦,但这里有龙王,有神通,是毒蛇,有可怕的毒,他可能会伤害你。」「他可能不会伤害我。来吧,咖沙巴!请允许我住火堂。」「大沙门!随你喜欢住吧。」那时,世尊进入火堂,铺设草座后,结跏趺坐,保持身体正直,使念现起于面前。
§38
Addasā kho so nāgo bhagavantaṃ paviṭṭhaṃ, disvāna dummano padhūpāyi . Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ imassa nāgassa anupahacca chaviñca cammañca maṃsañca nhāruñca aṭṭhiñca aṭṭhimiñjañca tejasā tejaṃ pariyādiyeyya’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā tathārūpaṃ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharitvā padhūpāyi. Atha kho so nāgo makkhaṃ asahamāno pajjali. Bhagavāpi tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā pajjali. Ubhinnaṃ sajotibhūtānaṃ agyāgāraṃ ādittaṃ viya hoti sampajjalitaṃ sajotibhūtaṃ. Atha kho te jaṭilā agyāgāraṃ parivāretvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘abhirūpo vata bho mahāsamaṇo nāgena viheṭhiyatī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā tassā rattiyā accayena tassa nāgassa anupahacca chaviñca cammañca maṃsañca nhāruñca aṭṭhiñca aṭṭhimiñjañca tejasā tejaṃ pariyādiyitvā patte pakkhipitvā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa dassesi – ‘‘ayaṃ te, kassapa, nāgo pariyādinno assa tejasā tejo’’ti. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma caṇḍassa nāgarājassa iddhimato āsivisassa ghoravisassa tejasā tejaṃ pariyādiyissati, natveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti.
那条龙看见世尊进入,看见后不悦而冒烟。那时,世尊这样想:「我何不在不伤害这条龙的皮肤、表皮、肉、筋、骨、骨髓的情况下,以火力制伏其火力呢?」那时,世尊作了如此的神变决意后冒烟。那时,那条龙不能忍受被轻蔑而燃烧起来。世尊也进入火界后燃烧起来。当两者都发光时,火屋好像燃烧、炽燃、发光一般。那时,那些结发者围绕着火屋这样说:「尊者大沙门确实相貌端正,却被龙所恼害!」那时,世尊在那夜过后,在不伤害那条龙的皮肤、表皮、肉、筋、骨、骨髓的情况下,以火力制伏其火力后,放入钵中,给结发者伍卢韦喇咖沙巴看:「咖沙巴,这条龙的火力已被火力所制伏。」那时,结发者伍卢韦喇咖沙巴这样想:「大沙门确实大神通、大威力,因为他能以火力制伏凶猛的龙王、有神通的毒蛇、剧毒者的火力,但他还不是阿拉汉,不如我。」
Nerañjarāyaṃ bhagavā, uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ avoca;
在尼连禅河,世尊对结发者伍卢韦喇咖沙巴说:
‘‘Sace te kassapa agaru, viharemu ajjaṇho aggisālamhī’’ti .
「咖沙巴,如果你不嫌麻烦,今晚我们住在火屋中。」
‘‘Na kho me mahāsamaṇa garu;
「大沙门,我不嫌麻烦;
Phāsukāmova taṃ nivāremi;
只是为了你的安乐,我才阻止你;
Caṇḍettha nāgarājā;
那里有凶猛的龙王;
Iddhimā āsiviso ghoraviso;
有神通的毒蛇、剧毒者;
So taṃ mā viheṭhesī’’ti.
愿他不要恼害你!」
‘‘Appeva maṃ na viheṭheyya;
「愿他不伤害我;
Iṅgha tvaṃ kassapa anujānāhi agyāgāra’’nti;
来吧,咖沙巴,你允许火屋吧。」
Dinnanti naṃ viditvā;
知道已被允许;
Abhīto pāvisi bhayamatīto.
无畏者进入,已超越恐怖。
Disvā isiṃ paviṭṭhaṃ, ahināgo dummano padhūpāyi;
见到仙人已进入,龙蛇不悦而冒烟;
Sumanamanaso adhimano , manussanāgopi tattha padhūpāyi.
心悦意满,人中龙也在那里冒烟。
Makkhañca asahamāno, ahināgo pāvakova pajjali;
不能忍受轻蔑,龙蛇如火焰般燃烧;
Tejodhātusu kusalo, manussanāgopi tattha pajjali.
善巧于火界,人中龙也在那里燃烧。
Ubhinnaṃ sajotibhūtānaṃ;
两者都发光时;
Agyāgāraṃ ādittaṃ hoti sampajjalitaṃ sajotibhūtaṃ;
火屋燃烧、炽燃、发光;
Udicchare jaṭilā;
结发行者们说:
‘‘Abhirūpo vata bho mahāsamaṇo;
「尊者,大沙门确实端正;
Nāgena viheṭhiyatī’’ti bhaṇanti.
他被龙恼害。」
Atha tassā rattiyā accayena;
那夜过后,
Hatā nāgassa acciyo honti ;
龙的火焰被灭;
Iddhimato pana ṭhitā ;
但具神通者的(火焰)仍存在;
Anekavaṇṇā acciyo honti.
有种种色的火焰。
Nīlā atha lohitikā;
青色、红色,
Mañjiṭṭhā pītakā phalikavaṇṇāyo;
茜色、黄色、水晶色;
Aṅgīrasassa kāye;
在安其拉萨的身体上,
Anekavaṇṇā acciyo honti.
有种种色的火焰。
Pattamhi odahitvā;
放在钵中后,
Ahināgaṃ brāhmaṇassa dassesi;
向婆罗门展示火龙,
‘‘Ayaṃ te kassapa nāgo;
「咖沙巴,这是你的龙,
Pariyādinno assa tejasā tejo’’ti.
他将被火焰所吞没,火焰。」
Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavato iminā iddhipāṭihāriyena abhippasanno bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idheva, mahāsamaṇa, vihara, ahaṃ te dhuvabhattenā’’ti.
那时,结发者伍卢韦喇咖沙巴对世尊以此神变而极为净信,对世尊这样说:「大沙门,请就住在这里,我将供养你常食。」
Paṭhamaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ. · 第一神变
§40
Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa assamassa avidūre aññatarasmiṃ vanasaṇḍe vihāsi. Atha kho cattāro mahārājāno abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā catuddisā aṭṭhaṃsu seyyathāpi mahantā aggikkhandhā. Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattaṃ. Ke nu kho te, mahāsamaṇa, abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena tvaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu , upasaṅkamitvā taṃ abhivādetvā catuddisā aṭṭhaṃsu ‘‘seyyathāpi mahantā aggikkhandhā’’ti. ‘‘Ete kho, kassapa, cattāro mahārājāno yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu dhammassavanāyā’’ti. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma cattāropi mahārājāno upasaṅkamissanti dhammassavanāya, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā tasmiṃyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.
那时,世尊在结发者伍卢韦喇咖沙巴的隐修所不远处的某个丛林中住。那时,四大王天在深夜,以殊胜的光色照亮整个丛林后,来到世尊处。抵达后,礼敬世尊,站立在四方,犹如大火聚。那时,结发者伍卢韦喇咖沙巴在那夜过后,来到世尊处。抵达后,对世尊这样说:「大沙门,时候到了,食物已备办。大沙门,那些在深夜,以殊胜的光色照亮整个丛林后,来到你处,抵达后,礼敬你,站立在四方,犹如大火聚的是谁?」「咖沙巴,这些是四大王天,他们来到我处为了听法。」那时,结发者伍卢韦喇咖沙巴生起这样的想法:「大沙门确实有大神通力、大威力,因为连四大王天也来听法,但他还不是阿拉汉,如我一样。」那时,世尊受用了结发者伍卢韦喇咖沙巴的食物后,就在那个丛林中住。
Dutiyaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ. · 第二神变
§41
Atha kho sakko devānamindo abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami , upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahāaggikkhandho, purimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca. Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattaṃ. Ko nu kho so, mahāsamaṇa, abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena tvaṃ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahāaggikkhandho, purimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā’’ti? ‘‘Eso kho, kassapa, sakko devānamindo yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami dhammassavanāyā’’ti. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma sakkopi devānamindo upasaṅkamissati dhammassavanāya, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā tasmiṃyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.
那时,天人之主萨咖在深夜,以殊胜的光色照亮整个丛林后,来到世尊处。抵达后,礼敬世尊,站立在一旁,犹如大火聚,比先前的光色更殊胜、更美妙。那时,结发者伍卢韦喇咖沙巴在那夜过后,来到世尊处。抵达后,对世尊这样说:「大沙门,时候到了,食物已备办。大沙门,那位在深夜,以殊胜的光色照亮整个丛林后,来到你处,抵达后,礼敬你,站立在一旁,犹如大火聚,比先前的光色更殊胜、更美妙的是谁?」「咖沙巴,这是天人之主萨咖,他来到我处为了听法。」那时,结发者伍卢韦喇咖沙巴生起这样的想法:「大沙门确实有大神通力、大威力,因为连天人之主萨咖也来听法,但他还不是阿拉汉,如我一样。」那时,世尊受用了结发者伍卢韦喇咖沙巴的食物后,就在那个丛林中住。
Tatiyaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ. · 第三神变
§42
Atha kho brahmā sahampati abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahāaggikkhandho, purimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca. Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattaṃ. Ko nu kho so, mahāsamaṇa, abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇo kevalakappaṃ vanasaṇḍaṃ obhāsetvā yena tvaṃ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi seyyathāpi mahāaggikkhandho, purimāhi vaṇṇanibhāhi abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā’’ti? ‘‘Eso kho, kassapa, brahmā sahampati yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami dhammassavanāyā’’ti. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma brahmāpi sahampati upasaṅkamissati dhammassavanāya, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā tasmiṃyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.
那时,梵天娑汗巴帝在深夜,以殊胜的光色照亮整个丛林后,来到世尊处。抵达后,礼敬世尊,站立在一旁,犹如大火聚,比先前的光色更殊胜、更美妙。那时,结发者伍卢韦喇咖沙巴在那夜过后,来到世尊处。抵达后,对世尊这样说:「大沙门,时候到了,食物已备办。大沙门,那位在深夜,以殊胜的光色照亮整个丛林后,来到你处,抵达后,礼敬你,站立在一旁,犹如大火聚,比先前的光色更殊胜、更美妙的是谁?」「咖沙巴,这是梵天娑汗巴帝,他来到我处为了听法。」那时,结发者伍卢韦喇咖沙巴生起这样的想法:「大沙门确实有大神通力、大威力,因为连梵天娑汗巴帝也来听法,但他还不是阿拉汉,如我一样。」那时,世尊受用了结发者伍卢韦喇咖沙巴的食物后,就在那个丛林中住。
Catutthaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ. · 第四神变
§43
Tena kho pana samayena uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa mahāyañño paccupaṭṭhito hoti, kevalakappā ca aṅgamagadhā pahūtaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ ādāya abhikkamitukāmā honti . Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘etarahi kho me mahāyañño paccupaṭṭhito, kevalakappā ca aṅgamagadhā pahūtaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ ādāya abhikkamissanti. Sace mahāsamaṇo mahājanakāye iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ karissati , mahāsamaṇassa lābhasakkāro abhivaḍḍhissati, mama lābhasakkāro parihāyissati. Aho nūna mahāsamaṇo svātanāya nāgaccheyyā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya uttarakuruṃ gantvā tato piṇḍapātaṃ āharitvā anotattadahe paribhuñjitvā tattheva divāvihāraṃ akāsi. Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattaṃ. Kiṃ nu kho, mahāsamaṇa, hiyyo nāgamāsi? Api ca mayaṃ taṃ sarāma – kiṃ nu kho mahāsamaṇo nāgacchatīti? Khādanīyassa ca bhojanīyassa ca te paṭivīso ṭhapito’’ti. Nanu te, kassapa, etadahosi – ‘‘‘etarahi kho me mahāyañño paccupaṭṭhito, kevalakappā ca aṅgamagadhā pahūtaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ ādāya abhikkamissanti, sace mahāsamaṇo mahājanakāye iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ karissati, mahāsamaṇassa lābhasakkāro abhivaḍḍhissati, mama lābhasakkāro parihāyissati, aho nūna mahāsamaṇo svātanāya nāgaccheyyā’ti. So kho ahaṃ, kassapa, tava cetasā cetoparivitakkaṃ aññāya uttarakuruṃ gantvā tato piṇḍapātaṃ āharitvā anotattadahe paribhuñjitvā tattheva divāvihāraṃ akāsi’’nti. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma cetasāpi cittaṃ pajānissati , na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā tasmiṃyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.
那时,结发者伍卢韦喇咖沙巴的大祭祀已准备好,所有的鸯伽摩嘎塔人带着丰富的副食、主食想要前来。那时,结发者伍卢韦喇咖沙巴生起这样的想法:「现在我的大祭祀已准备好,所有的鸯伽摩嘎塔人带着丰富的副食、主食将要前来。如果大沙门在大众中显示神变,大沙门的利养恭敬将会增长,我的利养恭敬将会衰退。愿大沙门明天不要来。」那时,世尊以心了知结发者伍卢韦喇咖沙巴的心中所想后,前往郁答喇库汝,从那里取得钵食,在阿耨达池受用后,就在那里作日中住。那时,结发者伍卢韦喇咖沙巴在那夜过后,来到世尊处。抵达后,对世尊这样说:「大沙门,时候到了,食物已备办。大沙门,昨天为何没来?我们还记得你:『为何大沙门没来?』你的副食、主食的份额已留下。」「咖沙巴,你不是生起这样的想法:『现在我的大祭祀已准备好,所有的鸯伽摩嘎塔人带着丰富的副食、主食将要前来,如果大沙门在大众中显示神变,大沙门的利养恭敬将会增长,我的利养恭敬将会衰退,愿大沙门明天不要来』吗?咖沙巴,我以心了知你的心中所想后,前往郁答喇库汝,从那里取得钵食,在阿耨达池受用后,就在那里作日中住。」那时,结发者伍卢韦喇咖沙巴生起这样的想法:「大沙门确实有大神通力、大威力,因为他甚至以心了知心中所想,但他还不是阿拉汉,如我一样。」那时,世尊受用了结发者伍卢韦喇咖沙巴的食物后,就在那个丛林中住。
Pañcamaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ. · 第五神变
§44
Tena kho pana samayena bhagavato paṃsukūlaṃ uppannaṃ hoti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘kattha nu kho ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ dhoveyya’’nti? Atha kho sakko devānamindo bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya pāṇinā pokkharaṇiṃ khaṇitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idha, bhante, bhagavā paṃsukūlaṃ dhovatū’’ti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘kimhi nu kho ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ parimaddeyya’’nti? Atha kho sakko devānamindo bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya mahatiṃ silaṃ upanikkhipi – idha, bhante, bhagavā paṃsukūlaṃ parimaddatūti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘kimhi nu kho ahaṃ ālambitvā uttareyya’’nti? Atha kho kakudhe adhivatthā devatā bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya sākhaṃ onāmesi – idha, bhante, bhagavā ālambitvā uttaratūti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘kimhi nu kho ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ vissajjeyya’’nti? Atha kho sakko devānamindo bhagavato cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya mahatiṃ silaṃ upanikkhipi – idha, bhante, bhagavā paṃsukūlaṃ vissajjetūti. Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kālo , mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṃ bhattaṃ. Kiṃ nu kho, mahāsamaṇa, nāyaṃ pubbe idha pokkharaṇī, sāyaṃ idha pokkharaṇī. Nayimā silā pubbe upanikkhittā. Kenimā silā upanikkhittā? Nayimassa kakudhassa pubbe sākhā onatā, sāyaṃ sākhā onatā’’ti. Idha me, kassapa, paṃsukūlaṃ uppannaṃ ahosi. Tassa mayhaṃ, kassapa, etadahosi – ‘‘kattha nu kho ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ dhoveyya’’nti? Atha kho, kassapa, sakko devānamindo mama cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya pāṇinā pokkharaṇiṃ khaṇitvā maṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idha, bhante, bhagavā paṃsukūlaṃ dhovatū’’ti. Sāyaṃ kassapa amanussena pāṇinā khaṇitā pokkharaṇī. Tassa mayhaṃ, kassapa, etadahosi – ‘‘kimhi nu kho ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ parimaddeyya’’nti? Atha kho, kassapa, sakko devānamindo mama cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya mahatiṃ silaṃ upanikkhipi – ‘‘idha, bhante, bhagavā paṃsukūlaṃ parimaddatū’’ti. Sāyaṃ kassapa amanussena upanikkhittā silā. Tassa mayhaṃ, kassapa, etadahosi – ‘‘kimhi nu kho ahaṃ ālambitvā uttareyya’’nti? Atha kho, kassapa, kakudhe adhivatthā devatā ja mama cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya sākhaṃ onāmesi – ‘‘idha, bhante, bhagavā ālambitvā uttaratū’’ti. Svāyaṃ āharahattho kakudho. Tassa mayhaṃ, kassapa, etadahosi – ‘‘kimhi nu kho ahaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ vissajjeyya’’nti? Atha kho, kassapa, sakko devānamindo mama cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya mahatiṃ silaṃ upanikkhipi – ‘‘idha, bhante, bhagavā paṃsukūlaṃ vissajjetū’’ti . Sāyaṃ kassapa amanussena upanikkhittā silāti. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma sakkopi devānamindo veyyāvaccaṃ karissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā tasmiṃyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.
那时,世尊有尘堆衣生起。那时,世尊生起这样的想法:「我应在何处洗尘堆衣?」那时,天人之主萨咖以心了知世尊的心中所想后,用手挖了一个池,对世尊这样说:「尊者,请世尊在这里洗尘堆衣。」那时,世尊生起这样的想法:「我应在何处搓揉尘堆衣?」那时,天人之主萨咖以心了知世尊的心中所想后,放置了一块大石:「尊者,请世尊在这里搓揉尘堆衣。」那时,世尊生起这样的想法:「我应攀扶何处上来?」那时,住在咖库塔树的天神以心了知世尊的心中所想后,弯下树枝:「尊者,请世尊攀扶这里上来。」那时,世尊生起这样的想法:「我应在何处晾晒尘堆衣?」那时,天人之主萨咖以心了知世尊的心中所想后,放置了一块大石:「尊者,请世尊在这里晾晒尘堆衣。」那时,结发者伍卢韦喇咖沙巴在那夜过后,来到世尊处。抵达后,对世尊这样说:「大沙门,时候到了,食物已备办。大沙门,这个池以前不在这里,现在在这里。这些石头以前没有放置。是谁放置了这些石头?这咖库塔树的树枝以前没有弯下,现在树枝弯下了。」「咖沙巴,我有尘堆衣生起。咖沙巴,我生起这样的想法:『我应在何处洗尘堆衣?』那时,咖沙巴,天人之主萨咖以心了知我的心中所想后,用手挖了一个池,对我这样说:『尊者,请世尊在这里洗尘堆衣。』咖沙巴,这是非人用手挖的池。咖沙巴,我生起这样的想法:『我应在何处搓揉尘堆衣?』那时,咖沙巴,天人之主萨咖以心了知我的心中所想后,放置了一块大石:『尊者,请世尊在这里搓揉尘堆衣。』咖沙巴,这是非人放置的石头。咖沙巴,我生起这样的想法:『我应攀扶何处上来?』那时,咖沙巴,住在咖库塔树的天神以心了知我的心中所想后,弯下树枝:『尊者,请世尊攀扶这里上来。』这是手可触及的咖库塔树。咖沙巴,我生起这样的想法:『我应在何处晾晒尘堆衣?』那时,咖沙巴,天人之主萨咖以心了知我的心中所想后,放置了一块大石:『尊者,请世尊在这里晾晒尘堆衣。』咖沙巴,这是非人放置的石头。」那时,结发者伍卢韦喇咖沙巴生起这样的想法:「大沙门确实有大神通力、大威力,因为连天人之主萨咖也为他服务,但他还不是阿拉汉,如我一样。」那时,世尊受用了结发者伍卢韦喇咖沙巴的食物后,就在那个丛林中住。
Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocesi – ‘‘kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti. ‘‘Gaccha tvaṃ, kassapa, āyāmaha’’nti uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ uyyojetvā yāya jambuyā ‘jambudīpo’ paññāyati, tato phalaṃ gahetvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisīdi. Addasā kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ agyāgāre nisinnaṃ, disvāna bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘katamena tvaṃ, mahāsamaṇa, maggena āgato? Ahaṃ tayā paṭhamataraṃ pakkanto, so tvaṃ paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisinno’’ti. ‘‘Idhāhaṃ, kassapa, taṃ uyyojetvā yāya jambuyā ‘jambudīpo’ paññāyati, tato phalaṃ gahetvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisinno. Idaṃ kho, kassapa, jambuphalaṃ vaṇṇasampannaṃ gandhasampannaṃ rasasampannaṃ. Sace ākaṅkhasi paribhuñjā’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ, mahāsamaṇa, tvaṃyeva taṃ arahasi , tvaṃyeva taṃ paribhuñjāhī’’ti. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma maṃ paṭhamataraṃ uyyojetvā yāya jambuyā ‘jambudīpo’ paññāyati, tato phalaṃ gahetvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisīdissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā tasmiṃyeva vanasaṇḍe vihāsi.
那时,结发者伍卢韦喇咖沙巴在那夜过后,来到世尊处。抵达后,向世尊报告时间:「大沙门,时候到了,食物已备办。」「咖沙巴,你先走,我随后来。」遣走结发者伍卢韦喇咖沙巴后,从那棵阎浮树——『阎浮洲』因此而得名——取了果实,先到达,坐在火祭堂。结发者伍卢韦喇咖沙巴看见世尊坐在火祭堂,看见后,对世尊这样说:「大沙门,你从哪条路来的?我比你先出发,而你却先到达,坐在火祭堂。」「咖沙巴,我在这里遣走你后,从那棵阎浮树——『阎浮洲』因此而得名——取了果实,先到达,坐在火祭堂。咖沙巴,这阎浮果色具足、香具足、味具足。如果你想要,请受用。」「够了,大沙门,你才应该,你才受用它。」那时,结发者伍卢韦喇咖沙巴生起这样的想法:「大沙门确实有大神通力、大威力,因为他遣走我先出发后,从那棵阎浮树——『阎浮洲』因此而得名——取了果实,先到达,坐在火祭堂,但他还不是阿拉汉,如我一样。」那时,世尊受用了结发者伍卢韦喇咖沙巴的食物后,就在那个丛林中住。
§45
Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo tassā rattiyā accayena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocesi – ‘‘kālo, mahāsamaṇa, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti. Gaccha tvaṃ, kassapa, āyāmahanti uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ uyyojetvā yāya jambuyā ‘jambudīpo’ paññāyati, tassā avidūre ambo…pe… tassā avidūre āmalakī…pe… tassā avidūre harītakī…pe… tāvatiṃsaṃ gantvā pāricchattakapupphaṃ gahetvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisīdi. Addasā kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ agyāgāre nisinnaṃ, disvāna bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘katamena tvaṃ, mahāsamaṇa, maggena āgato? Ahaṃ tayā paṭhamataraṃ pakkanto, so tvaṃ paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisinno’’ti. ‘‘Idhāhaṃ , kassapa, taṃ uyyojetvā tāvatiṃsaṃ gantvā pāricchattakapupphaṃ gahetvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisinno. Idaṃ kho, kassapa, pāricchattakapupphaṃ vaṇṇasampannaṃ gandhasampannaṃ . (Sace ākaṅkhasi gaṇhā’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ, mahāsamaṇa, tvaṃyeva taṃ arahasi, tvaṃyeva taṃ gaṇhā’’ti) . Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma maṃ paṭhamataraṃ uyyojetvā tāvatiṃsaṃ gantvā pāricchattakapupphaṃ gahetvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā agyāgāre nisīdissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti.
那时,螺髻梵乌卢韦喇咖沙巴在那夜过后,去到世尊那里。到了之后,向世尊报告时间:「大沙门,时候到了,食物已备办好。」「咖沙巴,你去吧,我随后就来。」遣走螺髻梵乌卢韦喇咖沙巴后,前往那棵阎浮树——因它而称为「阎浮洲」,在它不远处有芒果树……在它不远处有余甘子树……在它不远处有诃梨勒树……前往三十三天,取了波利恰答咖花后,先回来坐在火屋中。螺髻梵乌卢韦喇咖沙巴看见世尊坐在火屋中,看见后对世尊这样说:「大沙门,你从哪条路来的?我比你先出发,而你却先到达坐在火屋中。」「咖沙巴,我在这里遣走你后,前往三十三天,取了波利恰答咖花后,先回来坐在火屋中。咖沙巴,这波利恰答咖花色具足、香具足。(如果你想要,就拿吧。」「够了,大沙门,你才应得它,你就拿吧。」)那时,螺髻梵乌卢韦喇咖沙巴这样想:「大沙门确实大神通、大威力,因为他遣走我先出发后,前往三十三天,取了波利恰答咖花后,先回来坐在火屋中,但他还不是阿拉汉,如我一样。」
§46
Tena kho pana samayena te jaṭilā aggiṃ paricaritukāmā na sakkonti kaṭṭhāni phāletuṃ . Atha kho tesaṃ jaṭilānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘nissaṃsayaṃ kho mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathā mayaṃ na sakkoma kaṭṭhāni phāletu’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘phāliyantu, kassapa, kaṭṭhānī’’ti. ‘‘Phāliyantu, mahāsamaṇā’’ti. Sakideva pañca kaṭṭhasatāni phāliyiṃsu. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma kaṭṭhānipi phāliyissanti, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti.
那时,那些螺髻梵想要须跋火,却不能劈开木柴。那时,那些螺髻梵这样想:「无疑是大沙门的神通威力,以致我们不能劈开木柴。」那时,世尊对螺髻梵乌卢韦喇咖沙巴这样说:「咖沙巴,让木柴劈开吧。」「大沙门,让它们劈开吧。」一时之间,五百根木柴劈开了。那时,螺髻梵乌卢韦喇咖沙巴这样想:「大沙门确实大神通、大威力,因为木柴也劈开了,但他还不是阿拉汉,如我一样。」
§47
Tena kho pana samayena te jaṭilā aggiṃ paricaritukāmā na sakkonti aggiṃ ujjaletuṃ . Atha kho tesaṃ jaṭilānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘nissaṃsayaṃ kho mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathā mayaṃ na sakkoma aggiṃ ujjaletu’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ujjaliyantu, kassapa, aggī’’ti. ‘‘Ujjaliyantu, mahāsamaṇā’’ti. Sakideva pañca aggisatāni ujjaliyiṃsu. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma aggīpi ujjaliyissanti, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti.
那时,那些螺髻梵想要须跋火,却不能点燃火。那时,那些螺髻梵这样想:「无疑是大沙门的神通威力,以致我们不能点燃火。」那时,世尊对螺髻梵乌卢韦喇咖沙巴这样说:「咖沙巴,让火燃起吧。」「大沙门,让它们燃起吧。」一时之间,五百堆火燃起了。那时,螺髻梵乌卢韦喇咖沙巴这样想:「大沙门确实大神通、大威力,因为火也燃起了,但他还不是阿拉汉,如我一样。」
§48
Tena kho pana samayena te jaṭilā aggiṃ paricaritvā na sakkonti aggiṃ vijjhāpetuṃ. Atha kho tesaṃ jaṭilānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘nissaṃsayaṃ kho mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathā mayaṃ na sakkoma aggiṃ vijjhāpetu’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘vijjhāyantu, kassapa, aggī’’ti. ‘‘Vijjhāyantu, mahāsamaṇā’’ti. Sakideva pañca aggisatāni vijjhāyiṃsu. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma aggīpi vijjhāyissanti, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti.
那时,那些螺髻梵须跋火后,却不能熄灭火。那时,那些螺髻梵这样想:「无疑是大沙门的神通威力,以致我们不能熄灭火。」那时,世尊对螺髻梵乌卢韦喇咖沙巴这样说:「咖沙巴,让火熄灭吧。」「大沙门,让它们熄灭吧。」一时之间,五百堆火熄灭了。那时,螺髻梵乌卢韦喇咖沙巴这样想:「大沙门确实大神通、大威力,因为火也熄灭了,但他还不是阿拉汉,如我一样。」
§49
Tena kho pana samayena te jaṭilā sītāsu hemantikāsu rattīsu antaraṭṭhakāsu himapātasamaye najjā nerañjarāya ummujjantipi, nimujjantipi, ummujjananimujjanampi karonti. Atha kho bhagavā pañcamattāni mandāmukhisatāni abhinimmini, yattha te jaṭilā uttaritvā visibbesuṃ . Atha kho tesaṃ jaṭilānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘nissaṃsayaṃ kho mahāsamaṇassa iddhānubhāvo, yathayimā mandāmukhiyo nimmitā’’ti. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma tāva bahū mandāmukhiyopi abhinimminissati, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti.
那时,在寒冷的冬季夜晚,在八日之间,下雪的时节,那些螺髻梵在内兰迦拉河中浮起、沉下、又浮起又沉下。那时,世尊化作约五百个火口,那些螺髻梵上岸后在那里取暖。那时,那些螺髻梵这样想:「无疑是大沙门的神通威力,以致这些火口被化作。」那时,螺髻梵乌卢韦喇咖沙巴这样想:「大沙门确实大神通、大威力,因为他化作这么多火口,但他还不是阿拉汉,如我一样。」
§50
Tena kho pana samayena mahā akālamegho pāvassi, mahā udakavāhako sañjāyi. Yasmiṃ padese bhagavā viharati, so padeso udakena na otthaṭo hoti. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ samantā udakaṃ ussāretvā majjhe reṇuhatāya bhūmiyā caṅkameyya’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā samantā udakaṃ ussāretvā majjhe reṇuhatāya bhūmiyā caṅkami. Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo – māheva kho mahāsamaṇo udakena vūḷho ahosīti nāvāya sambahulehi jaṭilehi saddhiṃ yasmiṃ padese bhagavā viharati taṃ padesaṃ agamāsi. Addasā kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ samantā udakaṃ ussāretvā majjhe reṇuhatāya bhūmiyā caṅkamantaṃ, disvāna bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idaṃ nu tvaṃ, mahāsamaṇā’’ti? ‘‘Ayamahamasmi , kassapā’’ti bhagavā vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā nāvāya paccuṭṭhāsi. Atha kho uruvelakassapassa jaṭilassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, yatra hi nāma udakampi na pavāhissati , na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’’nti.
那时,大非时云降雨,生起大水流。世尊住的地方,那地方没有被水淹没。那时,世尊这样想:「我何不在周围排开水,在中间无尘的地上经行呢?」那时,世尊在周围排开水,在中间无尘的地上经行。那时,螺髻梵乌卢韦喇咖沙巴想:「大沙门不要被水冲走了」,就与众多螺髻梵一起乘船前往世尊住的地方。螺髻梵乌卢韦喇咖沙巴看见世尊在周围排开水,在中间无尘的地上经行,看见后对世尊这样说:「大沙门,这是你吗?」「咖沙巴,这是我。」世尊升上虚空,站在船上。那时,螺髻梵乌卢韦喇咖沙巴这样想:「大沙门确实大神通、大威力,因为水也不能冲走他,但他还不是阿拉汉,如我一样。」
§51
Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘cirampi kho imassa moghapurisassa evaṃ bhavissati – ‘mahiddhiko kho mahāsamaṇo mahānubhāvo, na tveva ca kho arahā yathā aha’nti; yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ jaṭilaṃ saṃvejeyya’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā uruvelakassapaṃ jaṭilaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘neva ca kho tvaṃ, kassapa, arahā, nāpi arahattamaggasamāpanno. Sāpi te paṭipadā natthi, yāya tvaṃ arahā vā assasi, arahattamaggaṃ vā samāpanno’’ti. Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘labheyyāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyaṃ upasampada’’nti. Tvaṃ khosi, kassapa, pañcannaṃ jaṭilasatānaṃ nāyako vināyako aggo pamukho pāmokkho. Tepi tāva apalokehi, yathā te maññissanti tathā te karissantīti. Atha kho uruvelakassapo jaṭilo yena te jaṭilā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā te jaṭile etadavoca – ‘‘icchāmahaṃ , bho, mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ, yathā bhavanto maññanti tathā karontū’’ti. ‘‘Cirapaṭikā mayaṃ, bho, mahāsamaṇe abhippasannā, sace bhavaṃ, mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ carissati, sabbeva mayaṃ mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ carissāmā’’ti. Atha kho te jaṭilā kesamissaṃ jaṭāmissaṃ khārikājamissaṃ aggihutamissaṃ udake pavāhetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Etha bhikkhavo’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi.
那时,世尊这样想:「这愚人长久以来都会这样想:『大沙门确实大神通、大威力,但他还不是阿拉汉,如我一样』,我何不使这螺髻梵震动呢?」那时,世尊对螺髻梵乌卢韦喇咖沙巴这样说:「咖沙巴,你既不是阿拉汉,也没有证得阿拉汉道。你也没有那种行道,依它你会成为阿拉汉,或证得阿拉汉道。」那时,螺髻梵乌卢韦喇咖沙巴以头礼世尊足后,对世尊这样说:「尊者,愿我能在世尊座下得出家,愿我能得达上。」「咖沙巴,你是五百螺髻梵的导师、教导者、首领、上首、最上首。你先征询他们,他们认为怎样,就让他们那样做。」那时,螺髻梵乌卢韦喇咖沙巴去到那些螺髻梵那里。到了之后,对那些螺髻梵这样说:「诸位,我想在大沙门座下行梵行,诸位认为怎样,就那样做吧。」「我们长久以来对大沙门已净信,如果尊者在大沙门座下行梵行,我们全部都将在大沙门座下行梵行。」那时,那些螺髻梵把头发连同螺髻、水瓶连同祭火用具投入水中漂走后,去到世尊那里。到了之后,以头礼世尊足后,对世尊这样说:「尊者,愿我们能在世尊座下得出家,愿我们能得达上。」世尊说:「来吧,诸比库,法已善说,你们行梵行以正确地作苦的终结。」这就是那些具寿的达上。
§52
Addasā kho nadīkassapo jaṭilo kesamissaṃ jaṭāmissaṃ khārikājamissaṃ aggihutamissaṃ udake vuyhamāne, disvānassa etadahosi – ‘‘māheva me bhātuno upasaggo ahosī’’ti. Jaṭile pāhesi – gacchatha me bhātaraṃ jānāthāti. Sāmañca tīhi jaṭilasatehi saddhiṃ yenāyasmā uruvelakassapo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ uruvelakassapaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idaṃ nu kho, kassapa, seyyo’’ti? ‘‘Āmāvuso, idaṃ seyyo’’ti. Atha kho te jaṭilā kesamissaṃ jaṭāmissaṃ khārikājamissaṃ aggihutamissaṃ udake pavāhetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Etha bhikkhavo’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi.
螺髻梵那地咖沙巴看见头发连同螺髻、水瓶连同祭火用具在水中漂流,看见后他这样想:「我兄长不要遭遇灾难了」,派遣螺髻梵们:「你们去了解我兄长的情况。」他自己与三百螺髻梵一起去到具寿乌卢韦喇咖沙巴那里。到了之后,对具寿乌卢韦喇咖沙巴这样说:「咖沙巴,这是更好的吗?」「朋友,这是更好的。」那时,那些螺髻梵把头发连同螺髻、水瓶连同祭火用具投入水中漂走后,去到世尊那里。到了之后,以头礼世尊足后,对世尊这样说:「尊者,愿我们能在世尊座下得出家,愿我们能得达上。」世尊说:「来吧,诸比库,法已善说,你们行梵行以正确地作苦的终结。」这就是那些具寿的达上。
§53
Addasā kho gayākassapo jaṭilo kesamissaṃ jaṭāmissaṃ khārikājamissaṃ aggihutamissaṃ udake vuyhamāne, disvānassa etadahosi – ‘‘māheva me bhātūnaṃ upasaggo ahosī’’ti. Jaṭile pāhesi – gacchatha me bhātaro jānāthāti. Sāmañca dvīhi jaṭilasatehi saddhiṃ yenāyasmā uruvelakassapo tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ uruvelakassapaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idaṃ nu kho, kassapa, seyyo’’ti? ‘‘Āmāvuso, idaṃ seyyo’’ti. Atha kho te jaṭilā kesamissaṃ jaṭāmissaṃ khārikājamissaṃ aggihutamissaṃ udake pavāhetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Etha bhikkhavo’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi.
咖亚咖沙巴结发者看见混杂着头发、结发、鹿皮、火供之物在水中漂流,看见后他这样想:「但愿我的兄弟们没有遭遇灾难!」他派遣结发者们:「你们去了解我的兄弟们。」他自己与二百结发者一起前往具寿伍卢韦喇咖沙巴那里,抵达后对具寿伍卢韦喇咖沙巴这样说:「咖沙巴,这难道更好吗?」「是的,朋友,这更好。」于是那些结发者们将混杂着头发、结发、鹿皮、火供之物投入水中后,前往世尊那里,抵达后以头礼敬世尊足,对世尊这样说:「尊者,愿我们在世尊座下得出家,愿我们得受具。」世尊说:「来吧,诸比库!法已善说,行梵行以正确地作苦的终结。」这就是那些具寿们的受具。
Bhagavato adhiṭṭhānena pañca kaṭṭhasatāni na phāliyiṃsu, phāliyiṃsu; aggī na ujjaliyiṃsu, ujjaliyiṃsu; na vijjhāyiṃsu, vijjhāyiṃsu; pañcamandāmukhisatāni abhinimmini. Etena nayena aḍḍhuḍḍhapāṭihāriyasahassāni honti.
由世尊的决意,五百根木柴不裂开,裂开;火不燃烧,燃烧;不熄灭,熄灭;五百个火坛口被化现。以此方式,有三千五百神变。
§54
Atha kho bhagavā uruvelāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena gayāsīsaṃ tena pakkāmi mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ bhikkhusahassena sabbeheva purāṇajaṭilehi. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā gayāyaṃ viharati gayāsīse saddhiṃ bhikkhusahassena. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi –
那时,世尊在伍卢韦喇随意住后,与大比库僧团一千比库一起前往咖亚西沙,全部都是以前的结发者。在那里,世尊住在咖亚的咖亚西沙,与一千比库一起。在那里,世尊召唤诸比库:
‘‘Sabbaṃ , bhikkhave, ādittaṃ. Kiñca, bhikkhave, sabbaṃ ādittaṃ? Cakkhu ādittaṃ, rūpā ādittā, cakkhuviññāṇaṃ ādittaṃ, cakkhusamphasso āditto, yamidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi ādittaṃ. Kena ādittaṃ? Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṃ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi. Sotaṃ ādittaṃ, saddā ādittā, sotaviññāṇaṃ ādittaṃ, sotasamphasso āditto, yamidaṃ sotasamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi ādittaṃ. Kena ādittaṃ? Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṃ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi. Ghānaṃ ādittaṃ, gandhā ādittā, ghānaviññāṇaṃ ādittaṃ, ghānasamphasso āditto, yamidaṃ ghānasamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi ādittaṃ. Kena ādittaṃ? Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṃ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi. Jivhā ādittā, rasā ādittā, jivhāviññāṇaṃ ādittaṃ jivhāsamphasso āditto, yamidaṃ jivhāsamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi ādittaṃ. Kena ādittaṃ? Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṃ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi. Kāyo āditto, phoṭṭhabbā ādittā, kāyaviññāṇaṃ ādittaṃ kāyasamphasso āditto, yamidaṃ kāyasamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi ādittaṃ. Kena ādittaṃ? Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṃ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi. Mano āditto, dhammā ādittā, manoviññāṇaṃ ādittaṃ manosamphasso āditto, yamidaṃ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tampi ādittaṃ. Kena ādittaṃ? Rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā ādittaṃ, jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi ādittanti vadāmi.
「诸比库,一切都在燃烧。诸比库,什么是一切都在燃烧?眼在燃烧,诸色在燃烧,眼识在燃烧,眼触在燃烧,凡以此眼触为缘生起的所感受的——或乐、或苦、或不苦不乐——那也在燃烧。以什么在燃烧?以贪火、嗔火、痴火在燃烧,以生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼在燃烧,我说。耳在燃烧,诸声在燃烧,耳识在燃烧,耳触在燃烧,凡以此耳触为缘生起的所感受的——或乐、或苦、或不苦不乐——那也在燃烧。以什么在燃烧?以贪火、嗔火、痴火在燃烧,以生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼在燃烧,我说。鼻在燃烧,诸香在燃烧,鼻识在燃烧,鼻触在燃烧,凡以此鼻触为缘生起的所感受的——或乐、或苦、或不苦不乐——那也在燃烧。以什么在燃烧?以贪火、嗔火、痴火在燃烧,以生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼在燃烧,我说。舌在燃烧,诸味在燃烧,舌识在燃烧,舌触在燃烧,凡以此舌触为缘生起的所感受的——或乐、或苦、或不苦不乐——那也在燃烧。以什么在燃烧?以贪火、嗔火、痴火在燃烧,以生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼在燃烧,我说。身在燃烧,诸触在燃烧,身识在燃烧,身触在燃烧,凡以此身触为缘生起的所感受的——或乐、或苦、或不苦不乐——那也在燃烧。以什么在燃烧?以贪火、嗔火、痴火在燃烧,以生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼在燃烧,我说。意在燃烧,诸法在燃烧,意识在燃烧,意触在燃烧,凡以此意触为缘生起的所感受的——或乐、或苦、或不苦不乐——那也在燃烧。以什么在燃烧?以贪火、嗔火、痴火在燃烧,以生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼在燃烧,我说。
‘‘Evaṃ passaṃ, bhikkhave, sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusmimpi nibbindati, rūpesupi nibbindati, cakkhuviññāṇepi nibbindati, cakkhusamphassepi nibbindati, yamidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, tasmimpi nibbindati. Sotasmimpi nibbindati, saddesupi nibbindati…pe… ghānasmimpi nibbindati , gandhesupi nibbindati…pe… jivhāyapi nibbindati, rasesupi nibbindati…pe… kāyasmimpi nibbindati, phoṭṭhabbesupi nibbindati…pe… manasmimpi nibbindati, dhammesupi nibbindati, manoviññāṇepi nibbindati, manosamphassepi nibbindati, yamidaṃ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tasmimpi nibbindati, nibbindaṃ virajjati, virāgā vimuccati, vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hoti. Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānātī’’ti.
「诸比库,如此见,多闻圣弟子于眼厌离,于诸色厌离,于眼识厌离,于眼触厌离,凡以此眼触为缘生起的所感受的——或乐、或苦、或不苦不乐——于那也厌离。于耳厌离,于诸声厌离……于鼻厌离,于诸香厌离……于舌厌离,于诸味厌离……于身厌离,于诸触厌离……于意厌离,于诸法厌离,于意识厌离,于意触厌离,凡以此意触为缘生起的所感受的——或乐、或苦、或不苦不乐——于那也厌离,厌离而离染,由离染而解脱,于解脱有「已解脱」之智。他了知:「生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不再有此存在。」」
Imasmiñca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṃ bhaññamāne tassa bhikkhusahassassa anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsu.
当这分别论被说时,那一千比库的心无取着而从诸漏解脱。
Ādittapariyāyasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 燃烧法门经完
Uruvelapāṭihāriyaṃ tatiyabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito. · 伍儒韦喇神变第三诵品完
13. Bimbisārasamāgamakathā13. 宾比萨拉会见论
§55
Atha kho bhagavā gayāsīse yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena rājagahaṃ tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi, mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ bhikkhusahassena sabbeheva purāṇajaṭilehi. Atha kho bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena rājagahaṃ tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati laṭṭhivane suppatiṭṭhe cetiye. Assosi kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro – samaṇo khalu bho gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito rājagahaṃ anuppatto rājagahe viharati laṭṭhivane suppatiṭṭhe cetiye. Taṃ kho pana bhagavantaṃ gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā . So imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ samārakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti. So dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti. Sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotīti.
那时,世尊在咖亚西沙随意住后,向王舍城出发游行,与大比库僧团一千比库一起,全部都是以前的结发者。那时,世尊次第游行而抵达王舍城。在那里,世尊住在王舍城的栗鼠饲养处善住塔庙。马嘎塔国王色尼亚频毗沙喇听说:「沙门果德玛,释迦子,从释迦族出家,已抵达王舍城,住在王舍城的栗鼠饲养处善住塔庙。」关于那位世尊果德玛,这样的善名声已传扬:「如此,彼世尊是阿拉汉、正等正觉者、明行具足者、善逝、世间解、无上士、调御丈夫者、天人师、佛陀、世尊。他以自己的证智作证后,宣说这包括天、魔、梵的世界,包括沙门、婆罗门、天、人的世代。他说法——初善、中善、后善,有义、有文,他显示完全圆满、清净的梵行。见这样的阿拉汉们确实是善。」
Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro dvādasanahutehi māgadhikehi brāhmaṇagahapatikehi parivuto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Tepi kho dvādasanahutā māgadhikā brāhmaṇagahapatikā appekacce bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce bhagavato santike nāmagottaṃ sāvetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Atha kho tesaṃ dvādasanahutānaṃ māgadhikānaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho mahāsamaṇo uruvelakassape brahmacariyaṃ carati, udāhu uruvelakassapo mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ caratī’’ti? Atha kho bhagavā tesaṃ dvādasanahutānaṃ māgadhikānaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya āyasmantaṃ uruvelakassapaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi –
那时,马嘎塔国王色尼亚频毗沙喇与十二万马嘎塔婆罗门居士们围绕,前往世尊那里,抵达后礼敬世尊,在一旁坐下。那十二万马嘎塔婆罗门居士们,有些礼敬世尊后在一旁坐下,有些与世尊互相问候,交谈值得忆念的、友善的话后在一旁坐下,有些向世尊合掌后在一旁坐下,有些在世尊面前通报姓名后在一旁坐下,有些默然在一旁坐下。那时,那十二万马嘎塔婆罗门居士们这样想:「大沙门在伍卢韦喇咖沙巴座下行梵行呢?还是伍卢韦喇咖沙巴在大沙门座下行梵行呢?」那时,世尊以心了知那十二万马嘎塔婆罗门居士们的心中思惟后,以偈颂对具寿伍卢韦喇咖沙巴说:
‘‘Kimeva disvā uruvelavāsi, pahāsi aggiṃ kisakovadāno;
「究竟见到什么,住在优楼韦喇的你,瘦弱的苦行者,舍弃了火?
Pucchāmi taṃ kassapa, etamatthaṃ kathaṃ pahīnaṃ tava aggihuttanti.
咖沙巴,我问你这个意义:你的火供如何被舍弃?」
‘‘Rūpe ca sadde ca atho rase ca;
「色、声以及味,
Kāmitthiyo cābhivadanti yaññā;
以及诸祭祀所称赞的欲女,
Etaṃ malanti upadhīsu ñatvā;
知道这是诸依的垢秽,
Tasmā na yiṭṭhe na hute arañjinti.
因此我不喜乐于祭祀、供养。」
‘‘Ettheva te mano na ramittha (kassapāti bhagavā);
「咖沙巴,如果你的心在此不喜乐(世尊说),
Rūpesu saddesu atho rasesu;
在诸色、诸声以及诸味中;
Atha ko carahi devamanussaloke;
那么,在天人世间中,
Rato mano kassapa, brūhi metanti.
谁的心喜乐呢?咖沙巴,请告诉我。
‘‘Disvā padaṃ santamanūpadhīkaṃ;
「见到寂静、无依的足迹,
Akiñcanaṃ kāmabhave asattaṃ;
无所有、不执着于欲有,
Anaññathābhāvimanaññaneyyaṃ;
不变异、不可以他法知,
Tasmā na yiṭṭhe na hute arañji’’nti.
因此,他不喜乐于祭祀与供养。」
§56
Atha kho āyasmā uruvelakassapo uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘satthā me, bhante, bhagavā, sāvakohamasmi; satthā me, bhante, bhagavā, sāvakohamasmī’’ti. Atha kho tesaṃ dvādasanahutānaṃ māgadhikānaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘uruvelakassapo mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ caratī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā tesaṃ dvādasanahutānaṃ māgadhikānaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā te bhagavā aññāsi kallacitte muducitte vinīvaraṇacitte udaggacitte pasannacitte, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā, taṃ pakāsesi – dukkhaṃ, samudayaṃ, nirodhaṃ, maggaṃ. Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evameva ekādasanahutānaṃ māgadhikānaṃ brāhmaṇagahapatikānaṃ bimbisārappamukhānaṃ tasmiṃ yeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti. Ekanahutaṃ upāsakattaṃ paṭivedesi.
于是,具寿伍卢韦喇咖沙巴从座而起,整理上衣至一肩,以头礼敬世尊足,对世尊如此说:「尊者,世尊是我的导师,我是弟子;尊者,世尊是我的导师,我是弟子。」于是,那一万二千马嘎塔的婆罗门居士们生起此念:「伍卢韦喇咖沙巴在大沙门座下行梵行。」于是,世尊以心了知那一万二千马嘎塔的婆罗门居士们的心中所思,为他们次第说法,即:布施论、持戒论、生天论,显示诸欲的过患、低劣、杂染,出离的利益。当世尊了知他们心已准备好、柔软、离盖、欢喜、净信时,即显示诸佛共通的法说:苦、集、灭、道。犹如清净的布,已去除黑垢,能如实地接受染料,同样地,一万一千马嘎塔的婆罗门居士们,以宾比萨拉为首,就在那座位上,生起了远尘离垢的法眼:「凡任何集法,一切皆是灭法。」一千人宣称近事男身份。
§57
Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṃkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘pubbe me, bhante, kumārassa sato pañca assāsakā ahesuṃ, te me etarahi samiddhā. Pubbe me, bhante, kumārassa sato etadahosi – ‘aho vata maṃ rajje abhisiñceyyu’nti, ayaṃ kho me, bhante, paṭhamo assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. ‘Tassa ca me vijitaṃ arahaṃ sammāsambuddho okkameyyā’ti, ayaṃ kho me, bhante, dutiyo assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. ‘Tañcāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ payirupāseyya’nti, ayaṃ kho me, bhante, tatiyo assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. ‘So ca me bhagavā dhammaṃ deseyyā’ti, ayaṃ kho me, bhante, catuttho assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. ‘Tassa cāhaṃ bhagavato dhammaṃ ājāneyya’nti, ayaṃ kho me, bhante, pañcamo assāsako ahosi, so me etarahi samiddho. Pubbe me, bhante, kumārassa sato ime pañca assāsakā ahesuṃ, te me etarahi samiddhā. Abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante, seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantīti – evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dhammañca, bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ , bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gataṃ, adhivāsetu ca me, bhante, bhagavā , svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti . Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro tassā rattiyā accayena paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi – ‘‘kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti.
于是,马嘎塔国王些尼亚宾比萨拉,已见法、已得法、已知法、已深入法、已度疑、已离犹豫、已得无畏、在导师教法中不依他人,对世尊如此说:「尊者,以前我还是王子时,有五个愿望,现在它们已实现了。尊者,以前我还是王子时,我曾如此想:『啊!愿我被灌顶为王!』尊者,这是我的第一个愿望,现在它已实现了。『愿阿拉汉、正等正觉者来到我的国土!』尊者,这是我的第二个愿望,现在它已实现了。『愿我亲近那位世尊!』尊者,这是我的第三个愿望,现在它已实现了。『愿那位世尊为我说法!』尊者,这是我的第四个愿望,现在它已实现了。『愿我了知那位世尊的法!』尊者,这是我的第五个愿望,现在它已实现了。尊者,以前我还是王子时,有这五个愿望,现在它们已实现了。尊者,太殊胜了!尊者,太殊胜了!尊者,犹如将倾覆者扶正,将覆盖者揭开,为迷路者指示道路,在黑暗中持来油灯,使有眼者能见诸色,同样地,世尊以种种方便显示了法。尊者,我归依世尊、法与比库僧团。尊者,愿世尊忆持我为近事男,从今日起终生归依。尊者,愿世尊接受我明日的供养,与比库僧团一起。」世尊以沉默接受了。于是,马嘎塔国王些尼亚宾比萨拉知道世尊已接受,从座而起,礼敬世尊,作右绕后离去。于是,马嘎塔国王些尼亚宾比萨拉在那夜过后,准备了殊胜的副食、主食,使人通知世尊时间:「尊者,时间到了,食物已准备好。」
§58
Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṃ pāvisi mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ bhikkhusahassena sabbeheva purāṇajaṭilehi. Tena kho pana samayena sakko devānamindo māṇavakavaṇṇaṃ abhinimminitvā buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa purato purato gacchati imā gāthāyo gāyamāno –
那时,世尊在上午时分穿好衣,拿着钵与衣,与大比库僧团一千位比库一起进入王舍城,他们全都是以前的结发者。当时,诸天之主萨咖化作学童的样子,在以佛陀为首的比库僧团前面走着,唱诵这些偈颂——
‘‘Danto dantehi saha purāṇajaṭilehi, vippamutto vippamuttehi;
「已调御者与已调御的以前的结发者们一起,已解脱者与已解脱者们一起;
Siṅgīnikkhasavaṇṇo, rājagahaṃ pāvisi bhagavā.
金色如抛光的金,世尊进入王舍城。
‘‘Mutto muttehi saha purāṇajaṭilehi, vippamutto vippamuttehi;
「已解脱者与已解脱的以前的结发者们一起,已解脱者与已解脱者们一起;
Siṅgīnikkhasavaṇṇo, rājagahaṃ pāvisi bhagavā.
金色如抛光的金,世尊进入王舍城。
‘‘Tiṇṇo tiṇṇehi saha purāṇajaṭilehi;
「已度者与已度的以前的结发者们一起;
Vippamutto vippamuttehi;
已解脱者与已解脱者们一起;
Siṅgīnikkhasuvaṇṇo;
金色如抛光的金;」
Rājagahaṃ pāvisi bhagavā.
世尊进入王舍城。
‘‘Santo santehi saha purāṇajaṭilehi;
「寂静者与诸寂静者一起,与往昔的结发行者们一起;
Vippamutto vippamuttehi;
解脱者与诸解脱者一起;
Siṅgīnikkhasavaṇṇo;
具有磨光黄金之色;
Rājagahaṃ pāvisi bhagavā.
世尊进入王舍城。
‘‘Dasavāso dasabalo, dasadhammavidū dasabhi cupeto;
「十住者、十力者、十法知者、具足十者;
So dasasataparivāro rājagahaṃ, pāvisi bhagavā’’ti.
彼具千随从者,世尊进入王舍城。」
Manussā sakkaṃ devānamindaṃ passitvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘abhirūpo vatāyaṃ māṇavako, dassanīyo vatāyaṃ māṇavako, pāsādiko vatāyaṃ māṇavako. Kassa nu kho ayaṃ māṇavako’’ti? Evaṃ vutte sakko devānamindo te manusse gāthāya ajjhabhāsi –
诸人见到萨咖天人之主后如此说道——「此学童确实美好,此学童确实好看,此学童确实令人欢喜。此学童究竟是谁的呢?」如是所说时,萨咖天人之主以偈颂对那些人说:
‘‘Yo dhīro sabbadhi danto, suddho appaṭipuggalo;
「凡智者于一切处已调伏,清净无与伦比者;
Arahaṃ sugato loke, tassāhaṃ paricārako’’ti.
世间的阿拉汉、善逝,我是他的侍者。」
§59
Atha kho bhagavā yena rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnassa kho rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa etadahosi – ‘‘kattha nu kho bhagavā vihareyya? Yaṃ assa gāmato neva avidūre na accāsanne, gamanāgamanasampannaṃ, atthikānaṃ atthikānaṃ manussānaṃ abhikkamanīyaṃ, divā appākiṇṇaṃ , rattiṃ appasaddaṃ appanigghosaṃ vijanavātaṃ, manussarāhasseyyakaṃ, paṭisallānasāruppa’’nti. Atha kho rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa etadahosi – ‘‘idaṃ kho amhākaṃ veḷuvanaṃ uyyānaṃ gāmato neva avidūre na accāsanne gamanāgamanasampannaṃ atthikānaṃ atthikānaṃ manussānaṃ abhikkamanīyaṃ divā appākiṇṇaṃ rattiṃ appasaddaṃ appanigghosaṃ vijanavātaṃ manussarāhasseyyakaṃ paṭisallānasāruppaṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ veḷuvanaṃ uyyānaṃ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa dadeyya’’nti. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro sovaṇṇamayaṃ bhiṅkāraṃ gahetvā bhagavato oṇojesi – ‘‘etāhaṃ, bhante, veḷuvanaṃ uyyānaṃ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa dammī’’ti. Paṭiggahesi bhagavā ārāmaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ seniyaṃ bimbisāraṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ārāma’’nti.
于是世尊前往玛嘎塔国王些尼亚·宾比萨拉的住所,抵达后与比库僧团一起坐在所设的座位上。于是玛嘎塔国王些尼亚·宾比萨拉亲手以殊妙的副食、主食供养、款待以佛陀为首的比库僧团。当世尊已食毕、手离钵时,他在一旁坐下。坐在一旁的玛嘎塔国王些尼亚·宾比萨拉心想:「世尊应住在何处呢?那里离村不远也不太近,适合来往,有需要的人们容易前往,白天不拥挤,夜晚少声音、少喧哗,有独处之风,远离人群,适合独坐。」于是玛嘎塔国王些尼亚·宾比萨拉心想:「这竹林园是我们的,离村不远也不太近,适合来往,有需要的人们容易前往,白天不拥挤,夜晚少声音、少喧哗,有独处之风,远离人群,适合独坐。我何不将竹林园布施给以佛陀为首的比库僧团呢?」于是玛嘎塔国王些尼亚·宾比萨拉拿起金水瓶向世尊倾水:「尊者,我将这竹林园布施给以佛陀为首的比库僧团。」世尊接受了精舍。于是世尊以法语开示、劝导、激励、使玛嘎塔国王些尼亚·宾比萨拉欢喜后,从座起立离去。于是世尊以此因缘、以此事件作了法语后,告诉诸比库:「诸比库,我允许精舍。」
Bimbisārasamāgamakathā niṭṭhitā. · 宾比萨拉会见论完
14. Sāriputtamoggallānapabbajjākathā14. 沙利子摩嘎剌那出家论
§60
Tena kho pana samayena sañcayo paribbājako rājagahe paṭivasati mahatiyā paribbājakaparisāya saddhiṃ aḍḍhateyyehi paribbājakasatehi. Tena kho pana samayena sāriputtamoggallānā sañcaye paribbājake brahmacariyaṃ caranti. Tehi katikā katā hoti – yo paṭhamaṃ amataṃ adhigacchati, so itarassa ārocetūti. Atha kho āyasmā assaji pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi pāsādikena abhikkantena paṭikkantena ālokitena vilokitena samiñjitena pasāritena, okkhittacakkhu iriyāpathasampanno. Addasā kho sāriputto paribbājako āyasmantaṃ assajiṃ rājagahe piṇḍāya carantaṃ pāsādikena abhikkantena paṭikkantena ālokitena vilokitena samiñjitena pasāritena okkhittacakkhuṃ iriyāpathasampannaṃ. Disvānassa etadahosi – ‘‘ye vata loke arahanto vā arahattamaggaṃ vā samāpannā, ayaṃ tesaṃ bhikkhu aññataro. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṅkamitvā puccheyyaṃ – ‘kaṃsi tvaṃ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṃ dhammaṃ rocesī’’’ti? Atha kho sāriputtassa paribbājakassa etadahosi – ‘‘akālo kho imaṃ bhikkhuṃ pucchituṃ, antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho piṇḍāya carati. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandheyyaṃ, atthikehi upaññātaṃ magga’’nti. Atha kho āyasmā assaji rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā piṇḍapātaṃ ādāya paṭikkami. Atha kho sāriputtopi paribbājako yenāyasmā assaji tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā assajinā saddhiṃ sammodi, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho sāriputto paribbājako āyasmantaṃ assajiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘vippasannāni kho te, āvuso, indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. Kaṃsi tvaṃ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṃ dhammaṃ rocesī’’ti? ‘‘Atthāvuso, mahāsamaṇo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito, tāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ uddissa pabbajito, so ca me bhagavā satthā, tassa cāhaṃ bhagavato dhammaṃ rocemī’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃvādī panāyasmato satthā, kimakkhāyī’’ti? ‘‘Ahaṃ kho, āvuso, navo acirapabbajito, adhunāgato imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ, na tāhaṃ sakkomi vitthārena dhammaṃ desetuṃ, api ca te saṃkhittena atthaṃ vakkhāmī’’ti. Atha kho sāriputto paribbājako āyasmantaṃ assajiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘hotu, āvuso –
尔时,游方者桑佳亚与二百五十位游方者的大游方者众一起住在王舍城。尔时,沙利子与摩嘎剌那在游方者桑佳亚处行梵行。他们之间有约定:「谁先证得不死,就告知另一人。」于是,具寿阿沙基在上午时分着衣、持钵衣,进入王舍城托钵,威仪具足,前进、后退、前视、旁视、屈伸肢体,眼睛下垂,行仪具足。游方者沙利子看见具寿阿沙基在王舍城托钵行走,威仪具足,前进、后退、前视、旁视、屈伸肢体,眼睛下垂,行仪具足。见后他心想:「凡世间的阿拉汉或已证得阿拉汉道者,这位比库是其中之一。我何不前往这位比库处询问:『贤友,你依止谁出家?谁是你的导师?你喜欢谁的法?』」于是游方者沙利子心想:「现在不是询问这位比库的时候,他已进入村落间托钵行走。我何不跟随这位比库,这是有需要者所知的道路。」于是具寿阿沙基在王舍城托钵后,取了钵食返回。于是游方者沙利子也前往具寿阿沙基处,抵达后与具寿阿沙基互相问候,交换了友好、值得忆念的话语后,站在一旁。站在一旁的游方者沙利子对具寿阿沙基这样说:「贤友,你的诸根清净,肤色纯净、皎洁。贤友,你依止谁出家?谁是你的导师?你喜欢谁的法?」「贤友,有大沙门,萨咖子,从萨咖族出家,我依止那位世尊出家,那位世尊是我的导师,我喜欢那位世尊的法。」「具寿的导师说什么?宣说什么?」「贤友,我是新人,刚出家不久,新近来到这法与律,我不能详细地说法,但我可以简要地告诉你义理。」于是游方者沙利子对具寿阿沙基这样说:「好吧,贤友——
‘‘Appaṃ vā bahuṃ vā bhāsassu, atthaṃyeva me brūhi;
「少说或多说,请只告诉我义理;
Attheneva me attho, kiṃ kāhasi byañjanaṃ bahu’’nti.
我只需要义理,何必说许多文句?」
Atha kho āyasmā assaji sāriputtassa paribbājakassa imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ abhāsi –
于是具寿阿沙基对游方者沙利子说了这个法门:
‘‘Ye dhammā hetuppabhavā, tesaṃ hetuṃ tathāgato āha;
「诸法从因生,如来说彼因;
Tesañca yo nirodho, evaṃvādī mahāsamaṇo’’ti.
以及它们的灭,大沙门如是说。」
Atha kho sāriputtassa paribbājakassa imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ sutvā virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti.
那时,游方者沙利子听闻此法门后,生起了远尘离垢的法眼——「凡任何集法,一切皆是灭法。」
Eseva dhammo yadi tāvadeva, paccabyattha padamasokaṃ;
「若仅此法,你已证得无忧之句,
Adiṭṭhaṃ abbhatītaṃ, bahukehi kappanahutehīti.
多劫以来未见、未通达的。」
§61
Atha kho sāriputto paribbājako yena moggallāno paribbājako tenupasaṅkami. Addasā kho moggallāno paribbājako sāriputtaṃ paribbājakaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ, disvāna sāriputtaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘vippasannāni kho te, āvuso, indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. Kacci nu tvaṃ, āvuso, amataṃ adhigato’’ti? ‘‘Āmāvuso, amataṃ adhigato’’ti. ‘‘Yathākathaṃ pana tvaṃ, āvuso, amataṃ adhigato’’ti? ‘‘Idhāhaṃ, āvuso, addasaṃ assajiṃ bhikkhuṃ rājagahe piṇḍāya carantaṃ pāsādikena abhikkantena paṭikkantena ālokitena vilokitena samiñjitena pasāritena okkhittacakkhuṃ iriyāpathasampannaṃ. Disvāna me etadahosi – ‘ye vata loke arahanto vā arahattamaggaṃ vā samāpannā, ayaṃ tesaṃ bhikkhu aññataro. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṅkamitvā puccheyyaṃ – kaṃsi tvaṃ, āvuso uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṃ dhammaṃ rocesī’’’ti. Tassa mayhaṃ, āvuso, etadahosi – ‘‘akālo kho imaṃ bhikkhuṃ pucchituṃ antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho piṇḍāya carati, yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandheyyaṃ atthikehi upaññātaṃ magga’’nti. Atha kho, āvuso, assaji bhikkhu rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā piṇḍapātaṃ ādāya paṭikkami. Atha khvāhaṃ, āvuso, yena assaji bhikkhu tenupasaṅkamiṃ, upasaṅkamitvā assajinā bhikkhunā saddhiṃ sammodiṃ, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsiṃ. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho ahaṃ, āvuso, assajiṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘‘vippasannāni kho te, āvuso, indriyāni, parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. ‘Kaṃsi tvaṃ, āvuso, uddissa pabbajito, ko vā te satthā, kassa vā tvaṃ dhammaṃ rocesī’’’ti? ‘Atthāvuso, mahāsamaṇo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito, tāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ uddissa pabbajito, so ca me bhagavā satthā, tassa cāhaṃ bhagavato dhammaṃ rocemī’ti. ‘Kiṃvādī panāyasmato satthā kimakkhāyī’ti . ‘Ahaṃ kho, āvuso, navo acirapabbajito adhunāgato imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ, na tāhaṃ sakkomi vitthārena dhammaṃ desetuṃ, api ca te saṃkhittena atthaṃ vakkhāmī’’’ti . Atha khvāhaṃ, āvuso, assajiṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘‘hotu, āvuso,
那时,游方者沙利子前往游方者摩嘎剌那处。游方者摩嘎剌那从远处看见游方者沙利子走来,看见后对游方者沙利子说:「贤友,你的诸根明净,肤色清净、皎洁。贤友,你是否已证得不死?」「是的,贤友,已证得不死。」「贤友,你如何证得不死?」「贤友,我在此看见比库阿说示在王舍城行乞,以可喜的前进、后退、前视、旁视、屈伸、垂目,具足威仪。看见后,我这样想:'凡世间的阿拉汉或已证得阿拉汉道者,此比库是他们中的一位。我何不前往此比库处询问——贤友,你依止谁而出家?谁是你的导师?你喜欢谁的法?'贤友,我这样想:'现在不是询问此比库的时候,他已进入村落间行乞,我何不跟随此比库后面,这是希求者所知的道路。'那时,贤友,比库阿说示在王舍城行乞后,取了钵食返回。那时,贤友,我前往比库阿说示处,前往后与比库阿说示互相问候,交换了值得忆念的友好话语后,站在一边。站在一边的我,贤友,对比库阿说示说:'贤友,你的诸根明净,肤色清净、皎洁。贤友,你依止谁而出家?谁是你的导师?你喜欢谁的法?''贤友,有大沙门,沙迦子,从沙迦族出家,我依止彼世尊而出家,彼世尊是我的导师,我喜欢彼世尊的法。''具寿的导师说什么、教导什么?''贤友,我是新的、刚出家不久、新近来到此法律,我不能详细地说法,但我将简要地告诉你义理。'那时,贤友,我对比库阿说示说:'贤友,请说,
Appaṃ vā bahuṃ vā bhāsassu, atthaṃyeva me brūhi;
少说或多说,只告诉我义理;
Attheneva me attho, kiṃ kāhasi byañjanaṃ bahu’’nti.
我只需要义理,何必说许多文句。'
Atha kho, āvuso, assaji bhikkhu imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ abhāsi –
那时,贤友,比库阿说示说了此法门——
‘‘Ye dhammā hetuppabhavā, tesaṃ hetuṃ tathāgato āha;
「诸从因生之法,如来说彼等之因;
Tesañca yo nirodho, evaṃvādī mahāsamaṇo’’ti.
以及彼等之灭,大沙门如是说。」
Atha kho moggallānassa paribbājakassa imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ sutvā virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti.
那时,游方者摩嘎喇那听闻此法门后,生起了远尘离垢的法眼——凡任何集法,一切皆是灭法。
Eseva dhammo yadi tāvadeva, paccabyattha padamasokaṃ;
若仅此法即如是,则已证得无忧之句,
Adiṭṭhaṃ abbhatītaṃ, bahukehi kappanahutehīti.
多劫以来未见、未证之法。
§62
Atha kho moggallāno paribbājako sāriputtaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca ‘‘gacchāma mayaṃ, āvuso, bhagavato santike, so no bhagavā satthā’’ti. ‘‘Imāni kho, āvuso, aḍḍhateyyāni paribbājakasatāni amhe nissāya amhe sampassantā idha viharanti, tepi tāva apalokema . Yathā te maññissanti, tathā te karissantī’’ti. Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānā yena te paribbājakā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā te paribbājake etadavocuṃ – ‘‘gacchāma mayaṃ, āvuso, bhagavato santike, so no bhagavā satthā’’ti. ‘‘Mayaṃ āyasmante nissāya āyasmante sampassantā idha viharāma, sace āyasmantā mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ carissanti, sabbeva mayaṃ mahāsamaṇe brahmacariyaṃ carissāmā’’ti. Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānā yena sañcayo paribbājako tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā sañcayaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘gacchāma mayaṃ, āvuso, bhagavato santike, so no bhagavā satthā’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ, āvuso, mā agamittha, sabbeva tayo imaṃ gaṇaṃ pariharissāmā’’ti. Dutiyampi kho…pe… tatiyampi kho sāriputtamoggallānā sañcayaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘gacchāma mayaṃ, āvuso, bhagavato santike, so no bhagavā satthā’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ, āvuso, mā agamittha, sabbeva tayo imaṃ gaṇaṃ pariharissāmā’’ti. Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānā tāni aḍḍhateyyāni paribbājakasatāni ādāya yena veḷuvanaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Sañcayassa pana paribbājakassa tattheva uṇhaṃ lohitaṃ mukhato uggañchi.
那时,游方者摩嘎喇那对游方者沙利子说:「贤友,我们去世尊处,彼世尊是我们的导师。」「贤友,这二百五十位游方者依止我们、仰望我们而住于此,我们应先告知他们。他们认为如何,就如何做。」那时,沙利子与摩嘎喇那前往那些游方者处,抵达后对那些游方者说:「贤友们,我们去世尊处,彼世尊是我们的导师。」「我们依止具寿们、仰望具寿们而住于此,若具寿们在大沙门处行梵行,我们全体都将在大沙门处行梵行。」那时,沙利子与摩嘎喇那前往游方者散迦亚处,抵达后对游方者散迦亚说:「贤友,我们去世尊处,彼世尊是我们的导师。」「够了,贤友,不要去,我们三人共同领导这个团体。」第二次……第三次,沙利子与摩嘎喇那对游方者散迦亚说:「贤友,我们去世尊处,彼世尊是我们的导师。」「够了,贤友,不要去,我们三人共同领导这个团体。」那时,沙利子与摩嘎喇那带着那二百五十位游方者前往竹林。而游方者散迦亚当场从口中吐出热血。
Addasā kho bhagavā sāriputtamoggallāne dūratova āgacchante, disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘ete, bhikkhave, dve sahāyakā āgacchanti, kolito upatisso ca. Etaṃ me sāvakayugaṃ bhavissati aggaṃ bhaddayuga’’nti.
世尊从远处看见沙利子与摩嘎喇那前来,见后告诉比库们:「比库们,这两位同伴前来,果德玛与郁帝沙。这将是我的一对弟子,最上的吉祥之对。」
Gambhīre ñāṇavisaye, anuttare upadhisaṅkhaye;
于甚深智境、无上依止灭尽中;
Vimutte appatte veḷuvanaṃ, atha ne satthā byākāsi.
当解脱者到达竹林时,导师对他们作了记说。
Ete dve sahāyakā, āgacchanti kolito upatisso ca;
「这两位同伴,果德玛与伍巴帝沙将会到来;
Etaṃ me sāvakayugaṃ, bhavissati aggaṃ bhaddayuganti.
这将是我的弟子双,将成为最上的吉祥双。」
Atha kho sāriputtamoggallānā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu , upasaṅkamitvā · 于是沙利子摩嘎剌那去到世尊处,到已
Bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘labheyyāma mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyāma upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Etha bhikkhavo’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘svākkhāto dhammo, caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi.
以头礼拜世尊足后,他们对世尊如此说:「尊者,愿我们在世尊面前得出家,愿我们得受达上。」世尊说:「来吧,诸比库!法已善说,为了正确地作苦的终结,你们行梵行吧!」这就是那些具寿的受达上。
Abhiññātānaṃ pabbajjā知名者出家
§63
Tena kho pana samayena abhiññātā abhiññātā māgadhikā kulaputtā bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ caranti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – aputtakatāya paṭipanno samaṇo gotamo, vedhabyāya paṭipanno samaṇo gotamo, kulupacchedāya paṭipanno samaṇo gotamo, idāni anena jaṭilasahassaṃ pabbājitaṃ, imāni ca aḍḍhateyyāni paribbājakasatāni sañcayāni pabbājitāni. Ime ca abhiññātā abhiññātā māgadhikā kulaputtā samaṇe gotame brahmacariyaṃ carantīti. Apissu bhikkhū disvā imāya gāthāya codenti –
尔时,众多知名的、知名的马嘎塔族善男子在世尊座下行梵行。人们非难、责骂、诽谤:「沙门果德玛行无子之道,沙门果德玛行寡妇之道,沙门果德玛行断绝家族之道。现在他已使一千名结发行者出家,又使这二百五十名游方者桑加亚的弟子出家。这些知名的、知名的马嘎塔族善男子在沙门果德玛座下行梵行。」而且他们见到比库们时,以此偈颂讥讽:「
‘‘Āgato kho mahāsamaṇo, māgadhānaṃ giribbajaṃ;
「大沙门已来到,马嘎塔人的王舍城;
Sabbe sañcaye netvāna , kaṃsu dāni nayissatī’’ti.
带走了所有桑加亚的弟子,现在他还将带走谁呢?」
Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… na, bhikkhave, so saddo ciraṃ bhavissati, sattāhameva bhavissati, sattāhassa accayena antaradhāyissati. Tena hi, bhikkhave, ye tumhe imāya gāthāya codenti –
诸比库听到那些人们非难、责骂、诽谤。于是那些比库将此事禀告世尊……「诸比库,那声音不会长久,只会持续七天,七天过后就会消失。诸比库,那么,对于那些以此偈颂讥讽你们的人——
‘‘Āgato kho mahāsamaṇo, māgadhānaṃ giribbajaṃ;
「大沙门已来到,马嘎达人的王舍城;
Sabbe sañcaye netvāna, kaṃsu dāni nayissatī’’ti.
已引导所有的随从,现在他将引导谁呢?」
Te tumhe imāya gāthāya paṭicodetha –
你们应以此偈回应他们——
‘‘Nayanti ve mahāvīrā, saddhammena tathāgatā;
「诸大雄者确实引导,如来以正法;
Dhammena nayamānānaṃ , kā usūyā vijānata’’nti.
对以法引导者,明了者有何嫉妒?」
Tena kho pana samayena manussā bhikkhū disvā imāya gāthāya codenti –
尔时,众人见到诸比库后,以此偈责问——
‘‘Āgato kho mahāsamaṇo, māgadhānaṃ giribbajaṃ;
「大沙门已来到,马嘎达人的王舍城;
Sabbe sañcaye netvāna, kaṃsu dāni nayissatī’’ti.
已引导所有的随从,现在他将引导谁呢?」
Bhikkhū te manusse imāya gāthāya paṭicodenti –
诸比库以此偈颂回答那些人——
‘‘Nayanti ve mahāvīrā, saddhammena tathāgatā;
「诸大雄确实引导,如来以正法;以法引导者,明了者有何嫉妒?」
Dhammena nayamānānaṃ, kā usūyā vijānata’’nti.
「诸沙门释迦子确实以法引导人们,不以非法」,这声音持续了七天,七天过后就消失了。
Manussā dhammena kira samaṇā sakyaputtiyā nenti no adhammenāti sattāhameva so saddo ahosi, sattāhassa accayena antaradhāyi.
尔时,诸比库无亲教师、无老师、不被教诫、不被教授,着衣不整、披衣不整、不具威仪地行乞食;当人们正在进食时,他们在食物上方递上空钵,在副食上方递上空钵,在尝食上方递上空钵,在饮料上方递上空钵;自己要求汤和饭后进食;在食堂中高声大声而住。人们恼怒、呵责、非难:「为何沙门释迦子着衣不整、披衣不整、不具威仪地行乞食;当人们正在进食时,在食物上方递上空钵,在副食上方递上空钵,在尝食上方递上空钵,在饮料上方递上空钵;自己要求汤和饭后进食;在食堂中高声大声而住,犹如婆罗门在婆罗门食堂中一样?」
Sāriputtamoggallānapabbajjākathā niṭṭhitā. · 沙利子摩嘎剌那出家论完
Catutthabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito. · 第四诵品完
15. Upajjhāyavattakathā15. 依止师义务论
§64
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū anupajjhāyakā anācariyakā anovadiyamānā ananusāsiyamānā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya caranti; manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti; sāmaṃ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjanti; bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya carissanti; manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ, uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti; sāmaṃ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti; bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharissanti seyyathāpi brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇabhojane’’ti.
诸比库听到那些人恼怒、呵责、非难。那些少欲、知足、有惭、有愧、乐学的比库们恼怒、呵责、非难:「为何诸比库着衣不整、披衣不整、不具威仪地行乞食;当人们正在进食时,在食物上方递上空钵,在副食上方递上空钵,在尝食上方递上空钵,在饮料上方递上空钵;自己要求汤和饭后进食;在食堂中高声大声而住?」于是那些比库……将此事禀告世尊。
Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā santuṭṭhā lajjino kukkuccakā sikkhākāmā, te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhū dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya carissanti; manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ, uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti; sāmaṃ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti; bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharissantī’’ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū…pe… bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
尔时,世尊以此因缘、以此事件召集比库僧团,询问诸比库:「诸比库,听说诸比库着衣不整、披衣不整、不具威仪地行乞食,当人们正在进食时,在食物上方递上空钵,在副食上方递上空钵,在尝食上方递上空钵,在饮料上方递上空钵,自己要求汤和饭后进食,在食堂中高声大声而住,是真实的吗?」「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责:「诸比库,那些愚痴人的行为不适当、不随顺、不合适、非沙门所为、不应允许、不应做。诸比库,为何那些愚痴人着衣不整、披衣不整、不具威仪地行乞食,当人们正在进食时,在食物上方递上空钵,在副食上方递上空钵,在尝食上方递上空钵,在饮料上方递上空钵,自己要求汤和饭后进食,在食堂中高声大声而住?诸比库,这不能使未信者生信,已信者增长信心。然而,诸比库,这却使未信者不生信,已信者中的一些人改变。」于是世尊以种种方式呵责那些比库后,说了难养、难满足、多欲、不知足、结党、懈怠的过失,以种种方式说了易养、易满足、少欲、知足、削减、头陀、令人欢喜、减损、精进的功德后,对诸比库作了适当的、随顺的、如法的说法后,告诉诸比库:
Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā bhikkhū paṭipucchi – ‘‘saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya caranti, manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ upari bhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, sāmaṃ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjanti, bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharantī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā – ‘‘ananucchavikaṃ, bhikkhave, tesaṃ moghapurisānaṃ ananulomikaṃ appatirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. Kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya carissanti, manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparikhādanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparisāyanīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, sāmaṃ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti, bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharissanti. Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya, pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāya. Atha khvetaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānañceva appasādāya, pasannānañca ekaccānaṃ aññathattāyā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā te bhikkhū anekapariyāyena vigarahitvā dubbharatāya dupposatāya mahicchatāya asantuṭṭhitāya saṅgaṇikāya kosajjassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsitvā anekapariyāyena subharatāya suposatāya appicchassa santuṭṭhassa sallekhassa dhutassa pāsādikassa apacayassa vīriyārambhassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsitvā bhikkhūnaṃ tadanucchavikaṃ tadanulomikaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi –
「诸比库,我允许亲教师。诸比库,亲教师应对弟子生起子想,弟子应对亲教师生起父想。如此,他们互相恭敬、互相尊重、互相礼敬而住,在此法与律中将达到增长、增进、广大。诸比库,应如此接受亲教师:偏袒上衣,礼敬足,蹲踞,合掌,应如此说:『尊者,请作我的亲教师;尊者,请作我的亲教师;尊者,请作我的亲教师。』若说「好」或「可以」或「适当」或「合适」或「以令人欢喜的方式成就」,或以身表示,或以语表示,或以身语表示,则亲教师已被接受;若不以身表示,不以语表示,不以身语表示,则亲教师未被接受。」
§65
‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, upajjhāyaṃ. Upajjhāyo, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikamhi puttacittaṃ upaṭṭhapessati , saddhivihāriko upajjhāyamhi pitucittaṃ upaṭṭhapessati. Evaṃ te aññamaññaṃ sagāravā sappatissā sabhāgavuttino viharantā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuḍḍhiṃ viruḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjissanti. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, upajjhāyo gahetabbo – ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘upajjhāyo me, bhante, hohi; upajjhāyo me, bhante, hohi; upajjhāyo me, bhante, hohī’ti. Sāhūti vā lahūti vā opāyikanti vā patirūpanti vā pāsādikena sampādehīti vā kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, gahito hoti upajjhāyo; na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti , na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na gahito hoti upajjhāyo.
「诸比库,我允许亲教师。诸比库,亲教师应对弟子生起子想,弟子应对亲教师生起父想。如此,他们互相恭敬、互相尊重、互相礼敬而住,在此法与律中将达到增长、增进、广大。诸比库,应如此接受亲教师:偏袒上衣,礼敬足,蹲踞,合掌,应如此说:『尊者,请作我的亲教师;尊者,请作我的亲教师;尊者,请作我的亲教师。』若说「好」或「可以」或「适当」或「合适」或「以令人欢喜的方式成就」,或以身表示,或以语表示,或以身语表示,则亲教师已被接受;若不以身表示,不以语表示,不以身语表示,则亲教师未被接受。」
§66
‘‘Saddhivihārikena, bhikkhave, upajjhāyamhi sammā vattitabbaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ sammāvattanā –
「诸比库,共住弟子应对戒师正确行动。于此,这是正确行动——
‘‘Kālasseva vuṭṭhāya upāhanā omuñcitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā dantakaṭṭhaṃ dātabbaṃ, mukhodakaṃ dātabbaṃ, āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṃ dhovitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā. Yāguṃ pītassa udakaṃ datvā bhājanaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena dhovitvā paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Upajjhāyamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.
「应适时起床,脱下鞋,将上衣偏袒一肩,应给与齿木,应给与漱口水,应设座位。若有粥,应洗净器皿后奉上粥。饮粥后,应给与水,接过器皿,放低,善加不碰撞地洗净后收藏。戒师起身后,应收起座位。若该处肮脏,应打扫该处。
‘‘Sace upajjhāyo gāmaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, kāyabandhanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saguṇaṃ katvā saṅghāṭiyo dātabbā, dhovitvā patto sodako dātabbo. Sace upajjhāyo pacchāsamaṇaṃ ākaṅkhati, timaṇḍalaṃ paṭicchādentena parimaṇḍalaṃ nivāsetvā kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā saguṇaṃ katvā saṅghāṭiyo pārupitvā gaṇṭhikaṃ paṭimuñcitvā dhovitvā pattaṃ gahetvā upajjhāyassa pacchāsamaṇena hotabbaṃ. Nātidūre gantabbaṃ, nāccāsanne gantabbaṃ, pattapariyāpannaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Na upajjhāyassa bhaṇamānassa antarantarā kathā opātetabbā. Upajjhāyo āpattisāmantā bhaṇamāno nivāretabbo.
「若戒师欲入村,应给与下衣,应接过脱下的下衣,应给与腰带,应折叠后给与桑喀帝,应洗净后给与湿润的钵。若戒师希望有随从沙门,应遮覆三轮,周正地穿下衣,系腰带,折叠后披上桑喀帝,解开结,洗净后拿钵,应作戒师的随从沙门。不应走得太远,不应走得太近,应接过钵中剩余物。不应在戒师说话时中途插话。戒师说话接近犯戒时应制止。
‘‘Nivattantena paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Sace cīvaraṃ sinnaṃ hoti, muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbaṃ, na ca uṇhe cīvaraṃ nidahitabbaṃ; cīvaraṃ saṅgharitabbaṃ, cīvaraṃ saṅgharantena caturaṅgulaṃ kaṇṇaṃ ussāretvā cīvaraṃ saṅgharitabbaṃ – mā majjhe bhaṅgo ahosīti. Obhoge kāyabandhanaṃ kātabbaṃ.
「返回时应先到,应设座位,应放置脚水、脚凳、脚布,应迎上前接过钵和衣,应给与替换下衣,应接过下衣。若衣湿,应在阳光下晒一会儿,但不应将衣放在阳光下;应折叠衣,折叠衣时应将边缘留出四指宽后折叠衣——愿中间不要有折痕。应将腰带放在折叠处。
‘‘Sace piṇḍapāto hoti, upajjhāyo ca bhuñjitukāmo hoti, udakaṃ datvā piṇḍapāto upanāmetabbo. Upajjhāyo pānīyena pucchitabbo . Bhuttāvissa udakaṃ datvā pattaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena dhovitvā vodakaṃ katvā muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbo, na ca uṇhe patto nidahitabbo. Pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. Cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Upajjhāyamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.
「若有钵食,且戒师欲食,应给与水后奉上钵食。应以饮料询问戒师。食毕后,应给与水,接过钵,放低,善加不碰撞地洗净,去水后在阳光下晒一会儿,但不应将钵放在阳光下。应收藏钵和衣。收藏钵时,应一手拿钵,一手摸床下或凳下后放置钵。不应将钵放在无遮蔽的地上。收藏衣时,应一手拿衣,一手擦拭衣架或衣绳,将远端作边,近端作折叠处后收藏衣。戒师起身后,应收起座位,应收藏脚水、脚凳、脚布。若该处肮脏,应打扫该处。
‘‘Sace upajjhāyo nahāyitukāmo hoti, nahānaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. Sace sītena attho hoti, sītaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. Sace uṇhena attho hoti, uṇhaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ.
「若戒师欲沐浴,应准备沐浴。若需要冷水,应准备冷水。若需要热水,应准备热水。
‘‘Sace upajjhāyo jantāgharaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, cuṇṇaṃ sannetabbaṃ, mattikā temetabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya upajjhāyassa piṭṭhito piṭṭhito gantvā jantāgharapīṭhaṃ datvā cīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ, cuṇṇaṃ dātabbaṃ, mattikā dātabbā. Sace ussahati, jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Jantāgharaṃ pavisantena mattikāya mukhaṃ makkhetvā purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Na there bhikkhū anupakhajja nisīditabbaṃ. Na navā bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhitabbā. Jantāghare upajjhāyassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Jantāgharā nikkhamantena jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharā nikkhamitabbaṃ.
「若戒师欲进入浴室,应揉粉,应浸泡土,拿着浴室凳跟随在戒师后面,给与浴室凳后,接过衣,应放在一旁,应给与粉,应给与土。若能够,应进入浴室。进入浴室时,应以土涂面,前后遮覆后进入浴室。不应挤坐长老比库。不应以座位阻挡新比库。应在浴室中为戒师服务。从浴室出来时,应拿着浴室凳,前后遮覆后从浴室出来。」
‘‘Udakepi upajjhāyassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Nahātena paṭhamataraṃ uttaritvā attano gattaṃ vodakaṃ katvā nivāsetvā upajjhāyassa gattato udakaṃ pamajjitabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saṅghāṭi dātabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ, upajjhāyo pānīyena pucchitabbo. Sace uddisāpetukāmo hoti, uddisitabbo. Sace paripucchitukāmo hoti, paripucchitabbo.
「在水中也应为戒师作须跋。沐浴后应先上岸,擦干自己的身体,穿好下衣,然后为戒师擦去身上的水,给予下衣,给予桑喀帝,拿着浴室凳先回来,铺设座位,放置洗足水、足凳、足擦布,应以饮用水问候戒师。如果想要诵习,应诵习。如果想要问答,应问答。」
‘‘Yasmiṃ vihāre upajjhāyo viharati, sace so vihāro uklāpo hoti, sace ussahati, sodhetabbo. Vihāraṃ sodhentena paṭhamaṃ pattacīvaraṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Bhisibibbohanaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Mañco nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbo. Pīṭhaṃ nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena , asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Mañcapaṭipādakā nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbā. Kheḷamallako nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbo. Apassenaphalakaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Bhūmattharaṇaṃ yathāpaññattaṃ sallakkhetvā nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Sace vihāre santānakaṃ hoti, ullokā paṭhamaṃ ohāretabbaṃ, ālokasandhikaṇṇabhāgā pamajjitabbā. Sace gerukaparikammakatā bhitti kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. Sace kāḷavaṇṇakatā bhūmi kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. Sace akatā hoti bhūmi, udakena paripphositvā sammajjitabbā – mā vihāro rajena uhaññīti. Saṅkāraṃ vicinitvā ekamantaṃ chaḍḍetabbaṃ.
「在戒师住的住所,如果那住所肮脏,如果能够,应该打扫。打扫住所时,首先应该拿出钵与衣,放置在一边。应该拿出坐卧具,放置在一边。应该拿出床褥,放置在一边。应该放低床,善加地不刮擦、不碰撞门框,拿出来,放置在一边。应该放低椅子,善加地不刮擦、不碰撞门框,拿出来,放置在一边。应该拿出床脚,放置在一边。应该拿出痰盂,放置在一边。应该拿出靠板,放置在一边。应该观察地敷具如何铺设后,拿出来,放置在一边。如果住所有蜘蛛网,应该先从上面除去,应该擦拭窗户的角落与边缘。如果涂红土的墙壁肮脏,应该浸湿布,拧干后擦拭。如果涂黑色的地面肮脏,应该浸湿布,拧干后擦拭。如果地面未处理,应该洒水后打扫——『愿住所不被尘土污染』。应该检查垃圾,丢弃在一边。
‘‘Bhūmattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Mañcapaṭipādakā otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbā. Mañco otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbo. Pīṭhaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Bhisibibbohanaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Kheḷamallako otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbo. Apassenaphalakaṃ otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbaṃ. Pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. Cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ.
「应该晒地敷具,清洁,拍打,拿进来,如原先铺设般铺设。应该晒床脚,擦拭,拿进来,放置在原处。应该晒床,清洁,拍打,放低,善加地不刮擦、不碰撞门框,拿进来,如原先铺设般铺设。应该晒椅子,清洁,拍打,放低,善加地不刮擦、不碰撞门框,拿进来,如原先铺设般铺设。应该晒床褥,清洁,拍打,拿进来,如原先铺设般铺设。应该晒坐卧具,清洁,拍打,拿进来,如原先铺设般铺设。应该晒痰盂,擦拭,拿进来,放置在原处。应该晒靠板,擦拭,拿进来,放置在原处。应该收藏钵与衣。收藏钵时,应该一手拿钵,一手摸床下或椅子下,收藏钵。不应该将钵收藏在没有间隔的地面上。收藏衣时,应该一手拿衣,一手擦拭衣架或衣绳,将衣的那边作为边,这边作为折叠,收藏衣。
‘‘Sace puratthimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, puratthimā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace pacchimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, pacchimā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace uttarā sarajā vātā vāyanti, uttarā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace dakkhiṇā sarajā vātā vāyanti, dakkhiṇā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace sītakālo hoti, divā vātapānā vivaritabbā, rattiṃ thaketabbā. Sace uṇhakālo hoti, divā vātapānā thaketabbā, rattiṃ vivaritabbā.
「如果东方有尘土的风吹来,应该关闭东方的窗户。如果西方有尘土的风吹来,应该关闭西方的窗户。如果北方有尘土的风吹来,应该关闭北方的窗户。如果南方有尘土的风吹来,应该关闭南方的窗户。如果是寒冷季节,白天应该打开窗户,夜晚应该关闭。如果是炎热季节,白天应该关闭窗户,夜晚应该打开。
‘‘Sace pariveṇaṃ uklāpaṃ hoti, pariveṇaṃ sammajjitabbaṃ. Sace koṭṭhako uklāpo hoti, koṭṭhako sammajjitabbo. Sace upaṭṭhānasālā uklāpā hoti, upaṭṭhānasālā sammajjitabbā. Sace aggisālā uklāpā hoti, aggisālā sammajjitabbā. Sace vaccakuṭi uklāpā hoti, vaccakuṭi sammajjitabbā. Sace pānīyaṃ na hoti, pānīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Sace paribhojanīyaṃ na hoti, paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Sace ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṃ na hoti, ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṃ āsiñcitabbaṃ.
「如果院子肮脏,应该打扫院子。如果储藏室肮脏,应该打扫储藏室。如果集会堂肮脏,应该打扫集会堂。如果火堂肮脏,应该打扫火堂。如果厕所肮脏,应该打扫厕所。如果没有饮用水,应该准备饮用水。如果没有净水,应该准备净水。如果漱口瓶中没有水,应该倒水入漱口瓶。
‘‘Sace upajjhāyassa anabhirati uppannā hoti, saddhivihārikena vūpakāsetabbo, vūpakāsāpetabbo, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace upajjhāyassa kukkuccaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, saddhivihārikena vinodetabbaṃ, vinodāpetabbaṃ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace upajjhāyassa diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti, saddhivihārikena vivecetabbaṃ, vivecāpetabbaṃ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā . Sace upajjhāyo garudhammaṃ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyassa parivāsaṃ dadeyyāti. Sace upajjhāyo mūlāya paṭikassanāraho hoti, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyaṃ mūlāya paṭikasseyyāti. Sace upajjhāyo mānattāraho hoti, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyassa mānattaṃ dadeyyāti. Sace upajjhāyo abbhānāraho hoti, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyaṃ abbheyyāti. Sace saṅgho upajjhāyassa kammaṃ kattukāmo hoti tajjanīyaṃ vā niyassaṃ vā pabbājanīyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā ukkhepanīyaṃ vā, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho upajjhāyassa kammaṃ na kareyya lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyāti. Kataṃ vā panassa hoti saṅghena kammaṃ tajjanīyaṃ vā niyassaṃ vā pabbājanīyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā ukkhepanīyaṃ vā, saddhivihārikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho upajjhāyo sammā vatteyya, lomaṃ pāteyya, netthāraṃ vatteyya, saṅgho taṃ kammaṃ paṭippassambheyyāti.
「如果戒师生起不满意,同住弟子应该使他远离,使他被远离,或者应该为他说法。如果戒师生起恶作,同住弟子应该使他除去,使他被除去,或者应该为他说法。如果戒师生起邪见,同住弟子应该使他分离,使他被分离,或者应该为他说法。如果戒师犯了重罪,应该别住,同住弟子应该努力——『如何僧团能给予戒师别住』。如果戒师应该拉回根本,同住弟子应该努力——『如何僧团能使戒师拉回根本』。如果戒师应该僧悦,同住弟子应该努力——『如何僧团能给予戒师僧悦』。如果戒师应该出罪,同住弟子应该努力——『如何僧团能使戒师出罪』。如果僧团想对戒师作甘马,呵责或依止或驱出或下意或举罪,同住弟子应该努力——『如何僧团不对戒师作甘马,或者转为轻微』。或者僧团已对他作了甘马,呵责或依止或驱出或下意或举罪,同住弟子应该努力——『如何戒师正确行持,降伏,行顺从,僧团解除那甘马』。
‘‘Sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ dhovitabbaṃ hoti, saddhivihārikena dhovitabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ dhoviyethāti. Sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ kātabbaṃ hoti, saddhivihārikena kātabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ kariyethāti. Sace upajjhāyassa rajanaṃ pacitabbaṃ hoti, saddhivihārikena pacitabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho upajjhāyassa rajanaṃ paciyethāti. Sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ rajitabbaṃ hoti, saddhivihārikena rajitabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ rajiyethāti. Cīvaraṃ rajantena sādhukaṃ samparivattakaṃ samparivattakaṃ rajitabbaṃ, na ca acchinne theve pakkamitabbaṃ.
「如果戒师的衣应该洗,同住弟子应该洗,或者应该努力——『如何能洗戒师的衣』。如果戒师的衣应该作,同住弟子应该作,或者应该努力——『如何能作戒师的衣』。如果戒师的染料应该煮,同住弟子应该煮,或者应该努力——『如何能煮戒师的染料』。如果戒师的衣应该染,同住弟子应该染,或者应该努力——『如何能染戒师的衣』。染衣时,应该善加地一再翻转翻转地染,不应该在线未干时离去。
‘‘Na upajjhāyaṃ anāpucchā ekaccassa patto dātabbo, na ekaccassa patto paṭiggahetabbo; na ekaccassa cīvaraṃ dātabbaṃ, na ekaccassa cīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ; na ekaccassa parikkhāro dātabbo, na ekaccassa parikkhāro paṭiggahetabbo; na ekaccassa kesā chedetabbā , na ekaccena kesā chedāpetabbā; na ekaccassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ, na ekaccena parikammaṃ kārāpetabbaṃ; na ekaccassa veyyāvacco kātabbo , na ekaccena veyyāvacco kārāpetabbo; na ekaccassa pacchāsamaṇena hotabbaṃ, na ekacco pacchāsamaṇo ādātabbo; na ekaccassa piṇḍapāto nīharitabbo, na ekaccena piṇḍapāto nīharāpetabbo; na upajjhāyaṃ anāpucchā gāmo pavisitabbo; na susānaṃ gantabbaṃ; na disā pakkamitabbā. Sace upajjhāyo gilāno hoti, yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo; vuṭṭhānamassa āgametabba’’nti.
「不应该未告知戒师而给某人钵,不应该从某人接受钵;不应该给某人衣,不应该从某人接受衣;不应该给某人资具,不应该从某人接受资具;不应该为某人剃发,不应该使某人剃发;不应该为某人作须跋,不应该使某人作须跋;不应该为某人作服务,不应该使某人作服务;不应该作某人的随从沙玛内拉,不应该带某人作随从沙玛内拉;不应该为某人带出钵食,不应该使某人带出钵食;不应该未告知戒师而进入村落;不应该去墓地;不应该离开地区。如果戒师生病,应该尽形寿须跋;应该等待他康复。」
Upajjhāyavattaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 依止师义务完
16. Saddhivihārikavattakathā16. 亲教弟子义务论
§67
‘‘Upajjhāyena, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikamhi sammā vattitabbaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ sammāvattanā –
「诸比库,戒师应该对同住弟子正确行持。在此,这是正确行持——」
‘‘Upajjhāyena, bhikkhave, saddhivihāriko saṅgahetabbo anuggahetabbo uddesena paripucchāya ovādena anusāsaniyā. Sace upajjhāyassa patto hoti, saddhivihārikassa patto na hoti, upajjhāyena saddhivihārikassa patto dātabbo, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa patto uppajjiyethāti. Sace upajjhāyassa cīvaraṃ hoti, saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ na hoti, upajjhāyena saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ dātabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ uppajjiyethāti. Sace upajjhāyassa parikkhāro hoti, saddhivihārikassa parikkhāro na hoti, upajjhāyena saddhivihārikassa parikkhāro dātabbo, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa parikkhāro uppajjiyethāti.
「诸比库,依止弟子应被戒师摄受、照顾,以诵经、问答、教诫、教导。若戒师有钵,依止弟子无钵,戒师应给依止弟子钵,或应努力——『如何能让依止弟子得到钵呢?』若戒师有衣,依止弟子无衣,戒师应给依止弟子衣,或应努力——『如何能让依止弟子得到衣呢?』若戒师有资具,依止弟子无资具,戒师应给依止弟子资具,或应努力——『如何能让依止弟子得到资具呢?』
‘‘Sace saddhivihāriko gilāno hoti, kālasseva uṭṭhāya dantakaṭṭhaṃ dātabbaṃ, mukhodakaṃ dātabbaṃ, āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṃ dhovitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā. Yāguṃ pītassa udakaṃ datvā bhājanaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena dhovitvā paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Saddhivihārikamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.
「若依止弟子生病,应及时起来给齿木,给洗口水,准备座位。若有粥,应洗净容器后奉上粥。饮粥后,应给水,接过容器,放低后善巧地不碰撞地洗净后收藏。依止弟子起身后,应收起座位。若那个地方肮脏,应打扫那个地方。
‘‘Sace saddhivihāriko gāmaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, kāyabandhanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saguṇaṃ katvā saṅghāṭiyo dātabbā, dhovitvā patto sodako dātabbo. Ettāvatā nivattissatīti āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ . Sace cīvaraṃ sinnaṃ hoti, muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbaṃ, na ca uṇhe cīvaraṃ nidahitabbaṃ; cīvaraṃ saṅgharitabbaṃ, cīvaraṃ saṅgharantena caturaṅgulaṃ kaṇṇaṃ ussāretvā cīvaraṃ saṅgharitabbaṃ – mā majjhe bhaṅgo ahosīti. Obhoge kāyabandhanaṃ kātabbaṃ.
「若依止弟子想要进村,应给下衣,接过旧下衣,给腰带,折叠后给桑喀帝,洗净后给湿润的钵。『他将在这时候回来』,应准备座位,放置洗足水、足凳、擦足布,应迎接并接过钵衣,应给旧下衣,接过下衣。若衣湿了,应在热处晒一会儿,但不应把衣放在热处;应折叠衣,折叠衣时应留出四指宽的边折叠衣——『愿中间不要有折痕』。应把腰带放在折叠处。
‘‘Sace piṇḍapāto hoti, saddhivihāriko ca bhuñjitukāmo hoti, udakaṃ datvā piṇḍapāto upanāmetabbo. Saddhivihāriko pānīyena pucchitabbo. Bhuttāvissa udakaṃ datvā pattaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena dhovitvā vodakaṃ katvā muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbo, na ca uṇhe patto nidahitabbo. Pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. Cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Saddhivihārikamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.
「若有钵食,依止弟子想要食用,应给水后奉上钵食。应以饮料问依止弟子。他食毕后,应给水,接过钵,放低后善巧地不碰撞地洗净,使其干燥后在热处晒一会儿,但不应把钵放在热处。应收藏钵衣。收藏钵时,应一手拿钵,一手摸床下或凳下后收藏钵。不应把钵放在无遮盖的地上。收藏衣时,应一手拿衣,一手拂拭衣架或衣绳后,把外边作边、内边作折叠处来收藏衣。依止弟子起身后,应收起座位,应收藏洗足水、足凳、擦足布。若那个地方肮脏,应打扫那个地方。
‘‘Sace saddhivihāriko nahāyitukāmo hoti, nahānaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. Sace sītena attho hoti, sītaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. Sace uṇhena attho hoti, uṇhaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ .
「若依止弟子想要沐浴,应准备沐浴。若需要冷的,应准备冷的。若需要热的,应准备热的。
‘‘Sace saddhivihāriko jantāgharaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, cuṇṇaṃ sannetabbaṃ, mattikā temetabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya gantvā jantāgharapīṭhaṃ datvā cīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ, cuṇṇaṃ dātabbaṃ, mattikā dātabbā. Sace ussahati, jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Jantāgharaṃ pavisantena mattikāya mukhaṃ makkhetvā purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Na there bhikkhū anupakhajja nisīditabbaṃ. Na navā bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhitabbā. Jantāghare saddhivihārikassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Jantāgharā nikkhamantena jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharā nikkhamitabbaṃ.
「若依止弟子想要进浴室,应揉粉,浸湿泥土,拿着浴室凳去后,给浴室凳,接过衣后放在一边,应给粉,应给泥土。若能够,应进入浴室。进入浴室时,应以泥土涂面,前后遮护后进入浴室。不应挤坐长老比库们。不应以座位阻挡新比库们。应在浴室为依止弟子做服务。从浴室出来时,应拿着浴室凳,前后遮护后从浴室出来。
‘‘Udakepi saddhivihārikassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Nahātena paṭhamataraṃ uttaritvā attano gattaṃ vodakaṃ katvā nivāsetvā saddhivihārikassa gattato udakaṃ pamajjitabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saṅghāṭi dātabbā. Jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ. Saddhivihāriko pānīyena pucchitabbo.
「在水中也应为依止弟子做服务。沐浴后应先上来,使自己身体干燥后穿下衣,应为依止弟子身体拭水,应给下衣,应给桑喀帝。应拿着浴室凳先回来,应准备座位,应放置洗足水、足凳、擦足布。应以饮料问依止弟子。
‘‘Yasmiṃ vihāre saddhivihāriko viharati, sace so vihāro uklāpo hoti, sace ussahati, sodhetabbo. Vihāraṃ sodhentena paṭhamaṃ pattacīvaraṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; bhisibibbohanaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; mañco nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbo; pīṭhaṃ nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; mañcapaṭipādakā nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbā; kheḷamallako nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbo; apassenaphalakaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; bhūmattharaṇaṃ yathāpaññattaṃ sallakkhetvā nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Sace vihāre santānakaṃ hoti, ullokā paṭhamaṃ ohāretabbaṃ, ālokasandhikaṇṇabhāgā pamajjitabbā. Sace gerukaparikammakatā bhitti kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. Sace kāḷavaṇṇakatā bhūmi kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. Sace akatā hoti bhūmi, udakena paripphositvā sammajjitabbā – mā vihāro rajena uhaññīti. Saṅkāraṃ vicinitvā ekamantaṃ chaḍḍetabbaṃ.
「若依止弟子所住的住处肮脏,若能够,应打扫。打扫住处时,应先取出钵衣放在一边;应取出坐卧具放在一边;应取出床褥放在一边;应把床放低后善巧地不碰撞、不撞击门框地取出放在一边;应把凳放低后善巧地不碰撞、不撞击门框地取出放在一边;应取出床脚支撑物放在一边;应取出痰盂放在一边;应取出靠板放在一边;应观察地敷具如何铺设后取出放在一边。若住处有蜘蛛网,应先从上面除去,应拂拭窗户角落部分。若涂红土的墙壁肮脏了,应浸湿布后拧干拂拭。若涂黑色的地面肮脏了,应浸湿布后拧干拂拭。若地面未处理,应洒水后打扫——『愿住处不被尘土覆盖』。应检查垃圾后丢弃在一边。
‘‘Bhūmattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Mañcapaṭipādakā otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbā. Mañco otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbo. Pīṭhaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Bhisibibbohanaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Kheḷamallako otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbo. Apassenaphalakaṃ otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbaṃ. Pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. Cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ.
「应晒地敷具、清洁、拍打、搬入,按原处铺设。应晒床脚、擦拭、搬入,放置于原位。应晒床、清洁、拍打,放低,善巧地不碰撞、不撞击门板背面,搬入,按原处铺设。应晒椅、清洁、拍打,放低,善巧地不碰撞、不撞击门板背面,搬入,按原处铺设。应晒褥垫、清洁、拍打、搬入,按原处铺设。应晒坐垫与铺布、清洁、拍打、搬入,按原处铺设。应晒痰盂、擦拭、搬入,放置于原位。应晒靠板、擦拭、搬入,放置于原位。应收藏钵与衣。收藏钵时,应以一手持钵,以一手摸床下或椅下,收藏钵。不应将钵收藏于无遮护的地上。收藏衣时,应以一手持衣,以一手擦拭衣架或衣绳,将衣的那边作边、这边作折叠,收藏衣。」
‘‘Sace puratthimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, puratthimā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace pacchimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, pacchimā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace uttarā sarajā vātā vāyanti, uttarā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace dakkhiṇā sarajā vātā vāyanti, dakkhiṇā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace sītakālo hoti, divā vātapānā vivaritabbā, rattiṃ thaketabbā. Sace uṇhakālo hoti, divā vātapānā thaketabbā, rattiṃ vivaritabbā.
「若东方有尘的风吹来,应关闭东方的窗户。若西方有尘的风吹来,应关闭西方的窗户。若北方有尘的风吹来,应关闭北方的窗户。若南方有尘的风吹来,应关闭南方的窗户。若是冷季,白天应打开窗户,夜晚应关闭。若是热季,白天应关闭窗户,夜晚应打开。」
‘‘Sace pariveṇaṃ uklāpaṃ hoti, pariveṇaṃ sammajjitabbaṃ. Sace koṭṭhako uklāpo hoti, koṭṭhako sammajjitabbo. Sace upaṭṭhānasālā uklāpā hoti, upaṭṭhānasālā sammajjitabbā. Sace aggisālā uklāpā hoti, aggisālā sammajjitabbā. Sace vaccakuṭi uklāpā hoti, vaccakuṭi sammajjitabbā. Sace pānīyaṃ na hoti, pānīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Sace paribhojanīyaṃ na hoti, paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Sace ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṃ na hoti, ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṃ āsiñcitabbaṃ.
「若住处肮脏,应打扫住处。若储藏室肮脏,应打扫储藏室。若须跋堂肮脏,应打扫须跋堂。若火堂肮脏,应打扫火堂。若厕所肮脏,应打扫厕所。若无饮用水,应准备饮用水。若无净水,应准备净水。若漱口瓶中无水,应倒水入漱口瓶。」
‘‘Sace saddhivihārikassa anabhirati uppannā hoti, upajjhāyena vūpakāsetabbo, vūpakāsāpetabbo, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace saddhivihārikassa kukkuccaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena vinodetabbaṃ, vinodāpetabbaṃ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā . Sace saddhivihārikassa diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena vivecetabbaṃ, vivecāpetabbaṃ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace saddhivihāriko garudhammaṃ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho, upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho saddhivihārikassa parivāsaṃ dadeyyāti. Sace saddhivihāriko mūlāya paṭikassanāraho hoti, upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho saddhivihārikaṃ mūlāya paṭikasseyyāti. Sace saddhivihāriko mānattāraho hoti, upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho saddhivihārikassa mānattaṃ dadeyyāti. Sace saddhivihāriko abbhānāraho hoti, upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho saddhivihārikaṃ abbheyyāti. Sace saṅgho saddhivihārikassa kammaṃ kattukāmo hoti, tajjanīyaṃ vā niyassaṃ vā pabbājanīyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā ukkhepanīyaṃ vā, upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho saddhivihārikassa kammaṃ na kareyya, lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyāti. Kataṃ vā panassa hoti saṅghena kammaṃ, tajjanīyaṃ vā niyassaṃ vā pabbājanīyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā ukkhepanīyaṃ vā, upajjhāyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saddhivihāriko sammā vatteyya, lomaṃ pāteyya, netthāraṃ vatteyya, saṅgho taṃ kammaṃ paṭippassambheyyāti.
「若共住弟子生起不乐,戒师应使他离去,或应使人使他离去,或应为他说法。若共住弟子生起恶作,戒师应使他消除,或应使人使他消除,或应为他说法。若共住弟子生起邪见,戒师应使他分别论,或应使人使他分别论,或应为他说法。若共住弟子犯重罪应受别住,戒师应努力:『僧团如何能给予共住弟子别住?』若共住弟子应回到退回原本,戒师应努力:『僧团如何能使共住弟子回到退回原本?』若共住弟子应受僧悦,戒师应努力:『僧团如何能给予共住弟子僧悦?』若共住弟子应受出罪,戒师应努力:『僧团如何能出共住弟子的罪?』若僧团欲对共住弟子作甘马——举罪、依止、驱出、下意、举罪,戒师应努力:『僧团如何能不对共住弟子作甘马,或转为轻微?』或者僧团已对他作甘马——举罪、依止、驱出、下意、举罪,戒师应努力:『共住弟子如何能正行、脱毛、行乞求,僧团解除那甘马?』」
‘‘Sace saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ dhovitabbaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṃ evaṃ dhoveyyāsīti , ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ dhoviyethāti. Sace saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ kātabbaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṃ evaṃ kareyyāsīti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ kariyethāti. Sace saddhivihārikassa rajanaṃ pacitabbaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṃ evaṃ paceyyāsīti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa rajanaṃ paciyethāti. Sace saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ rajitabbaṃ hoti, upajjhāyena ācikkhitabbaṃ, evaṃ rajeyyāsīti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saddhivihārikassa cīvaraṃ rajiyethāti. Cīvaraṃ rajantena sādhukaṃ samparivattakaṃ samparivattakaṃ rajitabbaṃ. Na ca acchinne theve pakkamitabbaṃ. Sace saddhivihāriko gilāno hoti, yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo, vuṭṭhānamassa āgametabba’’nti.
「若共住弟子的衣应洗,戒师应教导『你应如此洗』,或应努力:『共住弟子的衣如何能被洗?』若共住弟子的衣应作,戒师应教导『你应如此作』,或应努力:『共住弟子的衣如何能被作?』若共住弟子的染料应煮,戒师应教导『你应如此煮』,或应努力:『共住弟子的染料如何能被煮?』若共住弟子的衣应染,戒师应教导『你应如此染』,或应努力:『共住弟子的衣如何能被染?』染衣时,应善巧地一再翻转而染。不应在线未干时离去。若共住弟子生病,应尽形寿须跋,应等待他康复。」
Saddhivihārikavattaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 亲教弟子义务完
17. Paṇāmitakathā17. 逐出论
§68
Tena kho pana samayena saddhivihārikā upajjhāyesu na sammā vattanti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma saddhivihārikā upajjhāyesu na sammā vattissantī’’ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikā upajjhāyesu na sammā vattantīti? Saccaṃ bhagavāti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikā upajjhāyesu na sammā vattissantīti…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikena upajjhāyamhi na sammā vattitabbaṃ. Yo na sammā vatteyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti . Neva sammā vattanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, asammāvattantaṃ paṇāmetuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, paṇāmetabbo – ‘‘paṇāmemi ta’’nti vā, ‘‘māyidha paṭikkamī’’ti vā, ‘‘nīhara te pattacīvara’’nti vā, ‘‘nāhaṃ tayā upaṭṭhātabbo’’ti vā, kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, paṇāmito hoti saddhivihāriko; na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na paṇāmito hoti saddhivihārikoti.
尔时,诸共住弟子对戒师不正行。诸少欲比库……他们抱怨、呵责、非难:「诸共住弟子怎能对戒师不正行呢?」那时,诸比库将此事禀告世尊。……「诸比库,真的诸共住弟子对戒师不正行吗?」「真的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责:……「诸比库,诸共住弟子怎能对戒师不正行呢?」……呵责后……说法后,告诉诸比库:「诸比库,共住弟子不应对戒师不正行。若不正行者,犯恶作。」他们仍不正行。他们将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,我允许驱摈不正行者。诸比库,应如此驱摈:『我驱摈你』或『你不要在此来回』或『拿走你的钵与衣』或『我不应被你须跋』,以身表示、以语表示、以身与语表示,共住弟子被驱摈;不以身表示、不以语表示、不以身与语表示,共住弟子未被驱摈。」
Tena kho pana samayena saddhivihārikā paṇāmitā na khamāpenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, khamāpetunti. Neva khamāpenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ . Na, bhikkhave, paṇāmitena na khamāpetabbo. Yo na khamāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
尔时,诸共住弟子被驱摈后不请求原谅。他们将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,我允许请求原谅。」他们仍不请求原谅。他们将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,被驱摈者不应不请求原谅。若不请求原谅者,犯恶作。」
Tena kho pana samayena upajjhāyā khamāpiyamānā na khamanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, khamitunti. Neva khamanti. Saddhivihārikā pakkamantipi vibbhamantipi titthiyesupi saṅkamanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, khamāpiyamānena na khamitabbaṃ. Yo na khameyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
尔时,诸戒师被请求原谅时不原谅。他们将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,我允许原谅。」他们仍不原谅。诸共住弟子离去、还俗、转入外道。他们将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,被请求原谅时不应不原谅。若不原谅者,犯恶作。」
Tena kho pana samayena upajjhāyā sammāvattantaṃ paṇāmenti, asammāvattantaṃ na paṇāmenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, sammāvattanto paṇāmetabbo. Yo paṇāmeyya , āpatti dukkaṭassa . Na ca, bhikkhave, asammāvattanto na paṇāmetabbo. Yo na paṇāmeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
尔时,诸亲教师驱摈正行者,不驱摈不正行者。诸比库将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库!不应驱摈正行者。若驱摈者,犯恶作。诸比库!不应不驱摈不正行者。若不驱摈者,犯恶作。」
‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko paṇāmetabbo. Upajjhāyamhi nādhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko paṇāmetabbo.
「诸比库!具足五支的共住弟子应被驱摈:对亲教师没有过度的爱,没有过度的净信,没有过度的惭,没有过度的敬重,没有过度的修习。诸比库!具足此五支的共住弟子应被驱摈。
‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko na paṇāmetabbo. Upajjhāyamhi adhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko na paṇāmetabbo.
「诸比库!具足五支的共住弟子不应被驱摈:对亲教师有过度的爱,有过度的净信,有过度的惭,有过度的敬重,有过度的修习。诸比库!具足此五支的共住弟子不应被驱摈。
‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko alaṃ paṇāmetuṃ. Upajjhāyamhi nādhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimattā gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko alaṃ paṇāmetuṃ.
「诸比库!具足五支的共住弟子适合驱摈:对亲教师没有过度的爱,没有过度的净信,没有过度的惭,没有过度的敬重,没有过度的修习。诸比库!具足此五支的共住弟子适合驱摈。
‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko nālaṃ paṇāmetuṃ. Upajjhāyamhi adhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato saddhivihāriko nālaṃ paṇāmetuṃ.
「诸比库!具足五支的共住弟子不适合驱摈:对亲教师有过度的爱,有过度的净信,有过度的惭,有过度的敬重,有过度的修习。诸比库!具足此五支的共住弟子不适合驱摈。
‘‘Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṃ saddhivihārikaṃ appaṇāmento upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, paṇāmento anatisāro hoti. Upajjhāyamhi nādhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ saddhivihārikaṃ appaṇāmento upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, paṇāmento anatisāro hoti.
「诸比库!不驱摈具足五支的共住弟子,亲教师有过失;驱摈则无过失:对亲教师没有过度的爱,没有过度的净信,没有过度的惭,没有过度的敬重,没有过度的修习。诸比库!不驱摈具足此五支的共住弟子,亲教师有过失;驱摈则无过失。
‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṃ saddhivihārikaṃ paṇāmento upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, appaṇāmento anatisāro hoti. Upajjhāyamhi adhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ saddhivihārikaṃ paṇāmento upajjhāyo sātisāro hoti, appaṇāmento anatisāro hotī’’ti.
「诸比库!驱摈具足五支的共住弟子,亲教师有过失;不驱摈则无过失:对亲教师有过度的爱,有过度的净信,有过度的惭,有过度的敬重,有过度的修习。诸比库!驱摈具足此五支的共住弟子,亲教师有过失;不驱摈则无过失。」
§69
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro brāhmaṇo bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Taṃ bhikkhū na icchiṃsu pabbājetuṃ. So bhikkhūsu pabbajjaṃ alabhamāno kiso ahosi lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto. Addasā kho bhagavā taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ kisaṃ lūkhaṃ dubbaṇṇaṃ uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātaṃ dhamanisanthatagattaṃ, disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho so, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇo kiso lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagatto’’ti? Eso, bhante, brāhmaṇo bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Taṃ bhikkhū na icchiṃsu pabbājetuṃ. So bhikkhūsu pabbajjaṃ alabhamāno kiso lūkho dubbaṇṇo uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajāto dhamanisanthatagattoti. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘ko nu kho, bhikkhave, tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṃ sarasī’’ti? Evaṃ vutte āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ahaṃ kho, bhante, tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṃ sarāmī’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, sāriputta, tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṃ sarasī’’ti? ‘‘Idha me, bhante, so brāhmaṇo rājagahe piṇḍāya carantassa kaṭacchubhikkhaṃ dāpesi. Imaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṃ sarāmī’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta, kataññuno hi, sāriputta, sappurisā katavedino. Tena hi tvaṃ, sāriputta, taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ pabbājehi upasampādehī’’ti . ‘‘Kathāhaṃ, bhante , taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ pabbājemi upasampādemī’’ti? Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – yā sā, bhikkhave, mayā tīhi saraṇagamanehi upasampadā anuññātā, taṃ ajjatagge paṭikkhipāmi. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ñatticatutthena kammena upasampādetuṃ . Evañca pana, bhikkhave, upasampādetabbo. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –
尔时,某位婆罗门前往诸比库处请求出家。诸比库不愿令其出家。他在诸比库处未得出家,变得消瘦、憔悴、面色不佳、萎黄、筋脉暴露。世尊见到那位婆罗门消瘦、憔悴、面色不佳、萎黄、筋脉暴露,见已,告诸比库:「诸比库!为何那位婆罗门消瘦、憔悴、面色不佳、萎黄、筋脉暴露?」「尊者!此婆罗门前往诸比库处请求出家。诸比库不愿令其出家。他在诸比库处未得出家,变得消瘦、憔悴、面色不佳、萎黄、筋脉暴露。」于是世尊告诸比库:「诸比库!谁忆念那位婆罗门的恩德?」如是说时,具寿沙利子对世尊如是说:「尊者!我忆念那位婆罗门的恩德。」「沙利子!你如何忆念那位婆罗门的恩德?」「尊者!此处,那位婆罗门在我于王舍城行乞食时,给我一钵饭食。尊者!我如是忆念那位婆罗门的恩德。」「善哉!善哉!沙利子!沙利子!善人们是知恩的、念恩的。沙利子!那么,你令那位婆罗门出家、授达上。」「尊者!我如何令那位婆罗门出家、授达上?」于是世尊以此因缘、以此事缘,作法说后,告诸比库:「诸比库!我所允许的以三归依授达上,从今日起我废止。诸比库!我允许以白四甘马授达上。诸比库!应如此授达上:应由精通的、有能力的比库告知僧团——」
§70
‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeyya itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Esā ñatti.
「尊者,请僧团听我说。此某名者是具寿某名的受达上希求者。若僧团适宜,僧团应授予某名达上,以某名为戒师。这是表白。」
‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
「尊者,请僧团听我说。此某名者是具寿某名的受达上希求者。僧团授予某名达上,以某名为戒师。对于某名的达上,以某名为戒师,哪位具寿认可,他应默然;哪位不认可,他应说出。」
‘‘Dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi – suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya .
「第二次我也说此义——尊者,请僧团听我说。此某名者是具寿某名的受达上希求者。僧团授予某名达上,以某名为戒师。对于某名的达上,以某名为戒师,哪位具寿认可,他应默然;哪位不认可,他应说出。」
‘‘Tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi – suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
「第三次我也说此义——尊者,请僧团听我说。此某名者是具寿某名的受达上希求者。僧团授予某名达上,以某名为戒师。对于某名的达上,以某名为戒师,哪位具寿认可,他应默然;哪位不认可,他应说出。」
‘‘Upasampanno saṅghena itthannāmo itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.
「某名已被僧团授予达上,以某名为戒师。僧团认可,因此默然,我如此持守。」
§71
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu upasampannasamanantarā anācāraṃ ācarati. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘māvuso, evarūpaṃ akāsi, netaṃ kappatī’’ti. So evamāha – ‘‘nevāhaṃ āyasmante yāciṃ upasampādetha manti. Kissa maṃ tumhe ayācitā upasampāditthā’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ . Na, bhikkhave, ayācitena upasampādetabbo . Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yācitena upasampādetuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, yācitabbo. Tena upasampadāpekkhena saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘saṅghaṃ, bhante, upasampadaṃ yācāmi, ullumpatu maṃ, bhante, saṅgho anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti. Dutiyampi yācitabbo. Tatiyampi yācitabbo. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –
尔时,有一位比库在受达上后立即行不如法行。诸比库如此说:「贤友,不要做这样的事,这是不允许的。」他如此说:「我并未请求诸具寿『请授予我达上』。为何你们未被请求而授予我达上?」他们将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,不应授予未请求者达上。若授予者,犯恶作。诸比库,我允许授予已请求者达上。诸比库,应如此请求。那位受达上希求者应前往僧团,偏袒上衣,礼敬诸比库之足,蹲踞而坐,合掌后应如此说:『尊者,我请求僧团授予达上,尊者,请僧团出于怜悯而摄受我。』应第二次请求。应第三次请求。应由一位有能力的贤明比库告知僧团——」
§72
‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante , saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Itthannāmo saṅghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeyya itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Esā ñatti.
「尊者,请僧团听我说。此某名者是具寿某名的受达上希求者。某名请求僧团授予达上,以某名为戒师。若僧团适宜,僧团应授予某名达上,以某名为戒师。这是表白。」
‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Itthannāmo saṅghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
「尊者,请僧团听我说。此某名者是具寿某名的受达上希求者。某名请求僧团授予达上,以某名为戒师。僧团授予某名达上,以某名为戒师。对于某名的达上,以某名为戒师,哪位具寿认可,他应默然;哪位不认可,他应说出。」
‘‘Dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi…pe… tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi…pe….
「第二次我也说此义……乃至……第三次我也说此义……乃至……
‘‘Upasampanno saṅghena itthannāmo itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.
「某某名者以某某名者为亲教师,已被僧团授达上。僧团认可,因此默然,我如此持守。」
§73
Tena kho pana samayena rājagahe paṇītānaṃ bhattānaṃ bhattapaṭipāṭi aṭṭhitā hoti. Atha kho aññatarassa brāhmaṇassa etadahosi – ‘‘ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyya’’nti. Atha kho so brāhmaṇo bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Taṃ bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ upasampādesuṃ. Tasmiṃ pabbajite bhattapaṭipāṭi khīyittha. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘ehi dāni, āvuso, piṇḍāya carissāmā’’ti. So evamāha – ‘‘nāhaṃ, āvuso, etaṃkāraṇā pabbajito piṇḍāya carissāmīti. Sace me dassatha bhuñjissāmi , no ce me dassatha vibbhamissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, āvuso, udarassa kāraṇā pabbajito’’ti ? ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – kathañhi nāma bhikkhu evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye udarassa kāraṇā pabbajissatīti. Te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, bhikkhu, udarassa kāraṇā pabbajitoti? Saccaṃ bhagavāti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… ‘‘kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye udarassa kāraṇā pabbajissasi. Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāya’’…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, upasampādentena cattāro nissaye ācikkhituṃ – piṇḍiyālopabhojanaṃ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo; atirekalābho – saṅghabhattaṃ, uddesabhattaṃ, nimantanaṃ, salākabhattaṃ, pakkhikaṃ, uposathikaṃ, pāṭipadikaṃ. Paṃsukūlacīvaraṃ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo; atirekalābho – khomaṃ, kappāsikaṃ, koseyyaṃ, kambalaṃ, sāṇaṃ, bhaṅgaṃ. Rukkhamūlasenāsanaṃ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo; atirekalābho – vihāro , aḍḍhayogo, pāsādo, hammiyaṃ, guhā. Pūtimuttabhesajjaṃ nissāya pabbajjā, tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo; atirekalābho – sappi, navanītaṃ, telaṃ, madhu, phāṇita’’nti.
尔时,在王舍城有美食的食物次第已设立。时,某位婆罗门生起此念——「这些萨咖子沙门是乐戒者、乐行者,食用美食后,卧于无风的卧具。我何不在萨咖子沙门中出家?」时,彼婆罗门前往诸比库处,请求出家。诸比库令他出家、授达上。当他出家后,食物次第耗尽了。诸比库如此说——「来吧,具寿,我们将行乞食。」他如此说——「具寿们,我不是为此因缘而出家,即『我将行乞食』。如果你们给我,我将食用;如果你们不给我,我将还俗。」「具寿,那么你是为了腹之因缘而出家吗?」「是的,具寿们。」诸少欲比库……乃至……他们非难、呵责、传播——「比库怎能在如此善说的法、律中为了腹之因缘而出家?」彼等比库将此事禀告世尊……乃至……「比库,你真的为了腹之因缘而出家吗?」「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……乃至……「愚人,你怎能在如此善说的法、律中为了腹之因缘而出家?愚人,这不能使未信者生信,已信者增长信心。」……乃至……呵责后……乃至……作如法语后,告诉诸比库——「诸比库,我允许授达上者告知四依——依乞食而出家,于此你应尽形寿努力;额外所得是:僧食、指定食、邀请食、筹食、半月食、伍波萨他食、初日食。依尘堆衣而出家,于此你应尽形寿努力;额外所得是:亚麻、棉、丝、羊毛、麻、大麻。依树下住而出家,于此你应尽形寿努力;额外所得是:精舍、重阁、楼房、楼阁、洞窟。依腐尿药而出家,于此你应尽形寿努力;额外所得是:酥、生酥、油、蜜、糖。」
Paṇāmitakathā niṭṭhitā. · 逐出论完
Upajjhāyavattabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito pañcamo. · 依止师义务诵品完,第五
Pañcamabhāṇavāro · 第五诵品
18. Ācariyavattakathā18. 老师义务论
§74
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro māṇavako bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Tassa bhikkhū paṭikacceva nissaye ācikkhiṃsu. So evamāha – ‘‘sace me, bhante, pabbajite nissaye ācikkheyyātha, abhirameyyāmahaṃ . Na dānāhaṃ, bhante, pabbajissāmi; jegucchā me nissayā paṭikūlā’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, paṭikacceva nissayā ācikkhitabbā. Yo ācikkheyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, upasampannasamanantarā nissaye ācikkhitunti.
尔时,某位学童前往诸比库处,请求出家。诸比库预先告知他诸依。他如此说——「尊者们,如果在我出家后告知诸依,我会欢喜。尊者们,现在我不出家;诸依对我是可厌的、不适意的。」他们将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,不应预先告知诸依。若告知者,犯恶作。诸比库,我允许在授达上后立即告知诸依。」
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū duvaggenapi tivaggenapi gaṇena upasampādenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, ūnadasavaggena gaṇena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasavaggena vā atirekadasavaggena vā gaṇena upasampādetunti .
尔时,诸比库以二众或三众的僧团授达上。他们将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,不应以少于十众的僧团授达上。若授达上者,犯恶作。诸比库,我允许以十众或超过十众的僧团授达上。」
§75
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ekavassāpi duvassāpi saddhivihārikaṃ upasampādenti. Āyasmāpi upaseno vaṅgantaputto ekavasso saddhivihārikaṃ upasampādesi. So vassaṃvuṭṭho duvasso ekavassaṃ saddhivihārikaṃ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Āciṇṇaṃ kho panetaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ āgantukehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ paṭisammodituṃ. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upasenaṃ vaṅgantaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kacci, bhikkhu, khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci tvaṃ appakilamathena addhānaṃ āgato’’ti? ‘‘Khamanīyaṃ, bhagavā, yāpanīyaṃ, bhagavā. Appakilamathena mayaṃ, bhante, addhānaṃ āgatā’’ti. Jānantāpi tathāgatā pucchanti, jānantāpi na pucchanti, kālaṃ viditvā pucchanti, kālaṃ viditvā na pucchanti; atthasaṃhitaṃ tathāgatā pucchanti; no anatthasaṃhitaṃ. Anatthasaṃhite setughāto tathāgatānaṃ. Dvīhi ākārehi buddhā bhagavanto bhikkhū paṭipucchanti – dhammaṃ vā desessāma, sāvakānaṃ vā sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmāti. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upasenaṃ vaṅgantaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kativassosi tvaṃ, bhikkhū’’ti? ‘‘Duvassohaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Ayaṃ pana bhikkhu kativasso’’ti? ‘‘Ekavasso, bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ tāyaṃ bhikkhu hotī’’ti? ‘‘Saddhivihāriko me, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā – ‘‘ananucchavikaṃ, moghapurisa, ananulomikaṃ appatirūpaṃ assāmaṇakaṃ akappiyaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ. Kathañhi nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, aññehi ovadiyo anusāsiyo aññaṃ ovadituṃ anusāsituṃ maññissasi. Atilahuṃ kho tvaṃ, moghapurisa, bāhullāya āvatto, yadidaṃ gaṇabandhikaṃ. Netaṃ, moghapurisa, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāya’’…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, ūnadasavassena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasavassena vā atirekadasavassena vā upasampādetu’’nti.
尔时,诸比库一腊或二腊就授达上给共住弟子。具寿伍巴些那·旺嘎他子一腊时授达上给共住弟子。他雨安居后二腊,带着一腊的共住弟子前往世尊处,抵达后,礼敬世尊,坐于一面。诸佛世尊有与来访比库互相问候的习惯。时,世尊对具寿伍巴些那·旺嘎他子如此说——「比库,可忍吗?可过吗?你不疲劳地来到此路程吗?」「可忍,世尊;可过,世尊。尊者,我们不疲劳地来到此路程。」如来虽知而问,虽知而不问;知时而问,知时而不问;如来问有义利的,不问无义利的。对于无义利的,如来有桥断。诸佛世尊以二种方式询问诸比库——或者我将说法,或者我将为声闻制定学处。时,世尊对具寿伍巴些那·旺嘎他子如此说——「比库,你几腊?」「世尊,我二腊。」「这位比库几腊?」「世尊,一腊。」「比库,这位是你的什么人?」「世尊,是我的共住弟子。」佛世尊呵责——「愚人,不适合、不随顺、不适当、非沙门所为、不应行、不应作。愚人,你怎能自己应被他人教诫、教导,却认为可以教诫、教导他人?愚人,你过于迅速地转向众多,即结众。愚人,这不能使未信者生信,已信者增长信心。」……乃至……呵责后……乃至……作如法语后,告诉诸比库——「诸比库,不应以少于十腊者授达上。若授达上者,犯恶作。诸比库,我允许以十腊或超过十腊者授达上。」
§76
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū – dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti – bālā abyattā upasampādenti. Dissanti upajjhāyā bālā, saddhivihārikā paṇḍitā. Dissanti upajjhāyā abyattā, saddhivihārikā byattā. Dissanti upajjhāyā appassutā, saddhivihārikā bahussutā. Dissanti upajjhāyā duppaññā, saddhivihārikā paññavanto. Aññataropi aññatitthiyapubbo upajjhāyena sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno upajjhāyassa vādaṃ āropetvā taṃyeva titthāyatanaṃ saṅkami. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – kathañhi nāma bhikkhū – dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti – bālā abyattā upasampādessanti. Dissanti upajjhāyā bālā saddhivihārikā paṇḍitā, dissanti upajjhāyā abyattā saddhivihārikā byattā, dissanti upajjhāyā appassutā saddhivihārikā bahussutā, dissanti upajjhāyā duppaññā, saddhivihārikā paññavantoti. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. ‘‘Saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū – dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti – bālā abyattā upasampādenti. Dissanti upajjhāyā bālā, saddhivihārikā paṇḍitā, dissanti upajjhāyā abyattā saddhivihārikā byattā, dissanti upajjhāyā appassutā, saddhivihārikā bahussutā, dissanti upajjhāyā duppaññā, saddhivihārikā paññavanto’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā – dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti – bālā abyattā upasampādessanti. Dissanti upajjhāyā bālā, saddhivihārikā paṇḍitā, dissanti upajjhāyā abyattā saddhivihārikā byattā, dissanti upajjhāyā appassutā, saddhivihārikā bahussutā, dissanti upajjhāyā duppaññā, saddhivihārikā paññavanto. Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, bālena abyattena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena dasavassena vā atirekadasavassena vā upasampādetu’’nti.
尔时,诸比库以「我们十腊、我们十腊」,愚钝、不善巧地授达上。可见亲教师愚钝,共住弟子贤明。可见亲教师不善巧,共住弟子善巧。可见亲教师少闻,共住弟子多闻。可见亲教师劣慧,共住弟子有慧。某位原为外道者被亲教师如法劝告时,反驳亲教师的话后,回到那个外道处。诸少欲比库……乃至……他们非难、呵责、传播——「诸比库怎能以『我们十腊、我们十腊』,愚钝、不善巧地授达上?可见亲教师愚钝,共住弟子贤明;可见亲教师不善巧,共住弟子善巧;可见亲教师少闻,共住弟子多闻;可见亲教师劣慧,共住弟子有慧。」时,彼等比库将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,真的诸比库以『我们十腊、我们十腊』,愚钝、不善巧地授达上吗?可见亲教师愚钝,共住弟子贤明;可见亲教师不善巧,共住弟子善巧;可见亲教师少闻,共住弟子多闻;可见亲教师劣慧,共住弟子有慧吗?」「真实,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……乃至……「诸比库,那些愚人怎能以『我们十腊、我们十腊』,愚钝、不善巧地授达上?可见亲教师愚钝,共住弟子贤明;可见亲教师不善巧,共住弟子善巧;可见亲教师少闻,共住弟子多闻;可见亲教师劣慧,共住弟子有慧。诸比库,这不能使未信者生信……乃至……呵责后……乃至……作如法语后,告诉诸比库——「诸比库,不应以愚钝、不善巧者授达上。若授达上者,犯恶作。诸比库,我允许以善巧、有能力的比库,十腊或超过十腊者授达上。」
§77
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū upajjhāyesu pakkantesupi vibbhantesupi kālaṅkatesupi pakkhasaṅkantesupi anācariyakā anovadiyamānā ananusāsiyamānā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya caranti, manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti, uparikhādanīyepi – uparisāyanīyepi – uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmenti; sāmaṃ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjanti; bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharanti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dunnivatthā duppārutā anākappasampannā piṇḍāya carissanti; manussānaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ uparibhojanepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti, uparikhādanīyepi – uparisāyanīyepi – uparipānīyepi uttiṭṭhapattaṃ upanāmessanti; sāmaṃ sūpampi odanampi viññāpetvā bhuñjissanti; bhattaggepi uccāsaddā mahāsaddā viharissanti, seyyathāpi brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇabhojane’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ …pe… atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave…pe… saccaṃ, bhagavāti…pe… vigarahitvā dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi –
尔时,诸比库在亲教师们离去、还俗、命终、转向他方后,无老师、不被教诫、不被教导,着衣不齐、披衣不齐、不具足威仪地行乞食;在人们食用时,对上食也伸出已起立的钵;对上副食也、对上主食也、对上饮料也伸出已起立的钵;自己请求汤和饭后食用;在食堂中也高声、大声而住。人们非难、呵责、传播——「萨咖子沙门怎能着衣不齐、披衣不齐、不具足威仪地行乞食?在人们食用时,对上食也伸出已起立的钵;对上副食也、对上主食也、对上饮料也伸出已起立的钵;自己请求汤和饭后食用;在食堂中也高声、大声而住,如同婆罗门在婆罗门食中一样。」诸比库听闻那些人们非难、呵责、传播……乃至……时,彼等比库将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,真的……乃至……真实,世尊……乃至……呵责后,作如法语后,告诉诸比库——
‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ācariyaṃ. Ācariyo, bhikkhave, antevāsikamhi puttacittaṃ upaṭṭhāpessati, antevāsiko ācariyamhi pitucittaṃ upaṭṭhāpessati. Evaṃ te aññamaññaṃ sagāravā sappatissā sabhāgavuttino viharantā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ viruḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjissanti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasavassaṃ nissāya vatthuṃ, dasavassena nissayaṃ dātuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, ācariyo gahetabbo. Ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘ācariyo me, bhante, hohi, āyasmato nissāya vacchāmi; ācariyo me, bhante, hohi, āyasmato nissāya vacchāmi; ācariyo me, bhante, hohi, āyasmato nissāya vacchāmī’ti. ‘Sāhūti’ vā ‘lahūti’ vā ‘opāyika’nti vā ‘patirūpa’nti vā ‘pāsādikena sampādehī’ti vā kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, gahito hoti ācariyo; na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na gahito hoti ācariyo.
「诸比库,我允许老师。诸比库,老师应对弟子生起子想,弟子应对老师生起父想。如此,他们互相恭敬、互相尊重、同住共语,在此法与律中将达到增长、增大、广大。诸比库,我允许依止十年者而住,由十年者给予依止。诸比库,应如此接受老师:将上衣偏袒一肩,礼拜足,蹲踞,合掌,应如此说——『尊者,请作我的老师,我将依止具寿而住;尊者,请作我的老师,我将依止具寿而住;尊者,请作我的老师,我将依止具寿而住』。若以『善哉』或『好』或『适当』或『合适』或『以令人欢喜的方式成就』,以身表示,以语表示,以身与语表示,老师即被接受;若不以身表示,不以语表示,不以身与语表示,老师即未被接受。」
§78
‘‘Antevāsikena , bhikkhave, ācariyamhi sammā vattitabbaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ sammāvattanā –
「诸比库,弟子应对老师正确行事。此中,这是正确行事——」
‘‘Kālasseva uṭṭhāya upāhanaṃ omuñcitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā dantakaṭṭhaṃ dātabbaṃ, mukhodakaṃ dātabbaṃ, āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṃ dhovitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā . Yāguṃ pītassa udakaṃ datvā bhājanaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena dhovitvā paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Ācariyamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.
「应适时起床,脱去鞋履,将上衣偏袒一肩,应给予齿木,应给予漱口水,应设座位。若有粥,应洗净钵后奉上粥。当他饮粥后,应给予水,接过钵,放低,善加不碰撞地洗净后收藏。当老师起身时,应收起座位。若该处须跋,应打扫该处。」
‘‘Sace ācariyo gāmaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, kāyabandhanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saguṇaṃ katvā saṅghāṭiyo dātabbā, dhovitvā patto sodako dātabbo. Sace ācariyo pacchāsamaṇaṃ ākaṅkhati, timaṇḍalaṃ paṭicchādentena parimaṇḍalaṃ nivāsetvā kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā saguṇaṃ katvā saṅghāṭiyo pārupitvā gaṇṭhikaṃ paṭimuñcitvā dhovitvā pattaṃ gahetvā ācariyassa pacchāsamaṇena hotabbaṃ. Nātidūre gantabbaṃ, nāccāsanne gantabbaṃ, pattapariyāpannaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Na ācariyassa bhaṇamānassa antarantarā kathā opātetabbā. Ācariyo āpattisāmantā bhaṇamāno nivāretabbo.
「若老师欲入村,应给予下衣,应接过所脱下衣,应给予腰带,作记号后应给予桑喀帝,应洗净钵后给予湿钵。若老师希望有随行沙门,应遮覆三轮,周正地着下衣,系腰带,作记号后披上桑喀帝,解开结,洗净后持钵,应作老师的随行沙门。不应走得太远,不应走得太近,应接过钵中的残食。不应在老师说话时中途插话。老师说话接近犯戒时应制止。」
‘‘Nivattantena paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Sace cīvaraṃ sinnaṃ hoti, muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbaṃ, na ca uṇhe cīvaraṃ nidahitabbaṃ. Cīvaraṃ saṅgharitabbaṃ. Cīvaraṃ saṅgharantena caturaṅgulaṃ kaṇṇaṃ ussāretvā cīvaraṃ saṅgharitabbaṃ – mā majjhe bhaṅgo ahosīti. Obhoge kāyabandhanaṃ kātabbaṃ.
「返回时应先到,应设座位,应放置洗足水、足台、足布,应迎上前去接过钵与衣,应给予所脱下衣,应接过下衣。若衣湿,应在阳光下晒片刻,但不应将衣放在阳光下。应折叠衣。折叠衣时,应留出四指宽的边缘折叠衣——『愿中间不要有折痕』。应将腰带放在折叠处。」
‘‘Sace piṇḍapāto hoti , ācariyo ca bhuñjitukāmo hoti, udakaṃ datvā piṇḍapāto upanāmetabbo. Ācariyo pānīyena pucchitabbo. Bhuttāvissa udakaṃ datvā pattaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena dhovitvā vodakaṃ katvā muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbo, na ca uṇhe patto nidahitabbo. Pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. Cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Ācariyamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.
「若有钵食,且老师欲食,应给予水后奉上钵食。应以饮料问老师。当他食毕,应给予水,接过钵,放低,善加不碰撞地洗净,拭干水后在阳光下晒片刻,但不应将钵放在阳光下。应收藏钵与衣。收藏钵时,应以一手持钵,以一手摸床下或凳下后收藏钵。不应将钵放在无遮盖的地上。收藏衣时,应以一手持衣,以一手拂拭衣架或衣绳后,将远端向内、折叠处向外收藏衣。当老师起身时,应收起座位,应收藏洗足水、足台、足布。若该处须跋,应打扫该处。」
‘‘Sace ācariyo nahāyitukāmo hoti, nahānaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. Sace sītena attho hoti, sītaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. Sace uṇhena attho hoti, uṇhaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ.
「若老师欲沐浴,应准备沐浴。若需要冷水,应准备冷水。若需要热水,应准备热水。」
‘‘Sace ācariyo jantāgharaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, cuṇṇaṃ sannetabbaṃ, mattikā temetabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya ācariyassa piṭṭhito piṭṭhito gantvā jantāgharapīṭhaṃ datvā cīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ, cuṇṇaṃ dātabbaṃ, mattikā dātabbā. Sace ussahati, jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Jantāgharaṃ pavisantena mattikāya mukhaṃ makkhetvā purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Na there bhikkhū anupakhajja nisīditabbaṃ. Na navā bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhitabbā. Jantāghare ācariyassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Jantāgharā nikkhamantena jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharā nikkhamitabbaṃ.
「若老师欲进入浴室,应揉搓澡豆,应浸湿泥土,拿着浴室凳跟随在老师后面,给予浴室凳,接过衣后应放在一旁,应给予澡豆,应给予泥土。若能够,应进入浴室。进入浴室时,应以泥土涂面,前后遮覆后进入浴室。不应挤坐长老比库。不应以座位阻挡新比库。应在浴室中为老师服务。从浴室出来时,应拿着浴室凳,前后遮覆后从浴室出来。」
‘‘Udakepi ācariyassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Nahātena paṭhamataraṃ uttaritvā attano gattaṃ vodakaṃ katvā nivāsetvā ācariyassa gattato udakaṃ pamajjitabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saṅghāṭi dātabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ. Ācariyo pānīyena pucchitabbo. Sace uddisāpetukāmo hoti, uddisāpetabbo. Sace paripucchitukāmo hoti, paripucchitabbo.
「在水中也应当为老师作须跋。沐浴后应当先上岸,擦干自己的身体,穿上下衣,然后为老师擦去身上的水,给予下衣,给予桑喀帝,拿着浴室的凳子先回来,铺设座位,放置洗足水、足凳、足擦布。应当以饮用水问询老师。如果他想要背诵,应当让他背诵。如果他想要问答,应当问答。」
‘‘Yasmiṃ vihāre ācariyo viharati, sace so vihāro uklāpo hoti, sace ussahati, sodhetabbo. Vihāraṃ sodhentena paṭhamaṃ pattacīvaraṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; bhisibibbohanaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; mañco nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbo; pīṭhaṃ nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; mañcapaṭipādakā nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbā; kheḷamallako nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbo ; apassenaphalakaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; bhūmattharaṇaṃ yathāpaññattaṃ sallakkhetvā nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Sace vihāre santānakaṃ hoti, ullokā paṭhamaṃ ohāretabbaṃ, ālokasandhikaṇṇabhāgā pamajjitabbā. Sace gerukaparikammakatā bhitti kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. Sace kāḷavaṇṇakatā bhūmi kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. Sace akatā hoti bhūmi, udakena paripphositvā sammajjitabbā – mā vihāro rajena uhaññīti. Saṅkāraṃ vicinitvā ekamantaṃ chaḍḍetabbaṃ.
「在老师所住的住处,如果那住处肮脏,如果能够,应当打扫。打扫住处时,首先应当取出钵与衣,放置在一边;取出坐卧具,放置在一边;取出枕褥,放置在一边;将床放低,善巧地不刮擦、不碰撞门框,取出放置在一边;将椅子放低,善巧地不刮擦、不碰撞门框,取出放置在一边;取出床脚支撑物,放置在一边;取出痰盂,放置在一边;取出靠板,放置在一边;观察地敷具如何铺设后,取出放置在一边。如果住处有蜘蛛网,应当先从上方扫下,擦拭窗户的角落部分。如果涂红土的墙壁肮脏,应当浸湿布,拧干后擦拭。如果涂黑色的地面肮脏,应当浸湿布,拧干后擦拭。如果地面未处理,应当洒水后打扫——『愿住处不被尘土污染』。应当检查垃圾,丢弃在一边。」
‘‘Bhūmattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Mañcapaṭipādakā otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbā. Mañco otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbo. Pīṭhaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Bhisibibbohanaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Kheḷamallako otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbo . Apassenaphalakaṃ otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbaṃ. Pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. Cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ.
「应当晾晒地敷具,清洁,拍打,拿回来,如原先铺设般铺设。应当晾晒床脚支撑物,擦拭,拿回来,放置在原处。应当晾晒床,清洁,拍打,放低,善巧地不刮擦、不碰撞门框,拿回来,如原先铺设般铺设。应当晾晒椅子,清洁,拍打,放低,善巧地不刮擦、不碰撞门框,拿回来,如原先铺设般铺设。应当晾晒枕褥,清洁,拍打,拿回来,如原先铺设般铺设。应当晾晒坐卧具,清洁,拍打,拿回来,如原先铺设般铺设。应当晾晒痰盂,擦拭,拿回来,放置在原处。应当晾晒靠板,擦拭,拿回来,放置在原处。应当收藏钵与衣。收藏钵时,应当一手拿钵,一手摸床下或椅子下,收藏钵。不应将钵放置在无遮盖的地面上。收藏衣时,应当一手拿衣,一手擦拭衣架或衣绳,将外边作为边缘、内边作为折叠处来收藏衣。」
‘‘Sace puratthimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, puratthimā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace pacchimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, pacchimā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace uttarā sarajā vātā vāyanti, uttarā vātapānā thaketabbā . Sace dakkhiṇā sarajā vātā vāyanti, dakkhiṇā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace sītakālo hoti, divā vātapānā vivaritabbā, rattiṃ thaketabbā. Sace uṇhakālo hoti, divā vātapānā thaketabbā, rattiṃ vivaritabbā.
「如果东方有尘土的风吹来,应当关闭东方的窗户。如果西方有尘土的风吹来,应当关闭西方的窗户。如果北方有尘土的风吹来,应当关闭北方的窗户。如果南方有尘土的风吹来,应当关闭南方的窗户。如果是寒冷季节,白天应当打开窗户,夜晚应当关闭。如果是炎热季节,白天应当关闭窗户,夜晚应当打开。」
‘‘Sace pariveṇaṃ uklāpaṃ hoti, pariveṇaṃ sammajjitabbaṃ. Sace koṭṭhako uklāpo hoti, koṭṭhako sammajjitabbo. Sace upaṭṭhānasālā uklāpā hoti, upaṭṭhānasālā sammajjitabbā. Sace aggisālā uklāpā hoti, aggisālā sammajjitabbā. Sace vaccakuṭi uklāpā hoti, vaccakuṭi sammajjitabbā. Sace pānīyaṃ na hoti, pānīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Sace paribhojanīyaṃ na hoti, paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ . Sace ācamanakumbhiyaṃ udakaṃ na hoti, ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṃ āsiñcitabbaṃ.
「如果庭院肮脏,应当打扫庭院。如果储藏室肮脏,应当打扫储藏室。如果集会堂肮脏,应当打扫集会堂。如果火堂肮脏,应当打扫火堂。如果厕所肮脏,应当打扫厕所。如果没有饮用水,应当准备饮用水。如果没有净水,应当准备净水。如果漱口水瓶中没有水,应当在漱口水瓶中注入水。」
‘‘Sace ācariyassa anabhirati uppannā hoti, antevāsikena vūpakāsetabbo, vūpakāsāpetabbo, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace ācariyassa kukkuccaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, antevāsikena vinodetabbaṃ, vinodāpetabbaṃ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace ācariyassa diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti, antevāsikena vivecetabbaṃ, vivecāpetabbaṃ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace ācariyo garudhammaṃ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho, antevāsikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyassa parivāsaṃ dadeyyāti. Sace ācariyo mūlāya paṭikassanāraho hoti, antevāsikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyaṃ mūlāya paṭikasseyyāti. Sace ācariyo mānattāraho hoti, antevāsikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyassa mānattaṃ dadeyyāti. Sace ācariyo abbhānāraho hoti, antevāsikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyaṃ abbheyyāti . Sace saṅgho ācariyassa kammaṃ kattukāmo hoti, tajjanīyaṃ vā niyassaṃ vā pabbājanīyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā ukkhepanīyaṃ vā, antevāsikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho ācariyassa kammaṃ na kareyya, lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyāti. Kataṃ vā panassa hoti saṅghena kammaṃ, tajjanīyaṃ vā niyassaṃ vā pabbājanīyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā ukkhepanīyaṃ vā, antevāsikena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho ācariyo sammā vatteyya, lomaṃ pāteyya, netthāraṃ vatteyya, saṅgho taṃ kammaṃ paṭippassambheyyāti.
「如果老师生起不满意,弟子应当使他远离,使他被远离,或者应当为他说法。如果老师生起恶作,弟子应当使他消除,使他被消除,或者应当为他说法。如果老师生起邪见,弟子应当使他分辨,使他被分辨,或者应当为他说法。如果老师犯了重法,应受别住,弟子应当努力——『僧团如何能给予老师别住呢?』如果老师应受拉回退回原本,弟子应当努力——『僧团如何能使老师拉回退回原本呢?』如果老师应受僧悦,弟子应当努力——『僧团如何能给予老师僧悦呢?』如果老师应受出罪,弟子应当努力——『僧团如何能使老师出罪呢?』如果僧团想要对老师作甘马,举罪、依止、驱摈、下意、举罪,弟子应当努力——『僧团如何能不对老师作甘马,或者转为轻微呢?』或者僧团已对他作了甘马,举罪、依止、驱摈、下意、举罪,弟子应当努力——『老师如何能正行,脱毛,行顺从,僧团能解除那甘马呢?』」
‘‘Sace ācariyassa cīvaraṃ dhovitabbaṃ hoti, antevāsikena dhovitabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho ācariyassa cīvaraṃ dhoviyethāti. Sace ācariyassa cīvaraṃ kātabbaṃ hoti, antevāsikena kātabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho ācariyassa cīvaraṃ kariyethāti. Sace ācariyassa rajanaṃ pacitabbaṃ hoti, antevāsikena pacitabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho ācariyassa rajanaṃ paciyethāti. Sace ācariyassa cīvaraṃ rajitabbaṃ hoti, antevāsikena rajitabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho ācariyassa cīvaraṃ rajiyethāti. Cīvaraṃ rajantena sādhukaṃ samparivattakaṃ samparivattakaṃ rajitabbaṃ, na ca acchinne theve pakkamitabbaṃ.
「如果老师的衣应当洗,弟子应当洗,或者应当努力——『老师的衣如何能被洗呢?』如果老师的衣应当作,弟子应当作,或者应当努力——『老师的衣如何能被作呢?』如果老师的染料应当煮,弟子应当煮,或者应当努力——『老师的染料如何能被煮呢?』如果老师的衣应当染,弟子应当染,或者应当努力——『老师的衣如何能被染呢?』染衣时应当善巧地一再翻转来染,不应在线未干时离开。」
‘‘Na ācariyaṃ anāpucchā ekaccassa patto dātabbo, na ekaccassa patto paṭiggahetabbo; na ekaccassa cīvaraṃ dātabbaṃ; na ekaccassa cīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ; na ekaccassa parikkhāro dātabbo; na ekaccassa parikkhāro paṭiggahetabbo; na ekaccassa kesā chedetabbā; na ekaccena kesā chedāpetabbā; na ekaccassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ; na ekaccena parikammaṃ kārāpetabbaṃ; na ekaccassa veyyāvacco kātabbo; na ekaccena veyyāvacco kārāpetabbo; na ekaccassa pacchāsamaṇena hotabbaṃ; na ekacco pacchāsamaṇo ādātabbo; na ekaccassa piṇḍapāto nīharitabbo; na ekaccena piṇḍapāto nīharāpetabbo. Na ācariyaṃ anāpucchā gāmo pavisitabbo, na susānaṃ gantabbaṃ, na disā pakkamitabbā. Sace ācariyo gilāno hoti, yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo, vuṭṭhānamassa āgametabba’’nti.
「不问询老师,不应给予某人钵,不应从某人接受钵;不应给予某人衣;不应从某人接受衣;不应给予某人用具;不应从某人接受用具;不应为某人剃发;不应让某人剃发;不应为某人作须跋;不应让某人作须跋;不应为某人作服务;不应让某人作服务;不应作某人的随从沙玛内拉;不应带某人作随从沙玛内拉;不应为某人拿出钵食;不应让某人拿出钵食。不问询老师,不应进入村落,不应前往墓地,不应离开方向。如果老师生病,应当尽形寿须跋,应当等待他康复。」
Ācariyavattaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 老师义务完
19. Antevāsikavattakathā19. 学生义务论
§79
‘‘Ācariyena , bhikkhave, antevāsikamhi sammā vattitabbaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ sammāvattanā –
「诸比库,老师应对弟子正确行持。于此,这是正确行持——
‘‘Ācariyena , bhikkhave, antevāsiko saṅgahetabbo anuggahetabbo uddesena paripucchāya ovādena anusāsaniyā. Sace ācariyassa patto hoti, antevāsikassa patto na hoti, ācariyena antevāsikassa patto dātabbo, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho antevāsikassa patto uppajjiyethāti. Sace ācariyassa cīvaraṃ hoti, antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ na hoti, ācariyena antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ dātabbaṃ, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ uppajjiyethāti. Sace ācariyassa parikkhāro hoti, antevāsikassa parikkhāro na hoti, ācariyena antevāsikassa parikkhāro dātabbo, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho antevāsikassa parikkhāro uppajjiyethāti.
「诸比库,老师应摄受弟子、随护弟子,以背诵、以询问、以教诫、以教导。若老师有钵,弟子无钵,老师应给弟子钵,或应努力——『如何能让弟子得到钵呢?』若老师有衣,弟子无衣,老师应给弟子衣,或应努力——『如何能让弟子得到衣呢?』若老师有资具,弟子无资具,老师应给弟子资具,或应努力——『如何能让弟子得到资具呢?』
‘‘Sace antevāsiko gilāno hoti, kālasseva uṭṭhāya dantakaṭṭhaṃ dātabbaṃ, mukhodakaṃ dātabbaṃ, āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Sace yāgu hoti, bhājanaṃ dhovitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā. Yāguṃ pītassa udakaṃ datvā bhājanaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena dhovitvā paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Antevāsikamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.
「若弟子生病,应及时起来给齿木,给漱口水,应设座位。若有粥,应洗净器皿后奉上粥。饮粥后,应给水,接过器皿,放低后,善巧地不碰撞地洗净后收藏。弟子起来后,应收起座位。若那个地方污秽,应打扫那个地方。
‘‘Sace antevāsiko gāmaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, kāyabandhanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saguṇaṃ katvā saṅghāṭiyo dātabbā, dhovitvā patto sodako dātabbo.
「若弟子欲入村,应给下衣,应接过脱下的衣,应给腰带,应折叠后给桑喀帝,应洗净后给湿润的钵。
‘‘Ettāvatā nivattissatīti āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ, paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, paṭinivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ. Sace cīvaraṃ sinnaṃ hoti, muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbaṃ, na ca uṇhe cīvaraṃ nidahitabbaṃ. Cīvaraṃ saṅgharitabbaṃ. Cīvaraṃ saṅgharantena caturaṅgulaṃ kaṇṇaṃ ussāretvā cīvaraṃ saṅgharitabbaṃ – mā majjhe bhaṅgo ahosīti. Obhoge kāyabandhanaṃ kātabbaṃ.
「『到此时将返回』,应设座位,应放置洗足水、足凳、足布,应迎接并接过钵衣,应给脱下的衣,应接过下衣。若衣湿,应在阳光下晒一会儿,但不应在阳光下放置衣。应折叠衣。折叠衣时,应留出四指宽的边角折叠衣——『愿中间不要有折痕』。应在折叠处放腰带。
‘‘Sace piṇḍapāto hoti, antevāsiko ca bhuñjitukāmo hoti, udakaṃ datvā piṇḍapāto upanāmetabbo. Antevāsiko pānīyena pucchitabbo. Bhuttāvissa udakaṃ datvā pattaṃ paṭiggahetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena dhovitvā vodakaṃ katvā muhuttaṃ uṇhe otāpetabbo, na ca uṇhe patto nidahitabbo. Pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. Cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Antevāsikamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.
「若有钵食,弟子又欲食用,应给水后奉上钵食。应以饮料询问弟子。食毕后,应给水,接过钵,放低后,善巧地不碰撞地洗净,去水后,在阳光下晒一会儿,但不应在阳光下放置钵。应收藏钵衣。收藏钵时,应以一手持钵,以一手摸床下或凳下后收藏钵。不应在无间隔的地面上收藏钵。收藏衣时,应以一手持衣,以一手拂拭衣架或衣绳后,将外端向内、折叠处向外地收藏衣。弟子起来后,应收起座位,应收藏洗足水、足凳、足布。若那个地方污秽,应打扫那个地方。
‘‘Sace antevāsiko nahāyitukāmo hoti, nahānaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. Sace sītena attho hoti, sītaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ. Sace uṇhena attho hoti, uṇhaṃ paṭiyādetabbaṃ.
「若弟子欲沐浴,应准备沐浴。若需要冷水,应准备冷水。若需要热水,应准备热水。
‘‘Sace antevāsiko jantāgharaṃ pavisitukāmo hoti, cuṇṇaṃ sannetabbaṃ, mattikā temetabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya gantvā jantāgharapīṭhaṃ datvā cīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ, cuṇṇaṃ dātabbaṃ, mattikā dātabbā. Sace ussahati, jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Jantāgharaṃ pavisantena mattikāya mukhaṃ makkhetvā purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharaṃ pavisitabbaṃ. Na ca there bhikkhū anupakhajja nisīditabbaṃ, na navā bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhitabbā. Jantāghare antevāsikassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Jantāgharā nikkhamantena jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya purato ca pacchato ca paṭicchādetvā jantāgharā nikkhamitabbaṃ.
「若弟子欲进入浴室,应揉粉,应浸泡土,拿着浴室凳前往,给浴室凳后,接过衣,应放在一旁,应给粉,应给土。若能够,应进入浴室。进入浴室时,应以土涂面,前后遮护后进入浴室。不应挤坐长老比库,不应以座位阻挡新比库。应在浴室为弟子服务。从浴室出来时,应拿着浴室凳,前后遮护后从浴室出来。
‘‘Udakepi antevāsikassa parikammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Nahātena paṭhamataraṃ uttaritvā attano gattaṃ vodakaṃ katvā nivāsetvā antevāsikassa gattato udakaṃ pamajjitabbaṃ, nivāsanaṃ dātabbaṃ, saṅghāṭi dātabbā, jantāgharapīṭhaṃ ādāya paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ, pādodakaṃ pādapīṭhaṃ pādakathalikaṃ upanikkhipitabbaṃ. Antevāsiko pānīyena pucchitabbo.
「在水中也应该为弟子做须跋。沐浴后应先上岸,擦干自己的身体,穿上下衣,然后应为弟子擦去身上的水,应给予下衣,应给予桑喀帝,拿着浴室凳先回来,应设座位,应放置洗足水、足凳、足擦布。应以饮用水问弟子。」
‘‘Yasmiṃ vihāre antevāsiko viharati, sace so vihāro uklāpo hoti, sace ussahati, sodhetabbo. Vihāraṃ sodhentena paṭhamaṃ pattacīvaraṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; bhisibibbohanaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ ; mañco nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbo; pīṭhaṃ nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; mañcapaṭipādakā nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbā; kheḷamallako nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbo; apassenaphalakaṃ nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ; bhūmattharaṇaṃ yathāpaññattaṃ sallakkhetvā nīharitvā ekamantaṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Sace vihāre santānakaṃ hoti, ullokā paṭhamaṃ otāretabbaṃ, ālokasandhikaṇṇabhāgā pamajjitabbā. Sace gerukaparikammakatā bhitti kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. Sace kāḷavaṇṇakatā bhūmi kaṇṇakitā hoti, coḷakaṃ temetvā pīḷetvā pamajjitabbā. Sace akatā hoti bhūmi, udakena paripphositvā sammajjitabbā – mā vihāro rajena uhaññīti. Saṅkāraṃ vicinitvā ekamantaṃ chaḍḍetabbaṃ.
「若弟子所住的住所肮脏,若能够,应打扫。打扫住所时,首先应取出钵与衣,放置一旁;应取出坐卧具,放置一旁;应取出枕褥,放置一旁;应将床放低,善加地不刮擦、不碰撞门框,取出放置一旁;应将椅子放低,善加地不刮擦、不碰撞门框,取出放置一旁;应取出床脚支撑物,放置一旁;应取出痰盂,放置一旁;应取出靠板,放置一旁;应观察地敷具如何铺设后取出,放置一旁。若住所有蜘蛛网,应先从上面清除,应擦拭窗户的角落部分。若涂红土的墙壁肮脏,应将布浸湿拧干后擦拭。若涂黑色的地面肮脏,应将布浸湿拧干后擦拭。若地面未处理,应洒水后打扫——『愿住所不被尘土污染』。应检查垃圾后丢弃一旁。」
‘‘Bhūmattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Mañcapaṭipādakā otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbā. Mañco otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbo. Pīṭhaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā nīcaṃ katvā sādhukaṃ appaṭighaṃsantena, asaṅghaṭṭentena kavāṭapiṭṭhaṃ, atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Bhisibibbohanaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ otāpetvā sodhetvā papphoṭetvā atiharitvā yathāpaññattaṃ paññapetabbaṃ. Kheḷamallako otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbo. Apassenaphalakaṃ otāpetvā pamajjitvā atiharitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapetabbaṃ. Pattacīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ. Pattaṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena heṭṭhāmañcaṃ vā heṭṭhāpīṭhaṃ vā parāmasitvā patto nikkhipitabbo. Na ca anantarahitāya bhūmiyā patto nikkhipitabbo. Cīvaraṃ nikkhipantena ekena hatthena cīvaraṃ gahetvā ekena hatthena cīvaravaṃsaṃ vā cīvararajjuṃ vā pamajjitvā pārato antaṃ orato bhogaṃ katvā cīvaraṃ nikkhipitabbaṃ.
「应晒地敷具,清洁、拍打后拿进来,如原先铺设般铺设。应晒床脚支撑物,擦拭后拿进来,放置原处。应晒床,清洁、拍打后放低,善加地不刮擦、不碰撞门框,拿进来如原先铺设般铺设。应晒椅子,清洁、拍打后放低,善加地不刮擦、不碰撞门框,拿进来如原先铺设般铺设。应晒枕褥,清洁、拍打后拿进来,如原先铺设般铺设。应晒坐卧具,清洁、拍打后拿进来,如原先铺设般铺设。应晒痰盂,擦拭后拿进来,放置原处。应晒靠板,擦拭后拿进来,放置原处。应收藏钵与衣。收藏钵时,应一手拿钵,一手摸床下或椅子下后收藏钵。不应将钵收藏在未铺设的地面上。收藏衣时,应一手拿衣,一手擦拭衣架或衣绳后,将远端作为边、近端作为折叠处来收藏衣。」
‘‘Sace puratthimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, puratthimā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace pacchimā sarajā vātā vāyanti, pacchimā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace uttarā sarajā vātā vāyanti, uttarā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace dakkhiṇā sarajā vātā vāyanti, dakkhiṇā vātapānā thaketabbā. Sace sītakālo hoti, divā vātapānā vivaritabbā, rattiṃ thaketabbā. Sace uṇhakālo hoti, divā vātapānā thaketabbā, rattiṃ vivaritabbā.
「若东方吹来带尘的风,应关闭东边的窗户。若西方吹来带尘的风,应关闭西边的窗户。若北方吹来带尘的风,应关闭北边的窗户。若南方吹来带尘的风,应关闭南边的窗户。若是寒冷季节,白天应打开窗户,夜晚应关闭。若是炎热季节,白天应关闭窗户,夜晚应打开。」
‘‘Sace pariveṇaṃ uklāpaṃ hoti, pariveṇaṃ sammajjitabbaṃ. Sace koṭṭhako uklāpo hoti, koṭṭhako sammajjitabbo. Sace upaṭṭhānasālā uklāpā hoti, upaṭṭhānasālā sammajjitabbā. Sace aggisālā uklāpā hoti, aggisālā sammajjitabbā. Sace vaccakuṭi uklāpā hoti, vaccakuṭi sammajjitabbā. Sace pānīyaṃ na hoti, pānīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Sace paribhojanīyaṃ na hoti, paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Sace ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṃ na hoti, ācamanakumbhiyā udakaṃ āsiñcitabbaṃ.
「若庭院肮脏,应打扫庭院。若储藏室肮脏,应打扫储藏室。若集会堂肮脏,应打扫集会堂。若火堂肮脏,应打扫火堂。若厕所肮脏,应打扫厕所。若没有饮用水,应准备饮用水。若没有漱口水,应准备漱口水。若漱口水瓶中没有水,应倒水入漱口水瓶。」
‘‘Sace antevāsikassa anabhirati uppannā hoti, ācariyena vūpakāsetabbo, vūpakāsāpetabbo, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace antevāsikassa kukkuccaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, ācariyena vinodetabbaṃ, vinodāpetabbaṃ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace antevāsikassa diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti, ācariyena vivecetabbaṃ, vivecāpetabbaṃ, dhammakathā vāssa kātabbā. Sace antevāsiko garudhammaṃ ajjhāpanno hoti parivāsāraho, ācariyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho, antevāsikassa parivāsaṃ dadeyyāti. Sace antevāsiko mūlāya paṭikassanāraho hoti, ācariyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho antevāsikaṃ mūlāya paṭikasseyyāti. Sace antevāsiko mānattāraho hoti, ācariyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho antevāsikassa mānattaṃ dadeyyāti. Sace antevāsiko abbhānāraho hoti, ācariyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho antevāsikaṃ abbheyyāti. Sace saṅgho antevāsikassa kammaṃ kattukāmo hoti, tajjanīyaṃ vā niyassaṃ vā pabbājanīyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā ukkhepanīyaṃ vā, ācariyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho saṅgho antevāsikassa kammaṃ na kareyya, lahukāya vā pariṇāmeyyāti. Kataṃ vā panassa hoti saṅghena kammaṃ, tajjanīyaṃ vā niyassaṃ vā pabbājanīyaṃ vā paṭisāraṇīyaṃ vā ukkhepanīyaṃ vā, ācariyena ussukkaṃ kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho antevāsiko sammā vatteyya, lomaṃ pāteyya, netthāraṃ vatteyya, saṅgho taṃ kammaṃ paṭippassambheyyāti.
「若弟子生起不乐,戒师应使他远离,应使他被远离,或应为他说法。若弟子生起恶作,戒师应使他消除,应使他被消除,或应为他说法。若弟子生起邪见,戒师应使他分辨,应使他被分辨,或应为他说法。若弟子犯重罪应受别住,戒师应努力——『僧团如何能给予弟子别住呢?』若弟子应回到退回原本,戒师应努力——『僧团如何能使弟子回到退回原本呢?』若弟子应受僧悦,戒师应努力——『僧团如何能给予弟子僧悦呢?』若弟子应受出罪,戒师应努力——『僧团如何能为弟子出罪呢?』若僧团想对弟子作甘马,呵责或依止或驱出或下意或举罪,戒师应努力——『僧团如何能不对弟子作甘马,或转为轻微呢?』或者僧团已对他作了甘马,呵责或依止或驱出或下意或举罪,戒师应努力——『弟子如何能正行,落发,行随顺,僧团能解除那甘马呢?』」
‘‘Sace antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ dhovitabbaṃ hoti, ācariyena ācikkhitabbaṃ – ‘evaṃ dhoveyyāsī’ti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ dhoviyethāti. Sace antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ kātabbaṃ hoti, ācariyena ācikkhitabbaṃ – ‘evaṃ kareyyāsī’ti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ kariyethāti. Sace antevāsikassa rajanaṃ pacitabbaṃ hoti, ācariyena ācikkhitabbaṃ – ‘evaṃ paceyyāsī’ti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho antevāsikassa rajanaṃ paciyethāti. Sace antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ rajitabbaṃ hoti, ācariyena ācikkhitabbaṃ – ‘evaṃ rajeyyāsī’ti, ussukkaṃ vā kātabbaṃ – kinti nu kho antevāsikassa cīvaraṃ rajiyethāti. Cīvaraṃ rajantena sādhukaṃ samparivattakaṃ samparivattakaṃ rajitabbaṃ, na ca acchinne theve pakkamitabbaṃ. Sace antevāsiko gilāno hoti, yāvajīvaṃ upaṭṭhātabbo, vuṭṭhānamassa āgametabba’’nti.
「若弟子的衣应洗,戒师应教导——『你应如此洗』,或应努力——『弟子的衣如何能被洗呢?』若弟子的衣应做,戒师应教导——『你应如此做』,或应努力——『弟子的衣如何能被做呢?』若弟子的染料应煮,戒师应教导——『你应如此煮』,或应努力——『弟子的染料如何能被煮呢?』若弟子的衣应染,戒师应教导——『你应如此染』,或应努力——『弟子的衣如何能被染呢?』染衣时应善加地反复翻转来染,不应在线未干时离开。若弟子生病,应尽形寿看护,应等待他康复。」
Antevāsikavattaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 学生义务完
Chaṭṭhabhāṇavāro. · 第六诵品
20. Paṇāmanā khamāpanā20. 逐出与请求原谅
§80
Tena kho pana samayena antevāsikā ācariyesu na sammā vattanti…pe… bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… na, bhikkhave, antevāsikena ācariyamhi na sammā vattitabbaṃ. Yo na sammā vatteyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti. Neva sammā vattanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, asammāvattantaṃ paṇāmetuṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, paṇāmetabbo – paṇāmemi tanti vā, māyidha paṭikkamīti vā, nīhara te pattacīvaranti vā, nāhaṃ tayā upaṭṭhātabboti vā. Kāyena viññāpeti, vācāya viññāpeti, kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, paṇāmito hoti antevāsiko; na kāyena viññāpeti, na vācāya viññāpeti, na kāyena vācāya viññāpeti, na paṇāmito hoti antevāsikoti.
尔时,诸弟子对戒师们不正行……诸比库将此事禀告世尊……「诸比库,弟子不应对戒师不正行。若不正行者,犯恶作。」他们仍不正行。诸比库将此事禀告世尊……「诸比库,我允许驱摈不正行者。诸比库,应如此驱摈——『我驱摈你』或『你不要在此来回』或『拿走你的钵与衣』或『我不应被你须跋』。以身表示,以语表示,以身语表示,弟子被驱摈;不以身表示,不以语表示,不以身语表示,弟子未被驱摈。」
Tena kho pana samayena antevāsikā paṇāmitā na khamāpenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, khamāpetunti. Neva khamāpenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, paṇāmitena na khamāpetabbo. Yo na khamāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
尔时,被驱摈的弟子不请求原谅。诸比库将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,我允许请求原谅。」他们仍不请求原谅。诸比库将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,被驱摈者不应不请求原谅。若不请求原谅者,犯恶作。」
Tena kho pana samayena ācariyā khamāpiyamānā na khamanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, khamitunti. Neva khamanti. Antevāsikā pakkamantipi vibbhamantipi titthiyesupi saṅkamanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, khamāpiyamānena na khamitabbaṃ. Yo na khameyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
尔时,诸老师被请求原谅时不原谅。诸比库将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,我允许原谅。」他们仍不原谅。诸弟子离去、还俗、转向外道。诸比库将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,被请求原谅时不应不原谅。若不原谅者,犯恶作。」
Tena kho pana samayena ācariyā sammāvattantaṃ paṇāmenti, asammāvattantaṃ na paṇāmenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, sammāvattanto paṇāmetabbo. Yo paṇāmeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Na ca, bhikkhave, asammāvattanto na paṇāmetabbo. Yo na paṇāmeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa.
尔时,诸老师驱摈正行者,不驱摈不正行者。诸比库将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,不应驱摈正行者。若驱摈者,犯恶作。诸比库,不应不驱摈不正行者。若不驱摈者,犯恶作。」
§81
‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko paṇāmetabbo. Ācariyamhi nādhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko paṇāmetabbo.
「诸比库,具足五支的弟子应被驱摈:对老师没有过度的慈爱,没有过度的净信,没有过度的惭,没有过度的敬重,没有过度的修习——诸比库,具足此五支的弟子应被驱摈。」
‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko na paṇāmetabbo. Ācariyamhi adhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko na paṇāmetabbo.
「诸比库,具足五支的弟子不应被驱摈:对老师有过度的慈爱,有过度的净信,有过度的惭,有过度的敬重,有过度的修习——诸比库,具足此五支的弟子不应被驱摈。」
‘‘Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko alaṃ paṇāmetuṃ. Ācariyamhi nādhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko alaṃ paṇāmetuṃ.
「诸比库,具足五支的弟子值得驱摈:对老师没有过度的慈爱,没有过度的净信,没有过度的惭,没有过度的敬重,没有过度的修习——诸比库,具足此五支的弟子值得驱摈。」
‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko nālaṃ paṇāmetuṃ. Ācariyamhi adhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgato antevāsiko nālaṃ paṇāmetuṃ.
「诸比库,具足五支的弟子不值得驱摈:对老师有过度的慈爱,有过度的净信,有过度的惭,有过度的敬重,有过度的修习——诸比库,具足此五支的弟子不值得驱摈。」
‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṃ antevāsikaṃ appaṇāmento ācariyo sātisāro hoti, paṇāmento anatisāro hoti. Ācariyamhi nādhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, nādhimatto pasādo hoti, nādhimattā hirī hoti, nādhimatto gāravo hoti, nādhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ antevāsikaṃ appaṇāmento ācariyo sātisāro hoti, paṇāmento anatisāro hoti.
「诸比库,具足五支的弟子,老师不驱摈则有过失,驱摈则无过失:对老师没有过度的慈爱,没有过度的净信,没有过度的惭,没有过度的敬重,没有过度的修习——诸比库,具足此五支的弟子,老师不驱摈则有过失,驱摈则无过失。」
‘‘Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṃ antevāsikaṃ paṇāmento ācariyo sātisāro hoti, appaṇāmento anatisāro hoti. Ācariyamhi adhimattaṃ pemaṃ hoti, adhimatto pasādo hoti, adhimattā hirī hoti, adhimatto gāravo hoti, adhimattā bhāvanā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ antevāsikaṃ paṇāmento ācariyo sātisāro hoti, appaṇāmento anatisāro hotī’’ti.
「诸比库,具足五支的弟子,戒师赞叹时有过失,不赞叹时无过失。对戒师有过度的爱,有过度的净信,有过度的惭,有过度的敬重,有过度的修习——诸比库,具足这五支的弟子,戒师赞叹时有过失,不赞叹时无过失。」
Paṇāmanā khamāpanā niṭṭhitā. · 逐出与请求原谅完
21. Bālaabyattavatthu21. 愚者与智者事
§82
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū, dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti, bālā abyattā nissayaṃ denti. Dissanti ācariyā bālā, antevāsikā paṇḍitā . Dissanti ācariyā abyattā, antevāsikā byattā. Dissanti ācariyā appassutā, antevāsikā bahussutā. Dissanti ācariyā duppaññā, antevāsikā paññavanto. Ye te bhikkhū appicchā…pe… te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhikkhū, dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti, bālā abyattā nissayaṃ dassanti. Dissanti ācariyā bālā antevāsikā paṇḍitā, dissanti ācariyā abyattā antevāsikā byattā, dissanti ācariyā appassutā antevāsikā bahussutā, dissanti ācariyā duppaññā antevāsikā paññavanto’’ti. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū, dasavassamhā dasavassamhāti, bālā abyattā nissayaṃ denti…pe… saccaṃ, bhagavāti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, bālena abyattena nissayo dātabbo. Yo dadeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena dasavassena vā atirekadasavassena vā nissayaṃ dātu’’nti.
尔时,诸比库以「十雨季、十雨季」,愚痴、不精通而给予依止。见到戒师愚痴,弟子贤明。见到戒师不精通,弟子精通。见到戒师少闻,弟子多闻。见到戒师劣慧,弟子有慧。那些少欲的诸比库……他们抱怨、非难、呵责:「诸比库怎么以『十雨季、十雨季』,愚痴、不精通而给予依止呢?见到戒师愚痴,弟子贤明;见到戒师不精通,弟子精通;见到戒师少闻,弟子多闻;见到戒师劣慧,弟子有慧。」那时,那些比库向世尊报告此事……「诸比库,听说诸比库以『十雨季、十雨季』,愚痴、不精通而给予依止……」「是真实的,世尊。」佛世尊呵责……呵责后……作法语后,告诉诸比库:「诸比库,愚痴、不精通者不应给予依止。若给予,犯恶作。诸比库,我允许精通、有能力的十雨季或超过十雨季的比库给予依止。」
Bālaabyattavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ. · 愚者与智者事完
22. Nissayapaṭippassaddhikathā22. 依止舍弃论
§83
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ācariyupajjhāyesu pakkantesupi vibbhantesupi kālaṅkatesupi pakkhasaṅkantesupi nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo na jānanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
尔时,诸比库在戒师与亲教师离去时、还俗时、死亡时、转向他方时,不知道依止的解除。他们向世尊报告此事。
‘‘Pañcimā, bhikkhave, nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo upajjhāyamhā – upajjhāyo pakkanto vā hoti, vibbhanto vā, kālaṅkato vā, pakkhasaṅkanto vā, āṇattiyeva pañcamī. Imā kho, bhikkhave, pañca nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo upajjhāyamhā.
「诸比库,这五种是从亲教师的依止解除——亲教师离去,或还俗,或死亡,或转向他方,或命令,这是第五。诸比库,这五种是从亲教师的依止解除。
‘‘Chayimā, bhikkhave, nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo ācariyamhā – ācariyo pakkanto vā hoti, vibbhanto vā, kālaṅkato vā, pakkhasaṅkanto vā, āṇattiyeva pañcamī, upajjhāyena vā samodhānagato hoti. Imā kho, bhikkhave, cha nissayapaṭippassaddhiyo ācariyamhā’’.
「诸比库,这六种是从戒师的依止解除——戒师离去,或还俗,或死亡,或转向他方,或命令,这是第五,或与亲教师合并。诸比库,这六种是从戒师的依止解除。」
Nissapaṭippassaddhikathā niṭṭhitā. · 依止舍弃论完
23. Upasampādetabbapañcakaṃ23. 应授达上五法
§84
‘‘Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
「诸比库,具足五支的比库不应授达上,不应给予依止,不应令沙玛内拉须跋。不具足无学戒蕴,不具足无学定蕴,不具足无学慧蕴,不具足无学解脱蕴,不具足无学解脱智见蕴——诸比库,具足这五支的比库不应授达上,不应给予依止,不应令沙玛内拉须跋。
‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
「诸比库,具足五支的比库应授达上,应给予依止,应令沙玛内拉须跋。具足无学戒蕴,具足无学定蕴,具足无学慧蕴,具足无学解脱蕴,具足无学解脱智见蕴——诸比库,具足这五支的比库应授达上,应给予依止,应令沙玛内拉须跋。
‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Attanā na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe sīlakkhandhe samādapetā; attanā na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe samādhikkhandhe samādapetā; attanā na asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe paññākkhandhe samādapetā; attanā na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe vimuttikkhandhe samādapetā; attanā na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
「诸比库,又具足其他五支的比库不应授达上,不应给予依止,不应令沙玛内拉须跋。自己不具足无学戒蕴,不令他人确立于无学戒蕴;自己不具足无学定蕴,不令他人确立于无学定蕴;自己不具足无学慧蕴,不令他人确立于无学慧蕴;自己不具足无学解脱蕴,不令他人确立于无学解脱蕴;自己不具足无学解脱智见蕴,不令他人确立于无学解脱智见蕴——诸比库,具足这五支的比库不应授达上,不应给予依止,不应令沙玛内拉须跋。
‘‘Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Attanā asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe sīlakkhandhe samādapetā; attanā asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe samādhikkhandhe samādapetā; attanā asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe paññākkhandhe samādapetā; attanā asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe vimuttikkhandhe samādapetā; attanā asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
「诸比库,具足五支的比库应授达上、应给予依止、应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。自己具足无学戒蕴,能令他人安立于无学戒蕴;自己具足无学定蕴,能令他人安立于无学定蕴;自己具足无学慧蕴,能令他人安立于无学慧蕴;自己具足无学解脱蕴,能令他人安立于无学解脱蕴;自己具足无学解脱智见蕴,能令他人安立于无学解脱智见蕴——诸比库,具足此五支的比库应授达上、应给予依止、应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。」
‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
「诸比库,又具足另五支的比库不应授达上、不应给予依止、不应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。无信,无惭,无愧,懈怠,失念——诸比库,具足此五支的比库不应授达上、不应给予依止、不应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。」
‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo , sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
「诸比库,具足五支的比库应授达上、应给予依止、应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。有信,有惭,有愧,精进,具念——诸比库,具足此五支的比库应授达上、应给予依止、应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。」
‘‘Aparehipi , bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, appassuto hoti, duppañño hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
「诸比库,又具足另五支的比库不应授达上、不应给予依止、不应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。于增上戒破戒,于行持破行,于极见破见,少闻,劣慧——诸比库,具足此五支的比库不应授达上、不应给予依止、不应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。」
‘‘Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ , nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Na adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, na ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, na atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, bahussuto hoti, paññavā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
「诸比库,具足五支的比库应授达上、应给予依止、应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。于增上戒不破戒,于行持不破行,于极见不破见,多闻,有慧——诸比库,具足此五支的比库应授达上、应给予依止、应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。」
‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Na paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ vā upaṭṭhāpetuṃ vā, anabhirataṃ vūpakāsetuṃ vā vūpakāsāpetuṃ vā, uppannaṃ kukkuccaṃ dhammato vinodetuṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṃ na jānāti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
「诸比库,又具足另五支的比库不应授达上、不应给予依止、不应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。不能看护或令看护生病的弟子或共住弟子,不能劝离或令劝离不乐者,不能如法遣除已生起的追悔,不知罪,不知罪的出离——诸比库,具足此五支的比库不应授达上、不应给予依止、不应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。」
‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ vā upaṭṭhāpetuṃ vā, anabhirataṃ vūpakāsetuṃ vā vūpakāsāpetuṃ vā, uppannaṃ kukkuccaṃ dhammato vinodetuṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṃ jānāti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
「诸比库,具足五支的比库应授达上、应给予依止、应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。能看护或令看护生病的弟子或共住弟子,能劝离或令劝离不乐者,能如法遣除已生起的追悔,知罪,知罪的出离——诸比库,具足此五支的比库应授达上、应给予依止、应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。」
‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Na paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṃ, ādibrahmacariyakāya sikkhāya vinetuṃ, abhidhamme vinetuṃ, abhivinaye vinetuṃ, uppannaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ dhammato vivecetuṃ – imehi kho , bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
「诸比库,又具足另五支的比库不应授达上、不应给予依止、不应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。不能以随顺行学训练弟子或共住弟子,不能以初梵行学调教,不能于阿毗达摩调教,不能于阿毗毗奈耶调教,不能如法分别论已生起的见处——诸比库,具足此五支的比库不应授达上、不应给予依止、不应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。」
‘‘Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṃ, ādibrahmacariyakāya sikkhāya vinetuṃ, abhidhamme vinetuṃ, abhivinaye vinetuṃ, uppannaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ dhammato vivecetuṃ – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
「诸比库,具足五支的比库应授达上、应给予依止、应令沙玛内拉亲近。有能力以增上戒学训练弟子或共住弟子,以初梵行学调御,以阿毗达摩调御,以阿毗毗奈耶调御,如法分离已生起的见处——诸比库,具足这五支的比库应授达上、应给予依止、应令沙玛内拉亲近。」
‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Āpattiṃ na jānāti, anāpattiṃ na jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena na svāgatāni honti na suvibhattāni na suppavattīni na suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
「诸比库,又具足另外五支的比库不应授达上、不应给予依止、不应令沙玛内拉亲近。不知犯,不知不犯,不知轻犯,不知重犯,而且两部巴帝摩卡不能详细地善受持、分别论、善通达、善决择,依经文、依字句——诸比库,具足这五支的比库不应授达上、不应给予依止、不应令沙玛内拉亲近。」
‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Āpattiṃ jānāti, anāpattiṃ jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
「诸比库,具足五支的比库应授达上、应给予依止、应令沙玛内拉亲近。知犯,知不犯,知轻犯,知重犯,而且两部巴帝摩卡能详细地善受持、分别论、善通达、善决择,依经文、依字句——诸比库,具足这五支的比库应授达上、应给予依止、应令沙玛内拉亲近。」
‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Āpattiṃ na jānāti, anāpattiṃ na jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, ūnadasavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
「诸比库,又具足另外五支的比库不应授达上、不应给予依止、不应令沙玛内拉亲近。不知犯,不知不犯,不知轻犯,不知重犯,未满十瓦萨——诸比库,具足这五支的比库不应授达上、不应给予依止、不应令沙玛内拉亲近。」
‘‘Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Āpattiṃ jānāti, anāpattiṃ jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo’’ti.
「诸比库,具足五支的比库应授达上、应给予依止、应令沙玛内拉亲近。知犯,知不犯,知轻犯,知重犯,十瓦萨或超过十瓦萨——诸比库,具足这五支的比库应授达上、应给予依止、应令沙玛内拉亲近。」
Upasampādetabbapañcakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 应授达上五法完
24. Upasampādetabbachakkaṃ24. 应授达上六法
§85
‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo . Na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, ūnadasavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
「诸比库,具足六支的比库不应授达上、不应给予依止、不应令沙玛内拉亲近。不具足无学戒蕴,不具足无学定蕴,不具足无学慧蕴,不具足无学解脱蕴,不具足无学解脱智见蕴,未满十瓦萨——诸比库,具足这六支的比库不应授达上、不应给予依止、不应令沙玛内拉亲近。」
‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
「诸比库,具足六支的比库应授达上、应给予依止、应令沙玛内拉亲近。具足无学戒蕴,具足无学定蕴,具足无学慧蕴,具足无学解脱蕴,具足无学解脱智见蕴,十瓦萨或超过十瓦萨——诸比库,具足这六支的比库应授达上、应给予依止、应令沙玛内拉亲近。」
‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Attanā na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe sīlakkhandhe samādapetā; attanā na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe samādhikkhandhe samādapetā; attanā na asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe paññākkhandhe samādapetā; attanā na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe vimuttikkhandhe samādapetā; attanā na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na paraṃ asekkhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā; ūnadasavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
「诸比库,又具足另外六支的比库不应授达上、不应给予依止、不应令沙玛内拉亲近。自己不具足无学戒蕴,不能令他人确立于无学戒蕴;自己不具足无学定蕴,不能令他人确立于无学定蕴;自己不具足无学慧蕴,不能令他人确立于无学慧蕴;自己不具足无学解脱蕴,不能令他人确立于无学解脱蕴;自己不具足无学解脱智见蕴,不能令他人确立于无学解脱智见蕴;未满十瓦萨——诸比库,具足这六支的比库不应授达上、不应给予依止、不应令沙玛内拉亲近。」
‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Attanā asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe sīlakkhandhe samādapetā attanā asekkhena samādhikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe samādhikkhandhe samādapetā. Attanā asekkhena paññākkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe paññākkhandhe samādapetā. Attanā asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe vimuttikkhandhe samādapetā. Attanā asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, paraṃ asekkhe vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhe samādapetā; dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
「诸比库,具足六支的比库应授达上、应给予依止、应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。自己具足无学戒蕴,能令他人安立于无学戒蕴;自己具足无学定蕴,能令他人安立于无学定蕴;自己具足无学慧蕴,能令他人安立于无学慧蕴;自己具足无学解脱蕴,能令他人安立于无学解脱蕴;自己具足无学解脱智见蕴,能令他人安立于无学解脱智见蕴;或者十岁,或者超过十岁——诸比库,具足这六支的比库应授达上、应给予依止、应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。」
‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti, ūnadasavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
「诸比库,又具足六支的比库不应授达上、不应给予依止、不应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。无信,无惭,无愧,懈怠,失念,未满十岁——诸比库,具足这六支的比库不应授达上、不应给予依止、不应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。」
‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ , nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
「诸比库,具足六支的比库应授达上、应给予依止、应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。有信,有惭,有愧,精进已发起,念已现起,或者十岁,或者超过十岁——诸比库,具足这六支的比库应授达上、应给予依止、应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。」
‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, appassuto hoti, duppañño hoti, ūnadasavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
「诸比库,又具足六支的比库不应授达上、不应给予依止、不应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。于增上戒戒有缺失,于行为行为有缺失,于极端见见有缺失,少闻,劣慧,未满十岁——诸比库,具足这六支的比库不应授达上、不应给予依止、不应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。」
‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Na adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, na ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, na atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, bahussuto hoti, paññavā hoti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
「诸比库,具足六支的比库应授达上、应给予依止、应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。于增上戒戒无缺失,于行为行为无缺失,于极端见见无缺失,多闻,有慧,或者十岁,或者超过十岁——诸比库,具足这六支的比库应授达上、应给予依止、应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。」
‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Na paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ vā upaṭṭhāpetuṃ vā, anabhirataṃ vūpakāsetuṃ vā vūpakāsāpetuṃ vā, uppannaṃ kukkuccaṃ dhammato vinodetuṃ, āpattiṃ na jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṃ na jānāti, ūnadasavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
「诸比库,又具足六支的比库不应授达上、不应给予依止、不应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。不能亲自或令人须跋患病的弟子或共住者,不能亲自或令人劝离不乐者,不能如法遣除已生起的追悔,不知罪,不知罪的出离,未满十岁——诸比库,具足这六支的比库不应授达上、不应给予依止、不应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。」
‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā gilānaṃ upaṭṭhātuṃ vā upaṭṭhāpetuṃ vā, anabhirataṃ vūpakāsetuṃ vā vūpakāsāpetuṃ vā, uppannaṃ kukkuccaṃ dhammato vinodetuṃ, āpattiṃ jānāti, āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṃ jānāti, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
「诸比库,具足六支的比库应授达上、应给予依止、应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。能亲自或令人须跋患病的弟子或共住者,能亲自或令人劝离不乐者,能如法遣除已生起的追悔,知罪,知罪的出离,或者十岁,或者超过十岁——诸比库,具足这六支的比库应授达上、应给予依止、应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。」
‘‘Aparehipi , bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Na paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṃ, ādibrahmacariyakāya sikkhāya vinetuṃ, abhidhamme vinetuṃ , abhivinaye vinetuṃ, uppannaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ dhammato vivecetuṃ, ūnadasavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
「诸比库,又具足六支的比库不应授达上、不应给予依止、不应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。不能以随顺行学训练弟子或共住者,不能以初梵行学调教,不能以阿毗达摩调教,不能以阿毗毗奈耶调教,不能如法分离已生起的见处,未满十岁——诸比库,具足这六支的比库不应授达上、不应给予依止、不应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。」
‘‘Chahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Paṭibalo hoti antevāsiṃ vā saddhivihāriṃ vā abhisamācārikāya sikkhāya sikkhāpetuṃ ādibrahmacariyakāya sikkhāya vinetuṃ, abhidhamme vinetuṃ, abhivinaye vinetuṃ, uppannaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ dhammato vivecetuṃ, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
「诸比库,具足六支的比库应授达上、应给予依止、应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。有能力以增上戒学教导弟子或共住弟子,以梵行初学教导,以阿毗达摩教导,以阿毗毗奈耶教导,如法分离已生起的见处,或者是十瓦萨或超过十瓦萨——诸比库,具足这六支的比库应授达上、应给予依止、应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。」
‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Āpattiṃ na jānāti, anāpattiṃ na jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena na svāgatāni honti na suvibhattāni na suppavattīni na suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, ūnadasavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na upasampādetabbaṃ, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo.
「诸比库,具足另外六支的比库不应授达上、不应给予依止、不应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。不知犯,不知不犯,不知轻犯,不知重犯,两部巴帝摩卡未被详细地善学、分别论、善通达、善抉择,从经文到字句,未满十瓦萨——诸比库,具足这六支的比库不应授达上、不应给予依止、不应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。」
‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo , sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo. Āpattiṃ jānāti , anāpattiṃ jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, dasavasso vā hoti atirekadasavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā upasampādetabbaṃ, nissayo dātabbo, sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo’’ti.
「诸比库,具足六支的比库应授达上、应给予依止、应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。知犯,知不犯,知轻犯,知重犯,两部巴帝摩卡被详细地善学、分别论、善通达、善抉择,从经文到字句,或者是十瓦萨或超过十瓦萨——诸比库,具足这六支的比库应授达上、应给予依止、应令沙玛内拉亲近须跋。」
Upasampādetabbachakkaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 应授达上六法完
25. Aññatitthiyapubbakathā25. 外道先前论
§86
Tena kho pana samayena yo so aññatitthiyapubbo pajjhāyena sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno upajjhāyassa vādaṃ āropetvā taṃyeva titthāyatanaṃ saṅkami. So puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṃ yāci. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Yo so, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo upajjhāyena sahadhammikaṃ vuccamāno upajjhāyassa vādaṃ āropetvā taṃyeva titthāyatanaṃ saṅkanto, so āgato na upasampādetabbo. Yo so, bhikkhave, aññopi aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati pabbajjaṃ, ākaṅkhati upasampadaṃ, tassa cattāro māse parivāso dātabbo. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, dātabbo – paṭhamaṃ kesamassuṃ ohārāpetvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādāpetvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ kārāpetvā bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vandāpetvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīdāpetvā añjaliṃ paggaṇhāpetvā evaṃ vadehīti vattabbo – ‘‘buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi; dutiyampi buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dutiyampi dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dutiyampi saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi; tatiyampi buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyampi dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyampi saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmī’’ti.
尔时,那位原为外道者被戒师如法地说时,对戒师提起诤论后,回到那外道处。他再次回来向诸比库请求达上。诸比库将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,那位原为外道者被戒师如法地说时,对戒师提起诤论后回到那外道处,他来了不应授达上。诸比库,任何其他原为外道者在此法律中希求出家、希求达上,应给予他四个月的别住。诸比库,应如此给予——首先令他剃除须发,令他披着袈裟衣,令他作偏袒上衣,令他礼拜诸比库之足,令他蹲踞而坐,令他合掌,应告诉他如此说:『我皈依佛,我皈依法,我皈依僧;第二次我皈依佛,第二次我皈依法,第二次我皈依僧;第三次我皈依佛,第三次我皈依法,第三次我皈依僧。』」
Tena, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbena saṅghaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vanditvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhāmi upasampadaṃ. Sohaṃ, bhante, saṅghaṃ cattāro māse parivāsaṃ yācāmī’’ti. Dutiyampi yācitabbo. Tatiyampi yācitabbo. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –
「诸比库,那位原为外道者应前往僧团,偏袒上衣,礼拜诸比库之足,蹲踞而坐,合掌,应如此说:『尊者们,我是原为外道者,在此法律中希求达上。尊者们,我向僧团请求四个月的别住。』应第二次请求。应第三次请求。有能力的贤明比库应告知僧团——」
‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati upasampadaṃ. So saṅghaṃ cattāro māse parivāsaṃ yācati. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ saṅgho itthannāmassa aññatitthiyapubbassa cattāro māse parivāsaṃ dadeyya. Esā ñatti.
「尊者们,请僧团听我说。这位名叫某某的原为外道者在此法律中希求达上。他向僧团请求四个月的别住。若僧团适时,僧团应给予名叫某某的原为外道者四个月的别住。这是表白。」
‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati upasampadaṃ. So saṅghaṃ cattāro māse parivāsaṃ yācati. Saṅgho itthannāmassa aññatitthiyapubbassa cattāro māse parivāsaṃ deti. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa aññatitthiyapubbassa cattāro māse parivāsassa dānaṃ, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
「尊者们,请僧团听我说。这位名叫某某的原为外道者在此法律中希求达上。他向僧团请求四个月的别住。僧团给予名叫某某的原为外道者四个月的别住。对给予名叫某某的原为外道者四个月的别住,具寿认可者请默然;不认可者请说。」
‘‘Dinno saṅghena itthannāmassa aññatitthiyapubbassa cattāro māse parivāso. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.
「僧团已给予名叫某某的原为外道者四个月的别住。僧团认可,因此默然,我如此持。」
§87
‘‘Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti, evaṃ anārādhako. Kathañca, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo atikālena gāmaṃ pavisati, atidivā paṭikkamati. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti.
「诸比库,如此,曾为外道者是令人满意者,如此是不令人满意者。诸比库,曾为外道者如何是不令人满意者?诸比库,于此,曾为外道者过早进入村落,过晚返回。诸比库,如此,曾为外道者是不令人满意者。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo vesiyāgocaro vā hoti, vidhavāgocaro vā hoti, thullakumārikāgocaro vā hoti, paṇḍakagocaro vā hoti, bhikkhunigocaro vā hoti. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti.
「再者,诸比库,曾为外道者或者亲近妓女,或者亲近寡妇,或者亲近成年处女,或者亲近般哒咖,或者亲近比库尼。诸比库,如此,曾为外道者是不令人满意者。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo yāni tāni sabrahmacārīnaṃ uccāvacāni karaṇīyāni, tattha na dakkho hoti, na analaso, na tatrupāyāya vīmaṃsāya samannāgato, na alaṃ kātuṃ, na alaṃ saṃvidhātuṃ. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti.
「再者,诸比库,曾为外道者对于那些同梵行者的种种应作之事,于此不善巧,懈怠,不具备对此的适当考察,不能作,不能安排。诸比库,如此,曾为外道者是不令人满意者。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo na tibbacchando hoti uddese, paripucchāya, adhisīle, adhicitte, adhipaññāya. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti.
「再者,诸比库,曾为外道者对于诵习、询问、增上戒、增上心、增上慧没有强烈的欲求。诸比库,如此,曾为外道者是不令人满意者。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo yassa titthāyatanā saṅkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādāyassa avaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano anabhiraddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṅghassa vā avaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho. Yassa vā pana titthāyatanā saṅkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādāyassa vaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṅghassa vā vaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano anabhiraddho. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, saṅghātanikaṃ aññatitthiyapubbassa anārādhanīyasmiṃ. Evampi kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo anārādhako hoti. Evaṃ anārādhako kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo āgato na upasampādetabbo.
「再者,诸比库,曾为外道者,当他从其宗派转来时,当说那位导师、那见、那忍许、那爱好、那承受的非难时,他愤怒、不悦、不欢喜,当说佛、法或僧伽的非难时,他欢喜、兴奋、欢喜。或者,当他从其宗派转来时,当说那位导师、那见、那忍许、那爱好、那承受的赞叹时,他欢喜、兴奋、欢喜,当说佛、法或僧伽的赞叹时,他愤怒、不悦、不欢喜。诸比库,这是曾为外道者在不令人满意方面的标记。诸比库,如此,曾为外道者是不令人满意者。诸比库,如此不令人满意的曾为外道者来了,不应给予达上。
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo nātikālena gāmaṃ pavisati nātidivā paṭikkamati. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti.
「诸比库,曾为外道者如何是令人满意者?诸比库,于此,曾为外道者不过早进入村落,不过晚返回。诸比库,如此,曾为外道者是令人满意者。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo na vesiyāgocaro hoti, na vidhavāgocaro hoti, na thullakumārikāgocaro hoti, na paṇḍakagocaro hoti, na bhikkhunigocaro hoti. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti.
「再者,诸比库,曾为外道者不亲近妓女,不亲近寡妇,不亲近成年处女,不亲近般哒咖,不亲近比库尼。诸比库,如此,曾为外道者是令人满意者。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo yāni tāni sabrahmacārīnaṃ uccāvacāni karaṇīyāni, tattha dakkho hoti, analaso, tatrupāyāya vīmaṃsāya samannāgato, alaṃ kātuṃ, alaṃ saṃvidhātuṃ. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti.
「再者,诸比库,曾为外道者对于那些同梵行者的种种应作之事,于此善巧,不懈怠,具备对此的适当考察,能作,能安排。诸比库,如此,曾为外道者是令人满意者。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave , aññatitthiyapubbo tibbacchando hoti uddese, paripucchāya, adhisīle, adhicitte, adhipaññāya. Evampi, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti.
「再者,诸比库,外道出身者对于学习、质问、增上戒、增上心、增上慧有强烈的欲求。诸比库,如此,外道出身者是令人满意的。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo yassa titthāyatanā saṅkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādāyassa avaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṅghassa vā avaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano anabhiraddho. Yassa vā pana titthāyatanā saṅkanto hoti, tassa satthuno tassa diṭṭhiyā tassa khantiyā tassa ruciyā tassa ādāyassa vaṇṇe bhaññamāne kupito hoti anattamano anabhiraddho, buddhassa vā dhammassa vā saṅghassa vā vaṇṇe bhaññamāne attamano hoti udaggo abhiraddho. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, saṅghātanikaṃ aññatitthiyapubbassa ārādhanīyasmiṃ. Evampi kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo ārādhako hoti. Evaṃ ārādhako kho, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo āgato upasampādetabbo.
「再者,诸比库,外道出身者,当他所舍离的外道处所的导师、见解、信解、爱好、取受被诽谤时,他感到满意、欢喜、欣悦;当佛、法、僧被诽谤时,他感到愤怒、不满、不欣悦。或者,当他所舍离的外道处所的导师、见解、信解、爱好、取受被赞叹时,他感到愤怒、不满、不欣悦;当佛、法、僧被赞叹时,他感到满意、欢喜、欣悦。诸比库,这是外道出身者在应令人满意之事上的聚集之相。诸比库,如此,外道出身者是令人满意的。诸比库,如此令人满意的外道出身者来时,应予授达上。
‘‘Sace, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyapubbo naggo āgacchati, upajjhāyamūlakaṃ cīvaraṃ pariyesitabbaṃ. Sace acchinnakeso āgacchati, saṅgho apaloketabbo bhaṇḍukammāya. Ye te, bhikkhave, aggikā jaṭilakā, te āgatā upasampādetabbā, na tesaṃ parivāso dātabbo. Taṃ kissa hetu? Kammavādino ete, bhikkhave, kiriyavādino. Sace, bhikkhave, jātiyā sākiyo aññatitthiyapubbo āgacchati , so āgato upasampādetabbo, na tassa parivāso dātabbo. Imāhaṃ, bhikkhave, ñātīnaṃ āveṇikaṃ parihāraṃ dammī’’ti.
「诸比库,若外道出身者裸体而来,应寻求依止于亲教师的衣。若未剃发而来,应告知僧团行剃发业。诸比库,那些拜火的结发外道,他们来时应予授达上,不应给予他们别住。那是什么原因?诸比库,这些是业论者、作为论者。诸比库,若生为释迦族的外道出身者来,他来时应予授达上,不应给予他别住。诸比库,我给予亲族这特别的优待。」
Aññatitthiyapubbakathā niṭṭhitā. · 外道先前论完
Sattamabhāṇavāro. · 第七诵品
26. Pañcābādhavatthu26. 五障碍事
§88
Tena kho pana samayena magadhesu pañca ābādhā ussannā honti – kuṭṭhaṃ, gaṇḍo, kilāso, soso, apamāro. Manussā pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭhā jīvakaṃ komārabhaccaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadanti – ‘‘sādhu no, ācariya, tikicchāhī’’ti. ‘‘Ahaṃ khvayyo, bahukicco bahukaraṇīyo; rājā ca me māgadho seniyo bimbisāro upaṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañca buddhappamukho ca bhikkhusaṅgho; nāhaṃ sakkomi tikicchitu’’nti. ‘‘Sabbaṃ sāpateyyañca te, ācariya, hotu; mayañca te dāsā; sādhu, no, ācariya, tikicchāhī’’ti. ‘‘Ahaṃ khvayyo, bahukicco bahukaraṇīyo rājā ca me māgadho seniyo bimbisāro upaṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañca buddhappamukho ca bhikkhusaṅgho; nāhaṃ sakkomi tikicchitu’’nti. Atha kho tesaṃ manussānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. Yaṃnūna mayaṃ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyāma. Tattha bhikkhū ceva upaṭṭhahissanti, jīvako ca komārabhacco tikicchissatī’’ti . Atha kho te manussā bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāciṃsu. Te bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ, upasampādesuṃ. Te bhikkhū ceva upaṭṭhahiṃsu jīvako ca komārabhacco tikicchi. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū bahū gilāne bhikkhū upaṭṭhahantā yācanabahulā viññattibahulā viharanti – gilānabhattaṃ detha, gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ detha, gilānabhesajjaṃ dethāti. Jīvakopi komārabhacco bahū gilāne bhikkhū tikicchanto aññataraṃ rājakiccaṃ parihāpesi.
尔时,在马嘎达有五种疾病流行——麻疯、疮、癣、肺痨、癫痫。患有五种疾病的人们前往童子医生基瓦咖处,如此说:「尊师,请善为我们治疗。」「诸位,我很忙碌,有很多事务;我必须须跋马嘎达国王西尼亚·宾比萨拉、后宫以及以佛为首的比库僧团;我不能治疗。」「尊师,愿你的一切财产都归我们所有;我们也是你的奴仆;尊师,请善为我们治疗。」「诸位,我很忙碌,有很多事务;我必须须跋马嘎达国王西尼亚·宾比萨拉、后宫以及以佛为首的比库僧团;我不能治疗。」那时,那些人们生起这样的想法:「这些释迦子沙门是乐戒者、乐行者,食用美食后,睡在无风的卧床上。我们何不在释迦子沙门中出家?在那里,比库们将会照顾,童子医生基瓦咖也将会治疗。」那时,那些人们前往诸比库处,请求出家。那些比库使他们出家,授予达上。那些比库照顾他们,童子医生基瓦咖也治疗。尔时,诸比库照顾众多病比库,多行乞求、多行告知而住——「给病人食、给看护病人者食、给病人药。」童子医生基瓦咖也治疗众多病比库,疏忽了某项王事。
§89
Aññataropi puriso pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭho jīvakaṃ komārabhaccaṃ upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca – ‘‘sādhu maṃ, ācariya, tikicchāhī’’ti. ‘‘Ahaṃ khvayyo, bahukicco, bahukaraṇīyo, rājā ca me māgadho seniyo bimbisāro upaṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañca buddhappamukho ca bhikkhusaṅgho; nāhaṃ sakkomi tikicchitu’’nti. ‘‘Sabbaṃ sāpateyyañca te, ācariya, hotu, ahañca te dāso; sādhu maṃ, ācariya, tikicchāhī’’ti. ‘‘Ahaṃ khvayyo, bahukicco bahukaraṇīyo, rājā ca me māgadho seniyo bimbisāro upaṭṭhātabbo itthāgārañca buddhappamukho ca bhikkhusaṅgho, nāhaṃ sakkomi tikicchitu’’nti. Atha kho tassa purisassa etadahosi – ‘‘ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyaṃ. Tattha bhikkhū ceva upaṭṭhahissanti, jīvako ca komārabhacco tikicchissati. Somhi arogo vibbhamissāmī’’ti . Atha kho so puriso bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Taṃ bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ, upasampādesuṃ. Taṃ bhikkhū ceva upaṭṭhahiṃsu, jīvako ca komārabhacco tikicchi. So arogo vibbhami. Addasā kho jīvako komārabhacco taṃ purisaṃ vibbhantaṃ, disvāna taṃ purisaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘nanu tvaṃ, ayyo, bhikkhūsu pabbajito ahosī’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, ācariyā’’ti. ‘‘Kissa pana tvaṃ, ayyo, evarūpamakāsī’’ti? Atha kho so puriso jīvakassa komārabhaccassa etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Jīvako komārabhacco ujjhāyati khiyyati vipāceti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhadantā pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭhaṃ pabbājessantī’’ti. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho jīvako komārabhacco bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sādhu, bhante, ayyā pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭhaṃ na pabbājeyyu’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā jīvakaṃ komārabhaccaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, pañcahi ābādhehi phuṭṭho pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti.
某人患有五种疾病,前往童子医生基瓦咖处,如此说:「尊师,请善为我治疗。」「诸位,我很忙碌,有很多事务;我必须须跋马嘎达国王西尼亚·宾比萨拉、后宫以及以佛为首的比库僧团;我不能治疗。」「尊师,愿你的一切财产都归你所有,我也是你的奴仆;尊师,请善为我治疗。」「诸位,我很忙碌,有很多事务;我必须须跋马嘎达国王西尼亚·宾比萨拉、后宫以及以佛为首的比库僧团;我不能治疗。」那时,那位男子生起这样的想法:「这些释迦子沙门是乐戒者、乐行者,食用美食后,睡在无风的卧床上。我何不在释迦子沙门中出家?在那里,比库们将会照顾,童子医生基瓦咖也将会治疗。我将无病后还俗。」那时,那位男子前往诸比库处,请求出家。那些比库使他出家,授予达上。那些比库照顾他,童子医生基瓦咖也治疗。他无病后还俗。童子医生基瓦咖看见那位男子还俗,看见后对那位男子如此说:「尊者,你不是在比库中出家了吗?」「是的,尊师。」「尊者,你为何做这样的事?」那时,那位男子向童子医生基瓦咖报告此事。童子医生基瓦咖不满、呵责、非难:「尊者们怎能使患有五种疾病者出家?」那时,童子医生基瓦咖前往世尊处,抵达后,礼敬世尊,在一旁坐下。在一旁坐下的童子医生基瓦咖对世尊如此说:「尊者,善哉,愿尊者们不使患有五种疾病者出家。」那时,世尊以法语开示、劝导、激励、使童子医生基瓦咖欢喜。那时,童子医生基瓦咖被世尊以法语开示、劝导、激励、使欢喜后,从座起立,礼敬世尊,作右绕后离去。那时,世尊以此因缘、以此事件作法语后,告诉诸比库:「诸比库,不应使患有五种疾病者出家。若使出家,得恶作罪。」
Pañcābādhavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ. · 五障碍事完
27. Rājabhaṭavatthu27. 王兵事
§90
Tena kho pana samayena rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa paccanto kupito hoti. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro senānāyake mahāmatte āṇāpesi – ‘‘gacchatha, bhaṇe, paccantaṃ uccinathā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, devā’’ti kho senānāyakā mahāmattā rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa paccassosuṃ. Atha kho abhiññātānaṃ abhiññātānaṃ yodhānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘mayaṃ kho yuddhābhinandino gacchantā pāpañca karoma, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavāma. Kena nu kho mayaṃ upāyena pāpā ca virameyyāma kalyāṇañca kareyyāmā’’ti? Atha kho tesaṃ yodhānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā. Sace kho mayaṃ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyāma, evaṃ mayaṃ pāpā ca virameyyāma kalyāṇañca kareyyāmā’’ti. Atha kho te yodhā bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāciṃsu. Te bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ, upasampādesuṃ. Senānāyakā mahāmattā rājabhaṭe pucchiṃsu – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho, bhaṇe, itthannāmo ca itthannāmo ca yodhā na dissantī’’ti? ‘‘Itthannāmo ca itthannāmo ca, sāmi, yodhā bhikkhūsu pabbajitā’’ti. Senānāyakā mahāmattā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā rājabhaṭaṃ pabbājessantī’’ti. Senānāyakā mahāmattā rañño māgadhassa seniyassa bimbisārassa etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro vohārike mahāmatte pucchi – ‘‘yo, bhaṇe, rājabhaṭaṃ pabbājeti, kiṃ so pasavatī’’ti? ‘‘Upajjhāyassa, deva, sīsaṃ chetabbaṃ, anussāvakassa jivhā uddharitabbā, gaṇassa upaḍḍhaphāsukā bhañjitabbā’’ti. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘santi, bhante, rājāno assaddhā appasannā. Te appamattakenapi bhikkhū viheṭheyyuṃ. Sādhu, bhante, ayyā rājabhaṭaṃ na pabbājeyyu’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ seniyaṃ bimbisāraṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, rājabhaṭo pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti.
尔时,马嘎达国王西尼亚·宾比萨拉的边境叛乱。那时,马嘎达国王西尼亚·宾比萨拉命令将帅大臣们:「诸位,去,平定边境。」「是的,陛下。」将帅大臣们应诺马嘎达国王西尼亚·宾比萨拉。那时,著名的著名的战士们生起这样的想法:「我们是喜欢战争者,去时造作恶,产生许多不善。我们以何方便能离恶而行善?」那时,那些战士们生起这样的想法:「这些释迦子沙门是法行者、平等行者、梵行者、真实语者、持戒者、善法者。若我们在释迦子沙门中出家,如此我们能离恶而行善。」那时,那些战士前往诸比库处,请求出家。那些比库使他们出家,授予达上。将帅大臣们询问王兵:「诸位,某某战士、某某战士为何不见?」「主人,某某战士、某某战士在比库中出家了。」将帅大臣们不满、呵责、非难:「释迦子沙门怎能使王兵出家?」将帅大臣们向马嘎达国王西尼亚·宾比萨拉报告此事。那时,马嘎达国王西尼亚·宾比萨拉询问法官大臣们:「诸位,使王兵出家者,他产生什么?」「陛下,应斩亲教师的头,应拔出教授师的舌,应打断僧团半边的肋骨。」那时,马嘎达国王西尼亚·宾比萨拉前往世尊处,抵达后,礼敬世尊,在一旁坐下。在一旁坐下的马嘎达国王西尼亚·宾比萨拉对世尊如此说:「尊者,有无信、无净信的国王们。他们即使以极小之事也会恼害比库们。尊者,善哉,愿尊者们不使王兵出家。」那时,世尊以法语开示、劝导、激励、使马嘎达国王西尼亚·宾比萨拉欢喜。那时,马嘎达国王西尼亚·宾比萨拉被世尊以法语开示、劝导、激励、使欢喜后,从座起立,礼敬世尊,作右绕后离去。那时,世尊以此因缘、以此事件作法语后,告诉诸比库:「诸比库,不应使王兵出家。若使出家,得恶作罪。」
Rājabhaṭavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ. · 王兵事完
28. Aṅgulimālacoravatthu28. 鸯掘魔罗盗贼事
§91
Tena kho pana samayena coro aṅgulimālo bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. Manussā passitvā ubbijjantipi, uttasantipi, palāyantipi , aññenapi gacchanti, aññenapi mukhaṃ karonti, dvārampi thakenti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhajabandhaṃ coraṃ pabbājessantī’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… na, bhikkhave, dhajabandho coro pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
尔时,盗贼安古利马喇在比库中出家。人们看见后,惊慌、恐惧、逃跑,也走向别处,也转向别处,也关闭门户。人们不满、呵责、非难:「释迦子沙门怎能使挂旗的盗贼出家?」诸比库听闻那些人们不满、呵责、非难。那时,那些比库向世尊报告此事……「诸比库,不应使挂旗的盗贼出家。若使出家,得恶作罪。」
Aṅgulimālacoravatthu niṭṭhitaṃ. · 鸯掘魔罗盗贼事完
29. Kārabhedakacoravatthu29. 破狱盗贼事
§92
Tena kho pana samayena raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena anuññātaṃ hoti – ‘‘ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṃ; svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso corikaṃ katvā kārāya baddho hoti. So kāraṃ bhinditvā palāyitvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. Manussā passitvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘ayaṃ so kārabhedako coro. Handa, naṃ nemā’’ti. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘māyyo, evaṃ avacuttha. Anuññātaṃ raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena – ‘‘ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṃ; svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘abhayūvarā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā, nayime labbhā kiñci kātuṃ. Kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā kārabhedakaṃ coraṃ pabbājessantī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, kārabhedako coro pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
尔时,马嘎达国王西尼亚·宾比萨拉已允许:「凡在释迦子沙门中出家者,不得对他们做任何事;法已善说,愿他们行梵行以正确灭尽苦。」尔时,某人作盗后被缚于牢狱。他破狱逃跑后在比库中出家。人们看见后如此说:「这是那个破狱的盗贼。来,我们带走他。」有些人如此说:「尊者,不要这样说。马嘎达国王西尼亚·宾比萨拉已允许:『凡在释迦子沙门中出家者,不得对他们做任何事;法已善说,愿他们行梵行以正确灭尽苦。』」人们不满、呵责、非难:「这些释迦子沙门是无畏施予者,不得对他们做任何事。释迦子沙门怎能使破狱的盗贼出家?」向世尊报告此事。「诸比库,不应使破狱的盗贼出家。若使出家,得恶作罪。」
Kārabhedakacoravatthu niṭṭhitaṃ. · 破狱盗贼事完
30. Likhitakacoravatthu30. 被标记盗贼事
§93
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso corikaṃ katvā palāyitvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. So ca rañño antepure likhito hoti – yattha passati, tattha hantabboti. Manussā passitvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘ayaṃ so likhitako coro. Handa, naṃ hanāmā’’ti. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘māyyo, evaṃ avacuttha. Anuññātaṃ raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena ‘‘ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṃ, svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘abhayūvarā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā, nayime labbhā kiñci kātuṃ. Kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā likhitakaṃ coraṃ pabbājessantī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, likhitako coro pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
尔时,某人作了盗贼后逃走,在比库们中出家。他被国王记录在内宫——无论在哪里见到,就在那里杀。人们见到后如此说:「这就是那个被记录的盗贼。来,我们杀他。」某些人如此说:「诸位,不要这样说。已被马嘎塔国王些尼亚·宾比萨拉允许——『凡在萨咖牟尼的沙门中出家者,不得对他们作任何事,法已善说,让他们行梵行以正确地作苦的终结。』」人们抱怨、非难、传播:「这些萨咖牟尼的沙门是无畏的避难所,不得对他们作任何事。为何萨咖牟尼的沙门们会让被记录的盗贼出家呢?」他们将此事告知世尊。「诸比库,不应让被记录的盗贼出家。若让出家者,犯恶作。」
Likhitakacoravatthu niṭṭhitaṃ. · 被标记盗贼事完
31. Kasāhatavatthu31. 被鞭打事
§94
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso kasāhato katadaṇḍakammo bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā kasāhataṃ katadaṇḍakammaṃ pabbājessantī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na , bhikkhave, kasāhato katadaṇḍakammo pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
尔时,某人被鞭打、已受刑罚,在比库们中出家。人们抱怨、非难、传播:「为何萨咖牟尼的沙门们会让被鞭打、已受刑罚者出家呢?」他们将此事告知世尊。「诸比库,不应让被鞭打、已受刑罚者出家。若让出家者,犯恶作。」
Kasāhatavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ. · 被鞭打事完
32. Lakkhaṇāhatavatthu32. 被烙印事
§95
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso lakkhaṇāhato katadaṇḍakammo bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā lakkhaṇāhataṃ katadaṇḍakammaṃ pabbājessantī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, lakkhaṇāhato katadaṇḍakammo pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
尔时,某人被烙印、已受刑罚,在比库们中出家。人们抱怨、非难、传播:「为何萨咖牟尼的沙门们会让被烙印、已受刑罚者出家呢?」他们将此事告知世尊。「诸比库,不应让被烙印、已受刑罚者出家。若让出家者,犯恶作。」
Lakkhaṇāhatavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ. · 被烙印事完
33. Iṇāyikavatthu33. 负债者事
§96
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro puriso iṇāyiko palāyitvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. Dhaniyā passitvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘ayaṃ so amhākaṃ iṇāyiko. Handa, naṃ nemā’’ti. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘māyyo, evaṃ avacuttha. Anuññātaṃ raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena – ‘‘ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṃ; svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘abhayūvarā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā. Nayime labbhā kiñci kātuṃ. Kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā iṇāyikaṃ pabbājessantī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ . Na, bhikkhave, iṇāyiko pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
尔时,某负债人逃走后在比库们中出家。债主们见到后如此说:「这就是我们的负债人。来,我们带走他。」某些人如此说:「诸位,不要这样说。已被马嘎塔国王些尼亚·宾比萨拉允许——『凡在萨咖牟尼的沙门中出家者,不得对他们作任何事,法已善说,让他们行梵行以正确地作苦的终结。』」人们抱怨、非难、传播:「这些萨咖牟尼的沙门是无畏的避难所,不得对他们作任何事。为何萨咖牟尼的沙门们会让负债人出家呢?」他们将此事告知世尊。「诸比库,不应让负债人出家。若让出家者,犯恶作。」
Iṇāyikavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ. · 负债者事完
34. Dāsavatthu34. 奴隶事
§97
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro dāso palāyitvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. Ayyakā passitvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘ayaṃ so amhākaṃ dāso. Handa, naṃ nemā’’ti. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘māyyo, evaṃ avacuttha, anuññātaṃ raññā māgadhena seniyena bimbisārena ‘‘ye samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajanti, na te labbhā kiñci kātuṃ, svākkhāto dhammo, carantu brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā’’ti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘abhayūvarā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā, nayime labbhā kiñci kātuṃ. Kathañhi nāma samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dāsaṃ pabbājessantī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, dāso pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
尔时,某奴隶逃走后在比库们中出家。主人们见到后如此说:「这就是我们的奴隶。来,我们带走他。」某些人如此说:「诸位,不要这样说。已被马嘎塔国王些尼亚·宾比萨拉允许——『凡在萨咖牟尼的沙门中出家者,不得对他们作任何事,法已善说,让他们行梵行以正确地作苦的终结。』」人们抱怨、非难、传播:「这些萨咖牟尼的沙门是无畏的避难所,不得对他们作任何事。为何萨咖牟尼的沙门们会让奴隶出家呢?」他们将此事告知世尊。「诸比库,不应让奴隶出家。若让出家者,犯恶作。」
Dāsavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ. · 奴隶事完
35. Kammārabhaṇḍuvatthu35. 铁匠般度事
§98
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro kammārabhaṇḍu mātāpitūhi saddhiṃ bhaṇḍitvā ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. Atha kho tassa kammārabhaṇḍussa mātāpitaro taṃ kammārabhaṇḍuṃ vicinantā ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhū pucchiṃsu – ‘‘api, bhante, evarūpaṃ dārakaṃ passeyyāthā’’ti? Bhikkhū ajānaṃyeva āhaṃsu – ‘‘na jānāmā’’ti, apassaṃyeva āhaṃsu – ‘‘na passāmā’’ti. Atha kho tassa kammārabhaṇḍussa mātāpitaro taṃ kammārabhaṇḍuṃ vicinantā bhikkhūsu pabbajitaṃ disvā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘alajjino ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā, dussīlā musāvādino. Jānaṃyeva āhaṃsu – ‘na jānāmā’ti, passaṃyeva āhaṃsu – ‘na passāmā’ti. Ayaṃ dārako bhikkhūsu pabbajito’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tassa kammārabhaṇḍussa mātāpitūnaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, saṅghaṃ apaloketuṃ bhaṇḍukammāyāti.
尔时,某铁匠童子与父母争吵后前往精舍,在比库们中出家。那时,那铁匠童子的父母寻找那铁匠童子,前往精舍问比库们:「尊者们,你们可曾见到这样的孩子?」比库们不知道却说「我们不知道」,没见到却说「我们没见到」。那时,那铁匠童子的父母寻找那铁匠童子,见到在比库们中出家,抱怨、非难、传播:「这些萨咖牟尼的沙门无惭、恶戒、妄语者。知道却说『我们不知道』,见到却说『我们没见到』。这孩子在比库们中出家了。」诸比库听到那铁匠童子的父母抱怨、非难、传播。那时,那些比库们将此事告知世尊。「诸比库,我允许为了童子的事务而告知僧团。」
Kammārabhaṇḍuvatthu niṭṭhitaṃ. · 铁匠般度事完
36. Upālidārakavatthu36. 伍巴离童子事
§99
Tena kho pana samayena rājagahe sattarasavaggiyā dārakā sahāyakā honti. Upālidārako tesaṃ pāmokkho hoti. Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kena nu kho upāyena upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā’’ti? Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘sace kho upāli lekhaṃ sikkheyya, evaṃ kho upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā’’ti. Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘sace kho upāli lekhaṃ sikkhissati, aṅguliyo dukkhā bhavissanti. Sace kho upāli gaṇanaṃ sikkheyya, evaṃ kho upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā’’ti. Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘sace kho upāli gaṇanaṃ sikkhissati, urassa dukkho bhavissati. Sace kho upāli rūpaṃ sikkheyya, evaṃ kho upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā’’ti. Atha kho upālissa mātāpitūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘sace kho upāli rūpaṃ sikkhissati, akkhīni dukkhā bhavissanti. Ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti . Sace kho upāli samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyya, evaṃ kho upāli amhākaṃ accayena sukhañca jīveyya, na ca kilameyyā’’ti.
尔时,在王舍城有十七群童子是朋友。伍巴离童子是他们的首领。那时,伍巴离的父母生起此念:「以何方便,伍巴离在我们死后能快乐地生活而不疲劳呢?」那时,伍巴离的父母生起此念:「如果伍巴离学习书写,这样伍巴离在我们死后能快乐地生活而不疲劳。」那时,伍巴离的父母生起此念:「如果伍巴离学习书写,手指会痛。如果伍巴离学习计算,这样伍巴离在我们死后能快乐地生活而不疲劳。」那时,伍巴离的父母生起此念:「如果伍巴离学习计算,胸部会痛。如果伍巴离学习绘画,这样伍巴离在我们死后能快乐地生活而不疲劳。」那时,伍巴离的父母生起此念:「如果伍巴离学习绘画,眼睛会痛。这些萨咖牟尼的沙门戒乐、行乐,食用美食后睡在无风的卧处。如果伍巴离在萨咖牟尼的沙门中出家,这样伍巴离在我们死后能快乐地生活而不疲劳。」
Assosi kho upālidārako mātāpitūnaṃ imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ. Atha kho upālidārako yena te dārakā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā te dārake etadavoca – ‘‘etha mayaṃ, ayyā, samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Sace kho tvaṃ, ayya, pabbajissasi, evaṃ mayampi pabbajissāmā’’ti. Atha kho te dārakā ekamekassa mātāpitaro upasaṅkamitvā etadavocuṃ – ‘‘anujānātha maṃ agārasmā anāgāriyaṃ pabbajjāyā’’ti. Atha kho tesaṃ dārakānaṃ mātāpitaro – ‘‘sabbepime dārakā samānacchandā kalyāṇādhippāyā’’ti – anujāniṃsu. Te bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāciṃsu. Te bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ upasampādesuṃ . Te rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya rodanti – ‘‘yāguṃ detha, bhattaṃ detha, khādanīyaṃ dethā’’ti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘āgametha, āvuso, yāva ratti vibhāyati. Sace yāgu bhavissati pivissatha, sace bhattaṃ bhavissati bhuñjissatha, sace khādanīyaṃ bhavissati khādissatha; no ce bhavissati yāgu vā bhattaṃ vā khādanīyaṃ vā, piṇḍāya caritvā bhuñjissathā’’ti. Evampi kho te bhikkhū bhikkhūhi vuccamānā rodantiyeva ‘‘yāguṃ detha, bhattaṃ detha, khādanīyaṃ dethā’’ti; senāsanaṃ uhadantipi ummihantipi.
伍巴离童子听到父母的这番谈话。那时,伍巴离童子前往那些童子处,前往后对那些童子如此说:「来,诸位,我们在萨咖牟尼的沙门中出家。」「如果你,尊者,出家,我们也将出家。」那时,那些童子各自前往父母处,如此说:「请允许我从在家出家成为非家。」那时,那些童子的父母——「这些童子都是同意的、善愿的」——允许了。他们前往比库们处请求出家。那些比库们让他们出家、授达上。他们在夜晚黎明时分起来哭泣:「给粥,给饭,给副食。」比库们如此说:「诸友,等到天亮。如果有粥你们将喝,如果有饭你们将吃,如果有副食你们将嚼;如果没有粥、饭或副食,行乞食后你们将吃。」即使被比库们这样说,那些比库们仍哭泣「给粥,给饭,给副食」;他们弄脏卧处,也撒尿。
Assosi kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya dārakasaddaṃ. Sutvāna āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho so, ānanda, dārakasaddo’’ti? Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi…pe… ‘‘saccaṃ kira, bhikkhave, bhikkhū jānaṃ ūnavīsativassaṃ puggalaṃ upasampādentī’’ti? ‘‘Saccaṃ, bhagavā’’ti. Vigarahi buddho bhagavā…pe… ‘‘kathañhi nāma te, bhikkhave, moghapurisā jānaṃ ūnavīsativassaṃ puggalaṃ upasampādessanti. Ūnavīsativasso, bhikkhave, puggalo akkhamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṃ duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ anadhivāsakajātiko hoti. Vīsativassova kho, bhikkhave, puggalo khamo hoti sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānaṃ duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ, uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tibbānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pāṇaharānaṃ adhivāsakajātiko hoti. Netaṃ, bhikkhave, appasannānaṃ vā pasādāya, pasannānaṃ vā bhiyyobhāvāya…pe… vigarahitvā…pe… dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, jānaṃ ūnavīsativasso puggalo upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, yathādhammo kāretabbo’’ti.
世尊于夜晚破晓时分起来,听到小孩的声音。听到后,告诉具寿阿难:「阿难,那是什么小孩的声音?」于是,具寿阿难向世尊报告此事……「诸比库,比库们明知而授达上给未满二十岁的人,是真实的吗?」「是真实的,世尊。」佛陀世尊呵责……「诸比库,那些愚痴人怎么明知而授达上给未满二十岁的人呢?诸比库,未满二十岁的人不能忍受寒冷、炎热、饥饿、口渴、虻、蚊、风、日晒、爬虫类的接触,以及恶言、粗语的言辞之道,已生起的身体的感受——痛苦的、强烈的、尖锐的、刺痛的、不愉快的、不可意的、夺命的——他是不能忍受的种类。诸比库,唯有二十岁的人能忍受寒冷、炎热、饥饿、口渴、虻、蚊、风、日晒、爬虫类的接触,以及恶言、粗语的言辞之道,已生起的身体的感受——痛苦的、强烈的、尖锐的、刺痛的、不愉快的、不可意的、夺命的——他是能忍受的种类。诸比库,这不能使未信者生信,已信者增长信心……呵责后……作如法语后,告诉诸比库:『诸比库,不应明知而授达上给未满二十岁的人。若授达上者,应如法处置。』」
Upālidārakavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ. · 伍巴离童子事完
37. Ahivātakarogavatthu37. 蛇风病事
§100
Tena kho pana samayena aññataraṃ kulaṃ ahivātakarogena kālaṅkataṃ hoti. Tassa pitāputtakā sesā honti. Te bhikkhūsu pabbajitvā ekatova piṇḍāya caranti. Atha kho so dārako pituno bhikkhāya dinnāya upadhāvitvā etadavoca – ‘‘mayhampi, tāta, dehi; mayhampi , tāta, dehī’’ti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘abrahmacārino ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā. Ayampi dārako bhikkhuniyā jāto’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, ūnapannarasavasso dārako pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
尔时,某家族因蛇毒病而死亡,剩下父子二人。他们在诸比库处出家后,一起去托钵。于是,那小孩在父亲得到食物后跑过去说:「父亲,也给我;父亲,也给我。」人们非议、批评、传播:「这些萨咖之子沙门不是梵行者。这小孩也是比库尼所生的。」诸比库听到那些人们非议、批评、传播。于是,那些比库向世尊报告此事。「诸比库,不应让未满十五岁的小孩出家。若让出家者,犯恶作。」
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato ānandassa upaṭṭhākakulaṃ saddhaṃ pasannaṃ ahivātakarogena kālaṅkataṃ hoti, dve ca dārakā sesā honti. Te porāṇakena āciṇṇakappena bhikkhū passitvā upadhāvanti. Bhikkhū apasādenti. Te bhikkhūhi apasādiyamānā rodanti. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘na ūnapannarasavasso dārako pabbājetabbo’ti. Ime ca dārakā ūnapannarasavassā. Kena nu kho upāyena ime dārakā na vinasseyyu’’nti? Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Ussahanti pana te, ānanda, dārakā kāke uḍḍāpetunti? Ussahanti, bhagavāti. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ūnapannarasavassaṃ dārakaṃ kākuḍḍepakaṃ pabbājetu’’nti.
尔时,具寿阿难的须跋家族——有信心、净信的——因蛇毒病而死亡,剩下两个小孩。他们以往昔的习惯,见到诸比库就跑过去。诸比库驱赶他们。他们被诸比库驱赶而哭泣。于是,具寿阿难这样想:「世尊已制定『不应让未满十五岁的小孩出家』。而这些小孩未满十五岁。以什么方便这些小孩不会毁坏呢?」于是,具寿阿难向世尊报告此事。「阿难,那些小孩能够驱赶乌鸦吗?」「能够,世尊。」于是,世尊以此因缘、以此事缘,作如法语后,告诉诸比库:「诸比库,我允许让未满十五岁的能驱赶乌鸦的小孩出家。」
Ahivātakarogavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ. · 蛇风病事完
38. Kaṇṭakavatthu38. 刺事
§101
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato upanandassa sakyaputtassa dve sāmaṇerā honti – kaṇṭako ca mahako ca. Te aññamaññaṃ dūsesuṃ. Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma sāmaṇerā evarūpaṃ anācāraṃ ācarissantī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, ekena dve sāmaṇerā upaṭṭhāpetabbā. Yo upaṭṭhāpeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
尔时,具寿乌巴难陀萨咖子有两个沙玛内拉——刊答咖和马哈咖。他们互相污染。诸比库非议、批评、传播:「沙玛内拉怎么行这样的恶行呢?」向世尊报告此事。「诸比库,一人不应须跋两个沙玛内拉。若须跋者,犯恶作。」
Kaṇṭakavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ. · 刺事完
39. Āhundarikavatthu39. 阿混德利咖事
§102
Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā tattheva rājagahe vassaṃ vasi, tattha hemantaṃ, tattha gimhaṃ. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘āhundarikā samaṇānaṃ sakyaputtiyānaṃ disā andhakārā, na imesaṃ disā pakkhāyantī’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ manussānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gacchānanda, avāpuraṇaṃ ādāya anupariveṇiyaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ārocehi – ‘‘icchatāvuso bhagavā dakkhiṇāgiriṃ cārikaṃ pakkamituṃ. Yassāyasmato attho, so āgacchatū’’ti. Evaṃ, bhante, ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissuṇitvā avāpuraṇaṃ ādāya anupariveṇiyaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ārocesi – ‘icchatāvuso bhagavā dakkhiṇāgiriṃ cārikaṃ pakkamituṃ. Yassāyasmato attho, so āgacchatū’’’ti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘bhagavatā, āvuso ānanda, paññattaṃ dasavassāni nissāya vatthuṃ, dasavassena nissayaṃ dātuṃ. Tattha ca no gantabbaṃ bhavissati, nissayo ca gahetabbo bhavissati, ittaro ca vāso bhavissati, puna ca paccāgantabbaṃ bhavissati, puna ca nissayo gahetabbo bhavissati. Sace amhākaṃ ācariyupajjhāyā gamissanti, mayampi gamissāma; no ce amhākaṃ ācariyupajjhāyā gamissanti, mayampi na gamissāma. Lahucittakatā no, āvuso ānanda, paññāyissatī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā ogaṇena bhikkhusaṅghena dakkhiṇāgiriṃ cārikaṃ pakkāmi.
尔时,世尊就在王舍城度雨季,在那里度冬季,在那里度热季。人们非议、批评、传播:「萨咖之子沙门们是贪图供养者,方向对他们是黑暗的,方向对他们不明显。」诸比库听到那些人们非议、批评、传播。于是,那些比库向世尊报告此事。于是,世尊告诉具寿阿难:「阿难,你去,拿着钥匙,在住处周围向诸比库宣告:『诸具寿,世尊想要出发去南山游行。有需要的具寿,请来。』」「是的,尊者。」具寿阿难应诺世尊后,拿着钥匙,在住处周围向诸比库宣告:「诸具寿,世尊想要出发去南山游行。有需要的具寿,请来。」诸比库这样说:「具寿阿难,世尊已制定『应依止十年,十年者应给予依止』。在那里,我们将要去,应取依止,将有短暂的住宿,又将要回来,又应取依止。如果我们的阿吉利和乌巴迦亚将去,我们也将去;如果我们的阿吉利和乌巴迦亚不去,我们也不去。具寿阿难,我们将显得轻率。」于是,世尊以少数比库僧团出发去南山游行。
Āhundarikavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ. · 阿混德利咖事完
40. Nissayamuccanakakathā40. 依止舍弃论
§103
Atha kho bhagavā dakkhiṇāgirismiṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā punadeva rājagahaṃ paccāgacchi. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho, ānanda, tathāgato ogaṇena bhikkhusaṅghena dakkhiṇāgiriṃ cārikaṃ pakkanto’’ti? Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena pañcavassāni nissāya vatthuṃ, abyattena yāvajīvaṃ.
于是,世尊在南山随意住后,又回到王舍城。于是,世尊告诉具寿阿难:「阿难,为什么如来以少数比库僧团出发去南山游行呢?」于是,具寿阿难向世尊报告此事。于是,世尊以此因缘、以此事缘,作如法语后,告诉诸比库:「诸比库,我允许有能力的比库依止五年,无能力者终生。
‘‘Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena, na asekkhena paññākkhandhena na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
「诸比库,具足五支的比库不应不依止而住。不具足无学戒蕴,不具足无学定蕴,不具足无学慧蕴,不具足无学解脱蕴,不具足无学解脱智见蕴——诸比库,具足这五支的比库不应不依止而住。
‘‘Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti asekkhena samādhikkhandhena. Asekkhena paññākkhandhena… asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena… asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
「诸比库,具足五支的比库应不依止而住。具足无学戒蕴,具足无学定蕴,具足无学慧蕴,具足无学解脱蕴,具足无学解脱智见蕴——诸比库,具足这五支的比库应不依止而住。」
‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
「诸比库!又具足其他五支的比库不应无所依而住。无信,无惭,无愧,懈怠,失念——诸比库!具足这五支的比库不应无所依而住。
‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Saddho hoti , hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
「诸比库!具足五支的比库应无所依而住。有信,有惭,有愧,精进已发起,念已现起——诸比库!具足这五支的比库应无所依而住。
‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, appassuto hoti, duppañño hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
「诸比库!又具足其他五支的比库不应无所依而住。于增上戒而戒失坏,于行持而行持失坏,于增上见而见失坏,少闻,劣慧——诸比库!具足这五支的比库不应无所依而住。
‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Na adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, na ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, na atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, bahussuto hoti, paññavā hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
「诸比库!具足五支的比库应无所依而住。于增上戒而戒不失坏,于行持而行持不失坏,于增上见而见不失坏,多闻,有慧——诸比库!具足这五支的比库应无所依而住。
‘‘Aparehipi , bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Āpattiṃ na jānāti, anāpattiṃ na jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena na svāgatāni honti na suvibhattāni na suppavattīni na suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
「诸比库!又具足其他五支的比库不应无所依而住。不知罪,不知非罪,不知轻罪,不知重罪,而且两部巴帝摩卡对他而言未详细善学、未分别论、未善通达、未善抉择,依经文、依字句——诸比库!具足这五支的比库不应无所依而住。
‘‘Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Āpattiṃ jānāti, anāpattiṃ jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
「诸比库!具足五支的比库应无所依而住。知罪,知非罪,知轻罪,知重罪,而且两部巴帝摩卡对他而言已详细善学、已分别论、已善通达、已善抉择,依经文、依字句——诸比库!具足这五支的比库应无所依而住。
‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Āpattiṃ na jānāti, anāpattiṃ na jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, ūnapañcavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
「诸比库!又具足其他五支的比库不应无所依而住。不知罪,不知非罪,不知轻罪,不知重罪,未满五瓦萨——诸比库!具足这五支的比库不应无所依而住。
‘‘Pañcahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Āpattiṃ jānāti, anāpattiṃ jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, pañcavasso vā hoti atireka pañcavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
「诸比库!具足五支的比库应无所依而住。知罪,知非罪,知轻罪,知重罪,五瓦萨或超过五瓦萨——诸比库!具足这五支的比库应无所依而住。
Nissayamuccanakakathā niṭṭhitā. · 依止舍弃论完
Pañcakadasavāro niṭṭhito. · 五五十结合类完
§104
‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Na asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, na asekkhena samādhikkhandhena, na asekkhena paññākkhandhena, na asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena, na asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, ūnapañcavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
「诸比库,具足六支的比库不应无所依而住。不具足无学戒蕴,不具足无学定蕴,不具足无学慧蕴,不具足无学解脱蕴,不具足无学解脱智见蕴,未满五瓦萨——诸比库,具足这六支的比库不应无所依而住。
‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Asekkhena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, asekkhena samādhikkhandhena, asekkhena paññākkhandhena, asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena, asekkhena vimuttiñāṇadassanakkhandhena samannāgato hoti, pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
「诸比库,具足六支的比库应无所依而住。具足无学戒蕴,具足无学定蕴,具足无学慧蕴,具足无学解脱蕴,具足无学解脱智见蕴,五瓦萨或超过五瓦萨——诸比库,具足这六支的比库应无所依而住。
‘‘Aparehipi , bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Assaddho hoti, ahiriko hoti, anottappī hoti, kusīto hoti, muṭṭhassati hoti, ūnapañcavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
「诸比库,又具足其他六支的比库不应无所依而住。无信,无惭,无愧,懈怠,失念,未满五瓦萨——诸比库,具足这六支的比库不应无所依而住。
‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Saddho hoti, hirimā hoti, ottappī hoti, āraddhavīriyo hoti, upaṭṭhitassati hoti, pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
「诸比库,具足六支的比库应无所依而住。有信,有惭,有愧,已发精进,已现起念,五瓦萨或超过五瓦萨——诸比库,具足这六支的比库应无所依而住。
‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, appassuto hoti, duppañño hoti, ūnapañcavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
「诸比库,又具足其他六支的比库不应无所依而住。于增上戒破戒,于行仪破行仪,于增上见破见,少闻,劣慧,未满五瓦萨——诸比库,具足这六支的比库不应无所依而住。
‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Na adhisīle sīlavipanno hoti, na ajjhācāre ācāravipanno hoti, na atidiṭṭhiyā diṭṭhivipanno hoti, bahussuto hoti, paññavā hoti, pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
「诸比库,具足六支的比库应无所依而住。于增上戒不破戒,于行仪不破行仪,于增上见不破见,多闻,有慧,五瓦萨或超过五瓦萨——诸比库,具足这六支的比库应无所依而住。
‘‘Aparehipi, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Āpattiṃ na jānāti, anāpattiṃ na jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ na jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena na svāgatāni honti na suvibhattāni na suppavattīni na suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, ūnapañcavasso hoti – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na anissitena vatthabbaṃ.
「诸比库,又具足其他六支的比库不应无所依而住。不知罪,不知非罪,不知轻罪,不知重罪,两部巴帝摩卡不能详细地善受持、分别论、善通晓、善抉择其经文与字句,未满五瓦萨——诸比库,具足这六支的比库不应无所依而住。
‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabbaṃ. Āpattiṃ jānāti, anāpattiṃ jānāti, lahukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, garukaṃ āpattiṃ jānāti, ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso, pañcavasso vā hoti atirekapañcavasso vā – imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahaṅgehi samannāgatena bhikkhunā anissitena vatthabba’’nti.
「诸比库,具足六支的比库应无所依而住。知罪,知非罪,知轻罪,知重罪,两部巴帝摩卡能详细地善受持、分别论、善通晓、善抉择其经文与字句,五瓦萨或超过五瓦萨——诸比库,具足这六支的比库应无所依而住。」
Abhayūvarabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito aṭṭhamo. · 阿巴伍瓦拉巴那结合类完,第八
Aṭṭhamabhāṇavāro. · 第八诵品
41. Rāhulavatthu41. 拉胡喇事
§105
Atha kho bhagavā rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena kapilavatthu tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena kapilavatthu tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena suddhodanassa sakkassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho rāhulamātā devī rāhulaṃ kumāraṃ etadavoca – ‘‘eso te, rāhula, pitā. Gacchassu , dāyajjaṃ yācāhī’’ti. Atha kho rāhulo kumāro yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato purato, aṭṭhāsi – ‘‘sukhā te, samaṇa, chāyā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Atha kho rāhulo kumāro bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi – ‘‘dāyajjaṃ me, samaṇa, dehi; dāyajjaṃ me, samaṇa, dehī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘tena hi tvaṃ, sāriputta, rāhulaṃ kumāraṃ pabbājehī’’ti. ‘‘Kathāhaṃ, bhante, rāhulaṃ kumāraṃ pabbājemī’’ti? Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tīhi saraṇagamanehi sāmaṇerapabbajjaṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, pabbājetabbo – paṭhamaṃ kesamassuṃ ohārāpetvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādāpetvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ kārāpetvā bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vandāpetvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīdāpetvā añjaliṃ paggaṇhāpetvā evaṃ vadehīti vattabbo – buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi; dutiyampi buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dutiyampi dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dutiyampi saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi; tatiyampi buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyampi dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi, tatiyampi saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmīti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imehi tīhi saraṇagamanehi sāmaṇerapabbajja’’nti. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto rāhulaṃ kumāraṃ pabbājesi.
那时,世尊在王舍城随意住已,向咖毕拉瓦图出发游行。渐次游行,抵达咖毕拉瓦图。于此,世尊住在释迦族人中咖毕拉瓦图的尼拘律园。那时,世尊于上午时分着衣持钵,前往释迦净饭王的住所,抵达后,坐于所设之座。那时,拉胡喇之母天女对拉胡喇童子如此说:「拉胡喇,这是你的父亲。去,请求遗产。」那时,拉胡喇童子前往世尊处,抵达后,站在世尊面前:「沙门,你的荫凉是安乐的。」那时,世尊从座起立离去。那时,拉胡喇童子在世尊后面跟随:「沙门,给我遗产;沙门,给我遗产。」那时,世尊告诉具寿沙利子:「那么,沙利子,你令拉胡喇童子出家。」「大德,我如何令拉胡喇童子出家?」那时,世尊以此因缘、以此事缘,作法说后,告诉诸比库:「诸比库,我允许以三归依作沙玛内拉出家。诸比库,应如此令出家:首先令剃除须发,令披着袈裟衣,令作上衣偏袒一肩,令礼敬诸比库之足,令蹲踞而坐,令合掌,应告知如此说:我归依佛,我归依法,我归依僧;第二次我归依佛,第二次我归依法,第二次我归依僧;第三次我归依佛,第三次我归依法,第三次我归依僧。诸比库,我允许以此三归依作沙玛内拉出家。」那时,具寿沙利子令拉胡喇童子出家。
Atha kho suddhodano sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho suddhodano sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ekāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ varaṃ yācāmī’’ti. ‘‘Atikkantavarā kho, gotama, tathāgatā’’ti. ‘‘Yañca, bhante, kappati, yañca anavajja’’nti. ‘‘Vadehi, gotamā’’ti. ‘‘Bhagavati me, bhante, pabbajite anappakaṃ dukkhaṃ ahosi, tathā nande, adhimattaṃ rāhule. Puttapemaṃ , bhante, chaviṃ chindati, chaviṃ chetvā cammaṃ chindati, cammaṃ chetvā maṃsaṃ chindati, maṃsaṃ chetvā nhāruṃ chindati, nhāruṃ chetvā aṭṭhiṃ chindati, aṭṭhiṃ chetvā aṭṭhimiñjaṃ āhacca tiṭṭhati. Sādhu, bhante, ayyā ananuññātaṃ mātāpitūhi puttaṃ na pabbājeyyu’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā suddhodanaṃ sakkaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho suddhodano sakko bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe dhammiṃ kathaṃ katvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘na, bhikkhave, ananuññāto mātāpitūhi putto pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti.
那时,释迦净饭王前往世尊处,抵达后,礼敬世尊,坐于一面。坐于一面的释迦净饭王对世尊如此说:「大德,我向世尊请求一个恩惠。」「果德玛,如来已超越恩惠。」「大德,若是适当的,若是无过失的。」「果德玛,说吧。」「大德,世尊出家时,我有不少的苦,难陀也是,对拉胡喇更是极度的。大德,对儿子的爱,切穿皮肤,切穿皮肤后切穿表皮,切穿表皮后切穿肉,切穿肉后切穿筋,切穿筋后切穿骨,切穿骨后达到骨髓而住。大德,善哉,诸尊者未经父母允许,不应令儿子出家。」那时,世尊以法说开示、劝导、鼓励、使释迦净饭王欢喜。那时,释迦净饭王被世尊以法说开示、劝导、鼓励、使欢喜后,从座起立,礼敬世尊,作右绕后离去。那时,世尊以此因缘、以此事缘,作法说后,告诉诸比库:「诸比库,未经父母允许,不应令儿子出家。若令出家者,犯恶作。」
Atha kho bhagavā kapilavatthusmiṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena sāvatthi tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato sāriputtassa upaṭṭhākakulaṃ āyasmato sāriputtassa santike dārakaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘imaṃ dārakaṃ thero pabbājetū’’ti. Atha kho āyasmato sāriputtassa etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘na ekena dve sāmaṇerā upaṭṭhāpetabbā’ti. Ayañca me rāhulo sāmaṇero. Kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena ekena dve sāmaṇere upaṭṭhāpetuṃ, yāvatake vā pana ussahati ovadituṃ anusāsituṃ tāvatake upaṭṭhāpetunti.
那时,世尊在咖毕拉瓦图随意住已,向沙瓦提出发游行。渐次游行,抵达沙瓦提。于此,世尊住在沙瓦提揭德林阿那他宾地咖的园林。那时,具寿沙利子的施主家派遣一个男孩到具寿沙利子处:「愿长老令此男孩出家。」那时,具寿沙利子如此想:「世尊已制定『不应由一人须跋两位沙玛内拉』。而我有此沙玛内拉拉胡喇。我应如何行?」他将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,我允许有能力的、有才能的比库由一人须跋两位沙玛内拉,或者能教诫、能教导多少,就须跋多少。」
Rāhulavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ. · 拉胡喇事完
42. Sikkhāpadakathā42. 学处论
§106
Atha kho sāmaṇerānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kati nu kho amhākaṃ sikkhāpadāni, kattha ca amhehi sikkhitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sāmaṇerānaṃ dasa sikkhāpadāni, tesu ca sāmaṇerehi sikkhituṃ – pāṇātipātā veramaṇī , adinnādānā veramaṇī, abrahmacariyā veramaṇī, musāvādā veramaṇī, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā veramaṇī, vikālabhojanā veramaṇī, naccagītavāditavisūkadassanā veramaṇī, mālāgandhavilepanadhāraṇamaṇḍanavibhūsanaṭṭhānā veramaṇī , uccāsayanamahāsayanā veramaṇī, jātarūparajatapaṭiggahaṇā veramaṇī. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, sāmaṇerānaṃ imāni dasa sikkhāpadāni, imesu ca sāmaṇerehi sikkhitunti.
那时,诸沙玛内拉如此想:「我们有多少学处?我们应在何处学?」他们将此事禀告世尊……「诸比库,我允许诸沙玛内拉十学处,诸沙玛内拉应在此等学:离杀生,离不与取,离非梵行,离妄语,离放逸之因的诸酒类,离非时食,离观听跳舞、歌唱、音乐、表演,离持花鬘、香、涂香及装饰、庄严之因,离高床、大床,离接受金银。诸比库,我允许诸沙玛内拉此等十学处,诸沙玛内拉应在此等学。」
Sikkhāpadakathā niṭṭhitā. · 学处论完
43. Daṇḍakammavatthu43. 杖业事
§107
Tena kho pana samayena sāmaṇerā bhikkhūsu agāravā appatissā asabhāgavuttikā viharanti. Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma sāmaṇerā bhikkhūsu agāravā appatissā asabhāgavuttikā viharissantī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatassa sāmaṇerassa daṇḍakammaṃ kātuṃ. Bhikkhūnaṃ alābhāya parisakkati, bhikkhūnaṃ anatthāya parisakkati, bhikkhūnaṃ avāsāya parisakkati, bhikkhū akkosati paribhāsati, bhikkhū bhikkhūhi bhedeti – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imehi pañcahaṅgehi samannāgatassa sāmaṇerassa daṇḍakammaṃ kātunti.
那时,诸沙玛内拉对诸比库无恭敬、无尊重、行不相应之行而住。诸比库抱怨、非难、呵责:「怎么诸沙玛内拉对诸比库无恭敬、无尊重、行不相应之行而住?」他们将此事禀告世尊……「诸比库,我允许对具足五支的沙玛内拉作惩治甘马。为诸比库的无利益而奔走,为诸比库的无义利而奔走,为诸比库的无住处而奔走,辱骂、诽谤诸比库,使诸比库与诸比库分裂——诸比库,我允许对具足此等五支的沙玛内拉作惩治甘马。」
Atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho daṇḍakammaṃ kātabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, āvaraṇaṃ kātunti.
那时,诸比库如此想:「应作什么惩治甘马?」他们将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,我允许作遮止。」
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū sāmaṇerānaṃ sabbaṃ saṅghārāmaṃ āvaraṇaṃ karonti. Sāmaṇerā ārāmaṃ pavisituṃ alabhamānā pakkamantipi , vibbhamantipi, titthiyesupi saṅkamanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, sabbo saṅghārāmo āvaraṇaṃ kātabbo. Yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yattha vā vasati, yattha vā paṭikkamati, tattha āvaraṇaṃ kātunti.
那时,诸比库对诸沙玛内拉作整个僧园的遮止。诸沙玛内拉不能进入园林,有的离去,有的还俗,有的转入外道。他们将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,不应作整个僧园的遮止。若作者,犯恶作。诸比库,我允许在他所住处,或在他所往处,于彼处作遮止。」
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū sāmaṇerānaṃ mukhadvārikaṃ āhāraṃ āvaraṇaṃ karonti. Manussā yāgupānampi saṅghabhattampi karontā sāmaṇere evaṃ vadenti – ‘‘etha, bhante, yāguṃ pivatha; etha, bhante, bhattaṃ bhuñjathā’’ti. Sāmaṇerā evaṃ vadenti – ‘‘nāvuso, labbhā. Bhikkhūhi āvaraṇaṃ kata’’nti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma bhadantā sāmaṇerānaṃ mukhadvārikaṃ āhāraṃ āvaraṇaṃ karissantī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, mukhadvāriko āhāro āvaraṇaṃ kātabbo. Yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
那时,诸比库对诸沙玛内拉作口食的遮止。人们在作粥施或僧食时,对诸沙玛内拉如此说:「大德,来,喝粥;大德,来,吃饭。」诸沙玛内拉如此说:「朋友,不可得。诸比库已作遮止。」人们抱怨、非难、呵责:「怎么诸尊者对诸沙玛内拉作口食的遮止?」他们将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,不应作口食的遮止。若作者,犯恶作。」
Daṇḍakammavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ. · 杖业事完
44. Anāpucchāvaraṇavatthu44. 不问遮难事
§108
Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū upajjhāye anāpucchā sāmaṇerānaṃ āvaraṇaṃ karonti. Upajjhāyā gavesanti – kathaṃ nu kho amhākaṃ sāmaṇerā na dissantīti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘chabbaggiyehi, āvuso, bhikkhūhi āvaraṇaṃ kata’’nti. Upajjhāyā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma chabbaggiyā bhikkhū amhe anāpucchā amhākaṃ sāmaṇerānaṃ āvaraṇaṃ karissantī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, upajjhāye anāpucchā āvaraṇaṃ kātabbaṃ. Yo kareyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
尔时,六群比库未请问亲教师即对沙玛内拉们作覆藏。诸亲教师寻找——「为何我们的沙玛内拉不见了?」诸比库如此说:「尊者,被六群比库作了覆藏。」诸亲教师不满、呵责、抱怨:「六群比库怎能未请问我们即对我们的沙玛内拉作覆藏?」彼等将此事告知世尊。「诸比库,不应未请问亲教师而作覆藏。若作者,犯恶作。」
Anāpucchāvaraṇavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ. · 不问遮难事完
45. Apalāḷanavatthu45. 不抚育事
Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sāmaṇere apalāḷenti. Therā sāmaṃ dantakaṭṭhampi mukhodakampi gaṇhantā kilamanti . Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, aññassa parisā apalāḷetabbā. Yo apalāḷeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā ti.
尔时,六群比库驱使诸长老比库的沙玛内拉。诸长老自己取齿木、漱口水而疲劳。彼等将此事告知世尊。「诸比库,不应驱使他人的随从。若驱使者,犯恶作。」
Apalāḷanavatthu niṭṭhitaṃ. · 不抚育事完
46. Kaṇṭakasāmaṇeravatthu46. 刺沙玛内拉事
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato upanandassa sakyaputtassa kaṇṭako nāma sāmaṇero kaṇṭakiṃ nāma bhikkhuniṃ dūsesi. Bhikkhū ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘kathañhi nāma sāmaṇero evarūpaṃ anācāraṃ ācarissatī’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dasahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ sāmaṇeraṃ nāsetuṃ. Pāṇātipātī hoti, adinnādāyī hoti, abrahmacārī hoti, musāvādī hoti, majjapāyī hoti, buddhassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, dhammassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, saṅghassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, micchādiṭṭhiko hoti, bhikkhunidūsako hoti – anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imehi dasahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ sāmaṇeraṃ nāsetunti.
尔时,具寿乌巴难陀释迦子有名为甘答咖的沙玛内拉污染了名为甘答咖的比库尼。诸比库不满、呵责、抱怨:「沙玛内拉怎能行如此恶行?」彼等将此事告知世尊。「诸比库,我允许驱摈具足十支的沙玛内拉:杀生者、不与取者、非梵行者、妄语者、饮酒者、说佛的恶言、说法的恶言、说僧团的恶言、邪见者、污染比库尼者——诸比库,我允许驱摈具足此十支的沙玛内拉。」
47. Paṇḍakavatthu47. 般哒咖事
§109
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro paṇḍako bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. So dahare dahare bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘etha, maṃ āyasmanto dūsethā’’ti. Bhikkhū apasādenti – ‘‘nassa, paṇḍaka, vinassa, paṇḍaka, ko tayā attho’’ti. So bhikkhūhi apasādito mahante mahante moḷigalle sāmaṇere upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘etha, maṃ āvuso dūsethā’’ti. Sāmaṇerā apasādenti – ‘‘nassa, paṇḍaka, vinassa, paṇḍaka, ko tayā attho’’ti. So sāmaṇerehi apasādito hatthibhaṇḍe assabhaṇḍe upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadeti – ‘‘etha, maṃ, āvuso , dūsethā’’ti. Hatthibhaṇḍā assabhaṇḍā dūsesuṃ. Te ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – ‘‘paṇḍakā ime samaṇā sakyaputtiyā. Yepi imesaṃ na paṇḍakā, tepi ime paṇḍake dūsenti. Evaṃ ime sabbeva abrahmacārino’’ti. Assosuṃ kho bhikkhū tesaṃ hatthibhaṇḍānaṃ assabhaṇḍānaṃ ujjhāyantānaṃ khiyyantānaṃ vipācentānaṃ. Atha kho te bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Paṇḍako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti.
尔时,某位般荼咖于诸比库中出家。他前往年轻年轻的诸比库处如此说:「来,诸具寿,请污染我。」诸比库呵斥:「般荼咖,滚开!般荼咖,消失!你有何用?」他被诸比库呵斥后,前往高大高大的诸沙玛内拉处如此说:「来,诸友,请污染我。」诸沙玛内拉呵斥:「般荼咖,滚开!般荼咖,消失!你有何用?」他被诸沙玛内拉呵斥后,前往象夫、马夫处如此说:「来,诸友,请污染我。」诸象夫、马夫污染了。彼等不满、呵责、抱怨:「此等释迦子沙门是般荼咖。即使彼等中非般荼咖者,彼等也污染般荼咖。如此,彼等一切皆非梵行者。」诸比库听闻彼等象夫、马夫不满、呵责、抱怨。时,彼等比库将此事告知世尊。「诸比库,般荼咖未受具足者不应授具足,已受具足者应驱摈。」
48. Theyyasaṃvāsakavatthu48. 贼住事
§110
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro purāṇakulaputto khīṇakolañño sukhumālo hoti. Atha kho tassa purāṇakulaputtassa khīṇakolaññassa etadahosi – ‘‘ahaṃ kho sukhumālo, na paṭibalo anadhigataṃ vā bhogaṃ adhigantuṃ, adhigataṃ vā bhogaṃ phātiṃ kātuṃ. Kena nu kho ahaṃ upāyena sukhañca jīveyyaṃ, na ca kilameyya’’nti? Atha kho tassa purāṇakulaputtassa khīṇakolaññassa etadahosi – ‘‘ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā sukhasīlā sukhasamācārā, subhojanāni bhuñjitvā nivātesu sayanesu sayanti. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ sāmaṃ pattacīvaraṃ paṭiyādetvā kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ saṃvaseyya’’nti. Atha kho so purāṇakulaputto khīṇakolañño sāmaṃ pattacīvaraṃ paṭiyādetvā kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā ārāmaṃ gantvā bhikkhū abhivādeti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kativassosi tvaṃ, āvuso’’ti? Kiṃ etaṃ, āvuso, kativasso nāmāti? Ko pana te, āvuso, upajjhāyoti? Kiṃ etaṃ , āvuso, upajjhāyo nāmāti? Bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘iṅghāvuso upāli, imaṃ pabbajitaṃ anuyuñjāhī’’ti. Atha kho so purāṇakulaputto khīṇakolañño āyasmatā upālinā anuyuñjiyamāno etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Āyasmā upāli bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Theyyasaṃvāsako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti. Titthiyapakkantako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti.
尔时,某位旧族之子财富耗尽,娇弱。时,彼旧族之子财富耗尽者如此思惟:「我娇弱,不能获得未获得的财富,或增长已获得的财富。我以何方便能安乐生活而不疲劳?」时,彼旧族之子财富耗尽者如此思惟:「此等释迦子沙门戒乐、行乐,食美食后卧于无风的卧处。我何不自己准备钵与衣,剃除须发,披着袈裟衣,前往精舍与诸比库共住?」时,彼旧族之子财富耗尽者自己准备钵与衣,剃除须发,披着袈裟衣,前往精舍,礼敬诸比库。诸比库如此说:「友,你几岁?」「友,这『几岁』是什么?」「友,谁是你的亲教师?」「友,这『亲教师』是什么?」诸比库对具寿乌巴离如此说:「友乌巴离,来,请审问此出家者。」时,彼旧族之子财富耗尽者被具寿乌巴离审问后告知此事。具寿乌巴离将此事告知诸比库。诸比库将此事告知世尊。「诸比库,贼住者未受具足者不应授具足,已受具足者应驱摈。诸比库,外道归来者未受具足者不应授具足,已受具足者应驱摈。」
49. Tiracchānagatavatthu49. 畜生趣事
§111
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro nāgo nāgayoniyā aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati. Atha kho tassa nāgassa etadahosi – ‘‘kena nu kho ahaṃ upāyena nāgayoniyā ca parimucceyyaṃ khippañca manussattaṃ paṭilabheyya’’nti. Atha kho tassa nāgassa etadahosi – ‘‘ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā. Sace kho ahaṃ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyaṃ, evāhaṃ nāgayoniyā ca parimucceyyaṃ, khippañca manussattaṃ paṭilabheyya’’nti. Atha kho so nāgo māṇavakavaṇṇena bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Taṃ bhikkhū pabbājesuṃ, upasampādesuṃ. Tena kho pana samayena so nāgo aññatarena bhikkhunā saddhiṃ paccantime vihāre paṭivasati. Atha kho so bhikkhu rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya ajjhokāse caṅkamati. Atha kho so nāgo tassa bhikkhuno nikkhante vissaṭṭho niddaṃ okkami. Sabbo vihāro ahinā puṇṇo, vātapānehi bhogā nikkhantā honti. Atha kho so bhikkhu vihāraṃ pavisissāmīti kavāṭaṃ paṇāmento addasa sabbaṃ vihāraṃ ahinā puṇṇaṃ, vātapānehi bhoge nikkhante, disvāna bhīto vissaramakāsi. Bhikkhū upadhāvitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kissa tvaṃ, āvuso, vissaramakāsī’’ti? ‘‘Ayaṃ, āvuso, sabbo vihāro ahinā puṇṇo, vātapānehi bhogā nikkhantā’’ti. Atha kho so nāgo tena saddena paṭibujjhitvā sake āsane nisīdi. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kosi tvaṃ, āvuso’’ti? ‘‘Ahaṃ, bhante, nāgo’’ti. ‘‘Kissa pana tvaṃ, āvuso, evarūpaṃ akāsī’’ti? Atha kho so nāgo bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā etasmiṃ nidāne etasmiṃ pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā taṃ nāgaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘tumhe khottha nāgā aviruḷhidhammā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye. Gaccha tvaṃ, nāga, tattheva cātuddase pannarase aṭṭhamiyā ca pakkhassa uposathaṃ upavasa, evaṃ tvaṃ nāgayoniyā ca parimuccissasi, khippañca manussattaṃ paṭilabhissasī’’ti. Atha kho so nāgo aviruḷhidhammo kirāhaṃ imasmiṃ dhammavinayeti dukkhī dummano assūni pavattayamāno vissaraṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘dveme, bhikkhave, paccayā nāgassa sabhāvapātukammāya. Yadā ca sajātiyā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevati, yadā ca vissaṭṭho niddaṃ okkamati – ime kho, bhikkhave, dve paccayā nāgassa sabhāvapātukammāya . Tiracchānagato, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabbo’’ti.
尔时,某位龙厌恶、羞耻、厌离龙胎生。时,彼龙如此思惟:「我以何方便能脱离龙胎生而迅速获得人身?」时,彼龙如此思惟:「此等释迦子沙门行法、行平等、行梵行、说真实、具戒、善法。若我于释迦子沙门中出家,如此我将脱离龙胎生而迅速获得人身。」时,彼龙以学童形前往诸比库处请求出家。彼等比库使之出家、授具足。尔时,彼龙与某位比库共住于边远的住处。时,彼比库于夜晚黎明时起来在露地经行。时,彼龙于彼比库离去后放松入睡。整个住处充满蛇,窗户有蛇身伸出。时,彼比库欲入住处而开门时,见整个住处充满蛇,窗户有蛇身伸出,见已恐惧而大叫。诸比库跑来对彼比库如此说:「友,你为何大叫?」「友,此整个住处充满蛇,窗户有蛇身伸出。」时,彼龙被彼声音惊醒,坐于自己的座位。诸比库如此说:「友,你是谁?」「尊者,我是龙。」「友,你为何作如此事?」时,彼龙将此事告知诸比库。诸比库将此事告知世尊。时,世尊以此因缘、以此事件集合比库僧团后,对彼龙如此说:「你们龙于此法、律中是不能增长法者。龙,你去,就在那里于十四日、十五日及半月的第八日守伍波萨他,如此你将脱离龙胎生而迅速获得人身。」时,彼龙「我于此法、律中是不能增长法者」而痛苦、忧恼,流泪大叫后离去。时,世尊告诸比库:「诸比库,此二因缘是龙显现本性之业:当与同类行淫法时,当放松入睡时——诸比库,此二因缘是龙显现本性之业。诸比库,畜生趣者未受具足者不应授具足,已受具足者应驱摈。」
50. Mātughātakavatthu50. 杀母者事
§112
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro māṇavako mātaraṃ jīvitā voropesi. So tena pāpakena kammena aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati . Atha kho tassa māṇavakassa etadahosi – ‘‘kena nu kho ahaṃ upāyena imassa pāpakassa kammassa nikkhantiṃ kareyya’’nti? Atha kho tassa māṇavakassa etadahosi – ‘‘ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā. Sace kho ahaṃ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyaṃ, evāhaṃ imassa pāpakassa kammassa nikkhantiṃ kareyya’’nti. Atha kho so māṇavako bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘pubbepi kho, āvuso upāli, nāgo māṇavakavaṇṇena bhikkhūsu pabbajito. Iṅghāvuso upāli, imaṃ māṇavakaṃ anuyuñjāhī’’ti. Atha kho so māṇavako āyasmatā upālinā anuyuñjīyamāno etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Āyasmā upāli bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… mātughātako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti.
尔时,某位学童夺母亲命。他因彼恶业而厌恶、羞耻、厌离。时,彼学童如此思惟:「我以何方便能脱离此恶业?」时,彼学童如此思惟:「此等释迦子沙门行法、行平等、行梵行、说真实、具戒、善法。若我于释迦子沙门中出家,如此我将脱离此恶业。」时,彼学童前往诸比库处请求出家。诸比库对具寿乌巴离如此说:「友乌巴离,以前也有龙以学童形于诸比库中出家。友乌巴离,来,请审问此学童。」时,彼学童被具寿乌巴离审问后告知此事。具寿乌巴离将此事告知诸比库。诸比库将此事告知世尊……「诸比库,杀母者未受具足者不应授具足,已受具足者应驱摈。」
51. Pitughātakavatthu51. 杀父者事
§113
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro māṇavako pitaraṃ jīvitā voropesi. So tena pāpakena kammena aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati. Atha kho tassa māṇavakassa etadahosi ‘‘kena nu kho ahaṃ upāyena imassa pāpakassa kammassa nikkhantiṃ kareyya’’nti. Atha kho tassa māṇavakassa etadahosi ‘‘ime kho samaṇā sakyaputtiyā dhammacārino samacārino brahmacārino saccavādino sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā, sace kho ahaṃ samaṇesu sakyaputtiyesu pabbajeyyaṃ, evāhaṃ imassa pāpakassa kammassa nikkhantiṃ kareyya’’nti. Atha kho so māṇavako bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. Bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘pubbepi kho, āvuso upāli, nāgo māṇavakavaṇṇena bhikkhūsu pabbajito, iṅghāvuso, upāli, imaṃ māṇavakaṃ anuyuñjāhī’’ti. Atha kho so māṇavako āyasmatā upālinā anuyuñjīyamāno etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Āyasmā upāli bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Pitughātako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti.
尔时,某位学童夺父亲命。他因彼恶业而厌恶、羞耻、厌离。时,彼学童如此思惟:「我以何方便能脱离此恶业?」时,彼学童如此思惟:「此等释迦子沙门行法、行平等、行梵行、说真实、具戒、善法。若我于释迦子沙门中出家,如此我将脱离此恶业。」时,彼学童前往诸比库处请求出家。诸比库对具寿乌巴离如此说:「友乌巴离,以前也有龙以学童形于诸比库中出家。友乌巴离,来,请审问此学童。」时,彼学童被具寿乌巴离审问后告知此事。具寿乌巴离将此事告知诸比库。诸比库将此事告知世尊。「诸比库,杀父者未受具足者不应授具足,已受具足者应驱摈。」
52. Arahantaghātakavatthu52. 杀阿拉汉者事
§114
Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū sāketā sāvatthiṃ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Antarāmagge corā nikkhamitvā ekacce bhikkhū acchindiṃsu, ekacce bhikkhū haniṃsu. Sāvatthiyā rājabhaṭā nikkhamitvā ekacce core aggahesuṃ, ekacce corā palāyiṃsu. Ye te palāyiṃsu te bhikkhūsu pabbajiṃsu, ye te gahitā te vadhāya oniyyanti . Addasaṃsu kho te palāyitvā pabbajitā te core vadhāya oniyyamāne, disvāna evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘sādhu kho mayaṃ palāyimhā, sacā ca mayaṃ gayheyyāma , mayampi evameva haññeyyāmā’’ti . Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kiṃ pana tumhe, āvuso, akatthā’’ti? Atha kho te pabbajitā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Arahanto ete, bhikkhave, bhikkhū. Arahantaghātako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti.
尔时,众多比库从沙给答前往沙瓦提,行于道路中。盗贼从中途出来,杀害了一些比库,砍伤了一些比库。沙瓦提的王兵出来,逮捕了一些盗贼,一些盗贼逃走了。那些逃走者在比库中出家,那些被捕者被带去处死。那些逃走后出家者看见那些盗贼被带去处死,见后如此说:「我们逃走真好,如果我们被捕,我们也会同样被杀。」诸比库如此说:「贤友们,你们做了什么?」于是那些出家者向诸比库报告此事。诸比库向世尊报告此事。「诸比库,这些比库是阿拉汉。诸比库,杀阿拉汉者,未受具足者不应授予具足,已受具足者应驱摈。」
53. Bhikkhunīdūsakavatthu53. 污比库尼者事
§115
Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhuniyo sāketā sāvatthiṃ addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Antarāmagge corā nikkhamitvā ekaccā bhikkhuniyo acchindiṃsu, ekaccā bhikkhuniyo dūsesuṃ. Sāvatthiyā rājabhaṭā nikkhamitvā ekacce core aggahesuṃ, ekacce corā palāyiṃsu. Ye te palāyiṃsu, te bhikkhūsu pabbajiṃsu. Ye te gahitā, te vadhāya oniyyanti. Addasaṃsu kho te palāyitvā pabbajitā te core vadhāya oniyyamāne, disvāna evamāhaṃsu ‘‘sādhu kho mayaṃ palāyimhā, sacā ca mayaṃ gayheyyāma, mayampi evameva haññeyyāmā’’ti. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu ‘‘kiṃ pana tumhe, āvuso, akatthā’’ti. Atha kho te pabbajitā bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Bhikkhunidūsako, bhikkhave , anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti. Saṅghabhedako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti. Lohituppādako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti.
尔时,众多比库尼从沙给答前往沙瓦提,行于道路中。盗贼从中途出来,杀害了一些比库尼,污辱了一些比库尼。沙瓦提的王兵出来,逮捕了一些盗贼,一些盗贼逃走了。那些逃走者在比库中出家。那些被捕者被带去处死。那些逃走后出家者看见那些盗贼被带去处死,见后如此说:「我们逃走真好,如果我们被捕,我们也会同样被杀。」诸比库如此说:「贤友们,你们做了什么?」于是那些出家者向诸比库报告此事。诸比库向世尊报告此事。「诸比库,污辱比库尼者,未受具足者不应授予具足,已受具足者应驱摈。诸比库,破僧者,未受具足者不应授予具足,已受具足者应驱摈。诸比库,出佛身血者,未受具足者不应授予具足,已受具足者应驱摈。」
54. Ubhatobyañjanakavatthu54. 二根者事
§116
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro ubhatobyañjanako bhikkhūsu pabbajito hoti. So karotipi kārāpetipi. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Ubhatobyañjanako, bhikkhave, anupasampanno na upasampādetabbo, upasampanno nāsetabboti.
尔时,某位二根者在比库中出家。他作也令作。他们向世尊报告此事。「诸比库,二根者,未受具足者不应授予具足,已受具足者应驱摈。」
55. Anupajjhāyakādivatthūni55. 无戒师等事
§117
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū anupajjhāyakaṃ upasampādenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, anupajjhāyako upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
尔时,诸比库授予无依止师者具足。他们向世尊报告此事。「诸比库,不应授予无依止师者具足。若授予者,犯恶作。」
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū saṅghena upajjhāyena upasampādenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, saṅghena upajjhāyena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
尔时,诸比库以僧团为依止师授予具足。他们向世尊报告此事。「诸比库,不应以僧团为依止师授予具足。若授予者,犯恶作。」
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū gaṇena upajjhāyena upasampādenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, gaṇena upajjhāyena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
尔时,诸比库以众为依止师授予具足。他们向世尊报告此事。「诸比库,不应以众为依止师授予具足。若授予者,犯恶作。」
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū paṇḍakupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… theyyasaṃvāsakupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… titthiyapakkantakupajjhāyena upasampādenti …pe… tiracchānagatupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… mātughātakupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… pitughātakupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… arahantaghātakupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… bhikkhunidūsakupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… saṅghabhedakupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… lohituppādakupajjhāyena upasampādenti…pe… ubhatobyañjanakupajjhāyena upasampādenti bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, paṇḍakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, theyyasaṃvāsakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, titthiyapakkantakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, tiracchānagatupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, mātughātakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe… na, bhikkhave, pitughātakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, arahantaghātakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, bhikkhunidūsakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo …pe… na, bhikkhave, saṅghabhedakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, lohituppādakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, ubhatobyañjanakupajjhāyena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
尔时,诸比库以般荼咖为依止师授予具足……以贼住者为依止师授予具足……以归外道者为依止师授予具足……以畜生为依止师授予具足……以杀母者为依止师授予具足……以杀父者为依止师授予具足……以杀阿拉汉者为依止师授予具足……以污辱比库尼者为依止师授予具足……以破僧者为依止师授予具足……以出佛身血者为依止师授予具足……以二根者为依止师授予具足,他们向世尊报告此事。「诸比库,不应以般荼咖为依止师授予具足……诸比库,不应以贼住者为依止师授予具足……诸比库,不应以归外道者为依止师授予具足……诸比库,不应以畜生为依止师授予具足……诸比库,不应以杀母者为依止师授予具足……诸比库,不应以杀父者为依止师授予具足……诸比库,不应以杀阿拉汉者为依止师授予具足……诸比库,不应以污辱比库尼者为依止师授予具足……诸比库,不应以破僧者为依止师授予具足……诸比库,不应以出佛身血者为依止师授予具足……诸比库,不应以二根者为依止师授予具足。若授予者,犯恶作。」
56. Apattakādivatthu56. 无钵等事
§118
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū apattakaṃ upasampādenti. Hatthesu piṇḍāya caranti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – seyyathāpi titthiyāti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, apattako upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
尔时,诸比库授予无钵者具足。他们以手行乞食。人们非难、呵责、传播:「如同外道一样。」他们向世尊报告此事。「诸比库,不应授予无钵者具足。若授予者,犯恶作。」
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū acīvarakaṃ upasampādenti . Naggā piṇḍāya caranti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – seyyathāpi titthiyāti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, acīvarako upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
尔时,诸比库授具足于无衣者。他们裸体行乞食。人们非难、呵责、传播:「犹如外道。」他们将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,不应授具足于无衣者。若授具足者,犯恶作。」
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū apattacīvarakaṃ upasampādenti. Naggā hatthesu piṇḍāya caranti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – seyyathāpi titthiyāti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, apattacīvarako upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
尔时,诸比库授具足于无钵衣者。他们裸体以手行乞食。人们非难、呵责、传播:「犹如外道。」他们将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,不应授具足于无钵衣者。若授具足者,犯恶作。」
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū yācitakena pattena upasampādenti. Upasampanne pattaṃ paṭiharanti. Hatthesu piṇḍāya caranti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – seyyathāpi titthiyāti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, yācitakena pattena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
尔时,诸比库以乞得之钵授具足。授具足后取回钵。他们以手行乞食。人们非难、呵责、传播:「犹如外道。」他们将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,不应以乞得之钵授具足。若授具足者,犯恶作。」
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū yācitakena cīvarena upasampādenti. Upasampanne cīvaraṃ paṭiharanti. Naggā piṇḍāya caranti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – seyyathāpi titthiyāti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, yācitakena cīvarena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
尔时,诸比库以乞得之衣授具足。授具足后取回衣。他们裸体行乞食。人们非难、呵责、传播:「犹如外道。」他们将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,不应以乞得之衣授具足。若授具足者,犯恶作。」
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū yācitakena pattacīvarena upasampādenti. Upasampanne pattacīvaraṃ paṭiharanti. Naggā hatthesu piṇḍāya caranti. Manussā ujjhāyanti khiyyanti vipācenti – seyyathāpi titthiyāti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, yācitakena pattacīvarena upasampādetabbo. Yo upasampādeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
尔时,诸比库以乞得之钵衣授具足。授具足后取回钵衣。他们裸体以手行乞食。人们非难、呵责、传播:「犹如外道。」他们将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,不应以乞得之钵衣授具足。若授具足者,犯恶作。」
Naupasampādetabbekavīsativāro niṭṭhito. · 不应授达上二十一结合类完
57. Napabbājetabbadvattiṃsavāro57. 不应出家三十二结合类
§119
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū hatthacchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… pādacchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… hatthapādacchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… kaṇṇacchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… nāsacchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… kaṇṇanāsacchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… aṅgulicchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… aḷacchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… kaṇḍaracchinnaṃ pabbājenti…pe… phaṇahatthakaṃ pabbājenti…pe… khujjaṃ pabbājenti…pe… vāmanaṃ pabbājenti…pe… galagaṇḍiṃ pabbājenti…pe… lakkhaṇāhataṃ pabbājenti…pe… kasāhataṃ pabbājenti…pe… likhitakaṃ pabbājenti…pe… sīpadiṃ pabbājenti…pe… pāparogiṃ pabbājenti…pe… parisadūsakaṃ pabbājenti…pe… kāṇaṃ pabbājenti…pe… kuṇiṃ pabbājenti…pe… khañjaṃ pabbājenti…pe… pakkhahataṃ pabbājenti…pe… chinniriyāpathaṃ pabbājenti…pe… jarādubbalaṃ pabbājenti…pe… andhaṃ pabbājenti…pe… mūgaṃ pabbājenti…pe… badhiraṃ pabbājenti…pe… andhamūgaṃ pabbājenti…pe… andhabadhiraṃ pabbājenti…pe… mūgabadhiraṃ pabbājenti…pe… andhamūgabadhiraṃ pabbājenti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ…pe… na, bhikkhave, hatthacchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, pādacchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, hatthapādacchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, kaṇṇacchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, nāsacchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, kaṇṇanāsacchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, aṅgulicchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, aḷacchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, kaṇḍaracchinno pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, phaṇahatthako pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, khujjo pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, vāmano pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, galagaṇḍī pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, lakkhaṇāhato pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, kasāhato pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, likhitako pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, sīpadī pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, pāparogī pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, parisadūsako pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, kāṇo pabbājetabbo…pe… na , bhikkhave, kuṇī pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, khañjo pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, pakkhahato pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, chinniriyāpatho pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, jarādubbalo pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, andho pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, mūgo pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, badhiro pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, andhamūgo pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, andhabadhiro pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, mūgabadhiro pabbājetabbo…pe… na, bhikkhave, andhamūgabadhiro pabbājetabbo. Yo pabbājeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
尔时,诸比库令断手者出家……令断足者出家……令断手足者出家……令断耳者出家……令断鼻者出家……令断耳鼻者出家……令断指者出家……令断拇指者出家……令断筋者出家……令蹼手者出家……令驼背者出家……令侏儒者出家……令瘿瘤者出家……令受烙印者出家……令受鞭打者出家……令受刺字者出家……令象皮病者出家……令恶疾者出家……令污染众者出家……令独眼者出家……令曲肢者出家……令跛足者出家……令半身不遂者出家……令断威仪路者出家……令老弱者出家……令盲者出家……令哑者出家……令聋者出家……令盲哑者出家……令盲聋者出家……令哑聋者出家……令盲哑聋者出家。他们将此事禀告世尊……「诸比库,不应令断手者出家……诸比库,不应令断足者出家……诸比库,不应令断手足者出家……诸比库,不应令断耳者出家……诸比库,不应令断鼻者出家……诸比库,不应令断耳鼻者出家……诸比库,不应令断指者出家……诸比库,不应令断拇指者出家……诸比库,不应令断筋者出家……诸比库,不应令蹼手者出家……诸比库,不应令驼背者出家……诸比库,不应令侏儒者出家……诸比库,不应令瘿瘤者出家……诸比库,不应令受烙印者出家……诸比库,不应令受鞭打者出家……诸比库,不应令受刺字者出家……诸比库,不应令象皮病者出家……诸比库,不应令恶疾者出家……诸比库,不应令污染众者出家……诸比库,不应令独眼者出家……诸比库,不应令曲肢者出家……诸比库,不应令跛足者出家……诸比库,不应令半身不遂者出家……诸比库,不应令断威仪路者出家……诸比库,不应令老弱者出家……诸比库,不应令盲者出家……诸比库,不应令哑者出家……诸比库,不应令聋者出家……诸比库,不应令盲哑者出家……诸比库,不应令盲聋者出家……诸比库,不应令哑聋者出家……诸比库,不应令盲哑聋者出家。若令出家者,犯恶作。」
Napabbājetabbadvattiṃsavāro niṭṭhito. · 不应出家三十二结合类完
Dāyajjabhāṇavāro niṭṭhito navamo. · 达亚迦巴那结合类完,第九
58. Alajjīnissayavatthūni58. 无惭依止事
§120
Tena kho pana samayena chabbaggiyā bhikkhū alajjīnaṃ nissayaṃ denti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, alajjīnaṃ nissayo dātabbo. Yo dadeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
尔时,六群比库给予无惭者依止。他们将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,不应给予无惭者依止。若给予者,犯恶作。」
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū alajjīnaṃ nissāya vasanti. Tepi nacirasseva alajjino honti pāpakābhikkhū. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, alajjīnaṃ nissāya vatthabbaṃ. Yo vaseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassāti.
尔时,诸比库依止无惭者而住。他们不久亦成为无惭、恶比库。他们将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,不应依止无惭者而住。若住者,犯恶作。」
Atha kho bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘na alajjīnaṃ nissayo dātabbo, na alajjīnaṃ nissāya vatthabba’nti. Kathaṃ nu kho mayaṃ jāneyyāma lajjiṃ vā alajjiṃ vā’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, catūhapañcāhaṃ āgametuṃ yāva bhikkhusabhāgataṃ jānāmīti.
那时,诸比库们生起此念:「世尊已制定『不应给无惭者依止,不应依止无惭者而住』。我们如何得知有惭或无惭呢?」他们将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,我允许等待四、五天,直到了知与比库相应为止。」
59. Gamikādinissayavatthūni59. 游行者等依止事
§121
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu kosalesu janapade addhānamaggappaṭipanno hoti. Atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘na anissitena vatthabba’nti. Ahañcamhi nissayakaraṇīyo addhānamaggappaṭipanno, kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, addhānamaggappaṭipannena bhikkhunā nissayaṃ alabhamānena anissitena vatthunti.
尔时,某位比库在国萨拉国的地方正在旅途中行走。那时,那位比库生起此念:「世尊已制定『不应无依止而住』。而我是应受依止者,正在旅途中行走,我应如何行呢?」他们将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,我允许正在旅途中行走的比库,若得不到依止,可无依止而住。」
Tena kho pana samayena dve bhikkhū kosalesu janapade addhānamaggappaṭipannā honti. Te aññataraṃ āvāsaṃ upagacchiṃsu. Tattha eko bhikkhu gilāno hoti. Atha kho tassa gilānassa bhikkhuno etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘na anissitena vatthabba’nti. Ahañcamhi nissayakaraṇīyo gilāno, kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānena bhikkhunā nissayaṃ alabhamānena anissitena vatthunti.
尔时,两位比库在国萨拉国的地方正在旅途中行走。他们前往某个住处。在那里,一位比库生病了。那时,那位生病的比库生起此念:「世尊已制定『不应无依止而住』。而我是应受依止者,且生病了,我应如何行呢?」他们将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,我允许生病的比库,若得不到依止,可无依止而住。」
Atha kho tassa gilānupaṭṭhākassa bhikkhuno etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘na anissitena vatthabba’nti. Ahañcamhi nissayakaraṇīyo, ayañca bhikkhu gilāno, kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānupaṭṭhākena bhikkhunā nissayaṃ alabhamānena yāciyamānena anissitena vatthunti.
那时,那位看护病人的比库生起此念:「世尊已制定『不应无依止而住』。而我是应受依止者,且这位比库生病了,我应如何行呢?」他们将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,我允许看护病人的比库,若得不到依止,被请求时,可无依止而住。」
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu araññe viharati. Tassa ca tasmiṃ senāsane phāsu hoti. Atha kho tassa bhikkhuno etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘na anissitena vatthabba’nti. Ahañcamhi nissayakaraṇīyo araññe viharāmi, mayhañca imasmiṃ senāsane phāsu hoti, kathaṃ nu kho mayā paṭipajjitabba’’nti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, āraññikena bhikkhunā phāsuvihāraṃ sallakkhentena nissayaṃ alabhamānena anissitena vatthuṃ – yadā patirūpo nissayadāyako āgacchissati, tadā tassa nissāya vasissāmīti.
尔时,某位比库住在林野。而他在那个住处感到安乐。那时,那位比库生起此念:「世尊已制定『不应无依止而住』。而我是应受依止者,住在林野,且我在这个住处感到安乐,我应如何行呢?」他们将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,我允许住林野的比库,顾念安乐住,若得不到依止,可无依止而住——『当适当的依止给予者来到时,那时我将依止他而住』。」
60. Gottena anussāvanānujānanā60. 以姓随诵允许
§122
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato mahākassapassa upasampadāpekkho hoti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmato ānandassa santike dūtaṃ pāhesi – āgacchatu ānando imaṃ anussāvessatūti . Āyasmā ānando evamāha – ‘‘nāhaṃ ussahāmi therassa nāmaṃ gahetuṃ, garu me thero’’ti . Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gottenapi anussāvetunti.
尔时,具寿马哈咖沙巴有求受具足者。那时,具寿马哈咖沙巴派遣使者到具寿阿难处:「愿阿难来为此人作诵告。」具寿阿难如此说:「我不能取长老的名字,长老对我是尊重的。」他们将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,我允许也以族姓作诵告。」
61. Dveupasampadāpekkhādivatthu61. 二达上期待等事
§123
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato mahākassapassa dve upasampadāpekkhā honti. Te vivadanti – ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ upasampajjissāmi, ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ upasampajjissāmīti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dve ekānussāvane kātunti.
尔时,具寿马哈咖沙巴有两位求受具足者。他们争论:「我将先受具足,我将先受具足。」他们将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,我允许为两人作一次诵告。」
Tena kho pana samayena sambahulānaṃ therānaṃ upasampadāpekkhā honti. Te vivadanti – ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ upasampajjissāmi, ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ upasampajjissāmīti. Therā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘handa, mayaṃ, āvuso, sabbeva ekānussāvane karomā’’ti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dve tayo ekānussāvane kātuṃ, tañca kho ekena upajjhāyena, na tveva nānupajjhāyenāti.
尔时,众多长老们有求受具足者。他们争论:「我将先受具足,我将先受具足。」诸长老如此说:「来吧,诸具寿,我们全部都作一次诵告。」他们将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库,我允许为两、三人作一次诵告,而且是在一位戒师之下,但绝非在不同戒师之下。」
62. Gabbhavīsūpasampadānujānanā62. 胎二十达上允许
§124
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā kumārakassapo gabbhavīso upasampanno ahosi. Atha kho āyasmato kumārakassapassa etadahosi – ‘‘bhagavatā paññattaṃ ‘na ūnavīsativasso puggalo upasampādetabbo’ti. Ahañcamhi gabbhavīso upasampanno. Upasampanno nu khomhi, nanu kho upasampanno’’ti? Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Yaṃ, bhikkhave, mātukucchismiṃ paṭhamaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ, paṭhamaṃ viññāṇaṃ pātubhūtaṃ , tadupādāya sāvassa jāti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gabbhavīsaṃ upasampādetunti.
尔时,具寿库玛拉咖沙巴在胎中二十岁时受达上。时,具寿库玛拉咖沙巴生起此念:「世尊已制定『不应使未满二十岁之人受达上』。而我在胎中二十岁时受达上。我是已受达上,还是未受达上呢?」诸比库将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库!凡在母胎中最初生起心、最初出现识,从那时起计算他的生。诸比库!我允许使胎中二十岁者受达上。」
63. Upasampadāvidhi63. 达上仪式
§125
Tena kho pana samayena upasampannā dissanti kuṭṭhikāpi gaṇḍikāpi kilāsikāpi sosikāpi apamārikāpi. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, upasampādentena terasa antarāyike dhamme pucchituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, pucchitabbo – ‘‘santi te evarūpā ābādhā – kuṭṭhaṃ, gaṇḍo, kilāso, soso, apamāro? Manussosi ? Purisosi? Bhujissosi? Aṇaṇosi? Nasi rājabhaṭo? Anuññātosi mātāpitūhi? Paripuṇṇavīsativassosi? Paripuṇṇaṃ te pattacīvaraṃ? Kiṃnāmosi? Konāmo te upajjhāyo’’ti?
尔时,见到已受达上者有麻风病者、有疮病者、有白癞病者、有肺痨病者、有癫痫病者。诸比库将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库!我允许受达上者询问十三种障碍法。诸比库!应如此询问:『你有这样的疾病吗——麻风、疮、白癞、肺痨、癫痫?你是人吗?你是男子吗?你是自由人吗?你无债吗?你不是王臣吗?你得到父母允许了吗?你满二十岁了吗?你的钵与衣具足了吗?你叫什么名字?你的戒师叫什么名字?』」
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū ananusiṭṭhe upasampadāpekkhe antarāyike dhamme pucchanti. Upasampadāpekkhā vitthāyanti, maṅkū honti, na sakkonti vissajjetuṃ. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ anusāsitvā pacchā antarāyike dhamme pucchitunti.
尔时,诸比库对未受教诫的达上希求者询问障碍法。达上希求者感到困扰、羞愧,不能回答。诸比库将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库!我允许先教诫,然后询问障碍法。」
Tattheva saṅghamajjhe anusāsanti. Upasampadāpekkhā tatheva vitthāyanti, maṅkū honti, na sakkonti vissajjetuṃ. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ekamantaṃ anusāsitvā saṅghamajjhe antarāyike dhamme pucchituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, anusāsitabbo –
他们就在僧团中教诫。达上希求者同样感到困扰、羞愧,不能回答。诸比库将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库!我允许在一旁教诫后,在僧团中询问障碍法。诸比库!应如此教诫——
§126
Paṭhamaṃ upajjhaṃ gāhāpetabbo. Upajjhaṃ gāhāpetvā pattacīvaraṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ – ayaṃ te patto, ayaṃ saṅghāṭi, ayaṃ uttarāsaṅgo, ayaṃ antaravāsako. Gaccha, amumhi okāse tiṭṭhāhīti.
首先应使他取戒师。使他取戒师后,应告知钵与衣——『这是你的钵,这是桑喀帝,这是上衣,这是下衣。去,站在那个地方。』
Bālā abyattā anusāsanti. Duranusiṭṭhā upasampadāpekkhā vitthāyanti, maṅkū honti, na sakkonti vissajjetuṃ. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, bālena abyattena anusāsitabbo. Yo anusāseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena anusāsitunti.
愚痴无能者教诫。被教诫不善的达上希求者感到困扰、羞愧,不能回答。诸比库将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库!不应由愚痴无能者教诫。若教诫者,犯恶作。诸比库!我允许由有能力的贤明比库教诫。」
Asammatā anusāsanti. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Na, bhikkhave, asammatena anusāsitabbo. Yo anusāseyya, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Anujānāmi , bhikkhave, sammatena anusāsituṃ. Evañca pana, bhikkhave, sammannitabbo – attanā vā attānaṃ sammannitabbaṃ, parena vā paro sammannitabbo.
未经白者教诫。诸比库将此事禀告世尊。「诸比库!不应由未经白者教诫。若教诫者,犯恶作。诸比库!我允许由经白者教诫。诸比库!应如此作白:自己可为自己作白,或他人可为他人作白。
Kathañca attanāva attānaṃ sammannitabbaṃ? Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo – ‘‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ itthannāmaṃ anusāseyya’’nti. Evaṃ attanāva attānaṃ sammannitabbaṃ.
如何自己为自己作白?有能力的贤明比库应告知僧团:『尊者们!请僧团听我说。某某是具寿某某的达上希求者。若僧团适时,我将教诫某某。』如此自己为自己作白。
Kathañca pana parena paro sammannitabbo? Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo – ‘‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, itthannāmo itthannāmaṃ anusāseyyā’’ti . Evaṃ parena paro sammannitabbo.
又,如何以另一人来指定另一人?应由精通、能干的比库告知僧团——「尊者们,请僧团听我说。某甲是某甲具寿的求受具足者。若僧团适时,某甲应教诫某甲。」如此以另一人来指定另一人。
Tena sammatena bhikkhunā upasampadāpekkho upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘suṇasi, itthannāma, ayaṃ te saccakālo bhūtakālo. Yaṃ jātaṃ taṃ saṅghamajjhe pucchante santaṃ atthīti vattabbaṃ, asantaṃ natthī’’ti vattabbaṃ. Mā kho vitthāyi, mā kho maṅku ahosi. Evaṃ taṃ pucchissanti – ‘‘santi te evarūpā ābādhā – kuṭṭhaṃ, gaṇḍo, kilāso, soso, apamāro? Manussosi? Purisosi? Bhujissosi? Aṇaṇosi? Nasi rājabhaṭo? Anuññātosi mātāpitūhi? Paripuṇṇavīsativassosi? Paripuṇṇaṃ te pattacīvaraṃ? Kiṃnāmosi? Konāmo te upajjhāyo’’ti?
被指定的那位比库应前往求受具足者处,应如此对他说——「某甲,你听着,现在是你的真实时、真谛时。凡已生起的,在僧团中间询问时,若有应说『有』,若无应说『无』。你不要害怕,不要惊慌。他们将如此询问你——『你有这样的病吗——麻风、疖疮、白癞、肺痨、癫痫?你是人吗?你是男子吗?你是自由人吗?你无债吗?你不是王臣吗?你得到父母允许了吗?你满二十岁了吗?你的钵与衣具足了吗?你名叫什么?你的戒师名叫什么?』」
Ekato āgacchanti. Na, bhikkhave, ekato āgantabbaṃ. Anusāsakena paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā saṅgho ñāpetabbo – ‘‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho . Anusiṭṭho so mayā. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, itthannāmo āgaccheyyā’’ti. Āgacchāhīti vattabbo.
他们一起来。诸比库,不应一起来。教诫者应先来,告知僧团——「尊者们,请僧团听我说。某甲是某甲具寿的求受具足者。他已被我教诫。若僧团适时,某甲应来。」应对他说「来吧」。
Ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ kārāpetvā bhikkhūnaṃ pāde vandāpetvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīdāpetvā añjaliṃ paggaṇhāpetvā upasampadaṃ yācāpetabbo – ‘‘saṅghaṃ, bhante, upasampadaṃ yācāmi. Ullumpatu maṃ, bhante, saṅgho anukampaṃ upādāya. Dutiyampi, bhante, saṅghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācāmi. Ullumpatu maṃ, bhante, saṅgho anukampaṃ upādāya. Tatiyampi, bhante, saṅghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācāmi. Ullumpatu maṃ , bhante, saṅgho anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti. Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –
使他偏袒上衣一肩,使他礼敬诸比库之足,使他蹲踞而坐,使他合掌,应使他乞求受具足——「尊者们,我乞求僧团受具足。尊者们,请僧团出于怜愍拔济我。第二次,尊者们,我乞求僧团受具足。尊者们,请僧团出于怜愍拔济我。第三次,尊者们,我乞求僧团受具足。尊者们,请僧团出于怜愍拔济我。」应由精通、能干的比库告知僧团——
‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ itthannāmaṃ antarāyike dhamme puccheyya’’nti? Suṇasi, itthannāma, ayaṃ te saccakālo bhūtakālo. Yaṃ jātaṃ taṃ pucchāmi. Santaṃ atthīti vattabbaṃ, asantaṃ natthīti vattabbaṃ. Santi te evarūpā ābādhā – kuṭṭhaṃ gaṇḍo kileso soso apamāro, manussosi, purisosi, bhujissosi, aṇaṇosi, nasi rājabhaṭo, anuññātosi mātāpitūhi, paripuṇṇavīsativassosi, paripuṇṇaṃ te pattacīvaraṃ, kiṃnāmosi, konāmo te upajjhāyoti? Byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo –
「尊者们,请僧团听我说。此某甲是某甲具寿的求受具足者。若僧团适时,我应询问某甲诸障碍法。」「某甲,你听着,现在是你的真实时、真谛时。凡已生起的,我询问你。若有应说『有』,若无应说『无』。你有这样的病吗——麻风、疖疮、白癞、肺痨、癫痫?你是人吗?你是男子吗?你是自由人吗?你无债吗?你不是王臣吗?你得到父母允许了吗?你满二十岁了吗?你的钵与衣具足了吗?你名叫什么?你的戒师名叫什么?」应由精通、能干的比库告知僧团——
§127
‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho, parisuddho antarāyikehi dhammehi, paripuṇṇassa pattacīvaraṃ. Itthannāmo saṅghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeyya itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Esā ñatti.
「尊者们,请僧团听我说。此某甲是某甲具寿的求受具足者,他清净于诸障碍法,他的钵与衣具足。某甲以某甲为戒师向僧团乞求受具足。若僧团适时,僧团应以某甲为戒师授予某甲具足。此为表白。
‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho, parisuddho antarāyikehi dhammehi, paripuṇṇassa pattacīvaraṃ. Itthannāmo saṅghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena . Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
「尊者们,请僧团听我说。此某甲是某甲具寿的求受具足者,他清净于诸障碍法,他的钵与衣具足。某甲以某甲为戒师向僧团乞求受具足。僧团以某甲为戒师授予某甲具足。若诸具寿认可以某甲为戒师授予某甲具足,请默然;若不认可,请说。
‘‘Dutiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi – suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho, parisuddho antarāyikehi dhammehi, paripuṇṇassa pattacīvaraṃ. Itthannāmo saṅghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
「第二次我也说此义——尊者们,请僧团听我说。此某甲是某甲具寿的求受具足者,他清净于诸障碍法,他的钵与衣具足。某甲以某甲为戒师向僧团乞求受具足。僧团以某甲为戒师授予某甲具足。若诸具寿认可以某甲为戒师授予某甲具足,请默然;若不认可,请说。
‘‘Tatiyampi etamatthaṃ vadāmi – suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Ayaṃ itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho, parisuddho antarāyikehi dhammehi, paripuṇṇassa pattacīvaraṃ. Itthannāmo saṅghaṃ upasampadaṃ yācati itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Saṅgho itthannāmaṃ upasampādeti itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa upasampadā itthannāmena upajjhāyena, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
「第三次我也说此义——尊者们,请僧团听我说。此某甲名者是某甲名具寿的求受具足者,清净于诸障碍法,钵与衣具足。某甲名向僧团乞求受具足,以某甲名为戒师。僧团令某甲名受具足,以某甲名为戒师。对某甲名的受具足,以某甲名为戒师,哪位具寿认可,他应默然;哪位不认可,他应说。」
‘‘Upasampanno saṅghena itthannāmo itthannāmena upajjhāyena. Khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti.
「某甲名已被僧团授予受具足,以某甲名为戒师。僧团认可,因此默然,我如是持此。」
Upasampadākammaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. · 达上甘马完
64. Cattāro nissayā64. 四依止
§128
Tāvadeva chāyā metabbā, utuppamāṇaṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ, divasabhāgo ācikkhitabbo, saṅgīti ācikkhitabbā , cattāro nissayā ācikkhitabbā –
即刻应量影,应告知季节量,应告知日分,应告知合诵,应告知四依——
‘‘Piṇḍiyālopabhojanaṃ nissāya pabbajjā. Tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo. Atirekalābho – saṅghabhattaṃ, uddesabhattaṃ, nimantanaṃ, salākabhattaṃ, pakkhikaṃ, uposathikaṃ, pāṭipadikaṃ.
「依乞食而出家。于此你应尽形寿努力。额外所得——僧食、指定食、邀请食、筹食、半月食、伍波萨他食、初日食。」
‘‘Paṃsukūlacīvaraṃ nissāya pabbajjā. Tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo. Atirekalābho – khomaṃ, kappāsikaṃ, koseyyaṃ, kambalaṃ, sāṇaṃ, bhaṅgaṃ.
「依尘堆衣而出家。于此你应尽形寿努力。额外所得——麻、棉、丝、羊毛、麻布、大麻。」
‘‘Rukkhamūlasenāsanaṃ nissāya pabbajjā. Tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo. Atirekalābho – vihāro, aḍḍhayogo, pāsādo, hammiyaṃ, guhā.
「依树下坐而出家。于此你应尽形寿努力。额外所得——精舍、半覆屋、楼房、重阁、洞窟。」
‘‘Pūtimuttabhesajjaṃ nissāya pabbajjā. Tattha te yāvajīvaṃ ussāho karaṇīyo. Atirekalābho – sappi, navanītaṃ, telaṃ, madhu, phāṇita’’nti.
「依腐尿药而出家。于此你应尽形寿努力。额外所得——酥、生酥、油、蜜、糖。」
Cattāro nissayā niṭṭhitā. · 四依止完
65. Cattāri akaraṇīyāni65. 四不应作
§129
Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ upasampādetvā ekakaṃ ohāya pakkamiṃsu. So pacchā ekakova āgacchanto antarāmagge purāṇadutiyikāya samāgañchi. Sā evamāha – ‘‘kiṃdāni pabbajitosī’’ti? ‘‘Āma, pabbajitomhī’’ti. ‘‘Dullabho kho pabbajitānaṃ methuno dhammo; ehi, methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevā’’ti. So tassā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitvā cirena agamāsi. Bhikkhū evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kissa tvaṃ, āvuso, evaṃ ciraṃ akāsī’’ti? Atha kho so bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Bhikkhū bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ . Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, upasampādetvā dutiyaṃ dātuṃ, cattāri ca akaraṇīyāni ācikkhituṃ –
尔时,诸比库授予某位比库受具足后,舍弃单独者而离去。他后来单独前来时,在中途遇到旧情妇。她如是说——「现在你出家了吗?」「是的,我出家了。」「对出家者来说,欲法难得;来,行欲法。」他与她行欲法后,很久才来。诸比库如是说——「贤友,你为何如此久才来?」于是,彼比库向诸比库报告此事。诸比库向世尊报告此事。「诸比库,我允许授予受具足后给予伴侣,并告知四不应作——」
‘‘Upasampannena bhikkhunā methuno dhammo na paṭisevitabbo, antamaso tiracchānagatāyapi. Yo bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevati, assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. Seyyathāpi nāma puriso sīsacchinno abhabbo tena sarīrabandhanena jīvituṃ, evameva bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. Taṃ te yāvajīvaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ.
「受具足的比库不应行淫法,乃至对畜生也不应。任何比库行淫法者,即非沙门、非释迦子。犹如名为断头之人,以那身体的连结无能生存,如是,比库行淫法后,即非沙门、非释迦子。此于汝终生不应作。」
‘‘Upasampannena bhikkhunā adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ na ādātabbaṃ, antamaso tiṇasalākaṃ upādāya. Yo bhikkhu pādaṃ vā pādārahaṃ vā atirekapādaṃ vā adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyati, assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. Seyyathāpi nāma paṇḍupalāso bandhanā pamutto abhabbo haritatthāya, evameva bhikkhu pādaṃ vā pādārahaṃ vā atirekapādaṃ vā adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyitvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. Taṃ te yāvajīvaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ.
「受具足的比库不应取未给与的、称为盗的,乃至草叶。任何比库取未给与的、称为盗的一巴达或值一巴达或超过一巴达者,即非沙门、非释迦子。犹如名为枯黄之叶从连结脱落,无能成为绿色,如是,比库取未给与的、称为盗的一巴达或值一巴达或超过一巴达后,即非沙门、非释迦子。此于汝终生不应作。」
‘‘Upasampannena bhikkhunā sañcicca pāṇo jīvitā na voropetabbo, antamaso kunthakipillikaṃ upādāya. Yo bhikkhu sañcicca manussaviggahaṃ jīvitā voropeti, antamaso gabbhapātanaṃ upādāya, assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. Seyyathāpi nāma puthusilā dvedhā bhinnā appaṭisandhikā hoti, evameva bhikkhu sañcicca manussaviggahaṃ jīvitā voropetvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo . Taṃ te yāvajīvaṃ akaraṇīyaṃ.
「受具足的比库不应故意夺生命者之命,乃至蚁卵。任何比库故意夺人身者之命,乃至堕胎,即非沙门、非释迦子。犹如名为大石一分为二即无法再接合,如是,比库故意夺人身者之命后,即非沙门、非释迦子。此于汝终生不应作。」
‘‘Upasampannena bhikkhunā uttarimanussadhammo na ullapitabbo, antamaso ‘suññāgāre abhiramāmī’ti. Yo bhikkhu pāpiccho icchāpakato asantaṃ abhūtaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapati jhānaṃ vā vimokkhaṃ vā samādhiṃ vā samāpattiṃ vā maggaṃ vā phalaṃ vā, assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. Seyyathāpi nāma tālo matthakacchinno abhabbo puna viruḷhiyā, evameva bhikkhu pāpiccho icchāpakato asantaṃ abhūtaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapitvā assamaṇo hoti asakyaputtiyo. Taṃ te yāvajīvaṃ akaraṇīya’’nti.
「受具足的比库不应宣说上人法,乃至『我乐住于空闲处』。任何比库恶欲、为欲所缚,宣说不存在的、非真实的上人法——禅那、解脱、定、等至、道或果者,即非沙门、非释迦子。犹如名为棕榈树断顶后无能再生长,如是,比库恶欲、为欲所缚,宣说不存在的、非真实的上人法后,即非沙门、非释迦子。此于汝终生不应作。」
Cattāri akaraṇīyāni niṭṭhitāni. · 四不应作完
66. Āpattiyā adassane ukkhittakavatthūni66. 于罪不见举罪事
§130
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu āpattiyā adassane ukkhittako vibbhami. So puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṃ yāci. Bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ.
尔时,某位比库因不见罪而被举,他还俗了。他再回来后向诸比库请求受具足。诸比库将此事禀告世尊。
Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āpattiyā adassane ukkhittako vibbhamati. So puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṃ yācati. So evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘passissasi taṃ āpatti’’nti? Sacāhaṃ passissāmīti, pabbājetabbo. Sacāhaṃ na passissāmīti, na pabbājetabbo. Pabbājetvā vattabbo – ‘‘passissasi taṃ āpatti’’nti? Sacāhaṃ passissāmīti, upasampādetabbo. Sacāhaṃ na passissāmīti, na upasampādetabbo. Upasampādetvā vattabbo – ‘‘passissasi taṃ āpatti’’nti? Sacāhaṃ passissāmīti , osāretabbo. Sacāhaṃ na passissāmīti, na osāretabbo. Osāretvā vattabbo – ‘‘passasi taṃ āpatti’’nti? Sace passati, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce passati, labbhamānāya sāmaggiyā puna ukkhipitabbo. Alabbhamānāya sāmaggiyā anāpatti sambhoge saṃvāse.
「诸比库,于此,比库因不见罪而被举,他还俗了。他再回来后向诸比库请求受具足。应如此对他说——『你将见那罪吗?』若『我将见』,应令出家。若『我将不见』,不应令出家。令出家后应对他说——『你将见那罪吗?』若『我将见』,应令受具足。若『我将不见』,不应令受具足。令受具足后应对他说——『你将见那罪吗?』若『我将见』,应解举。若『我将不见』,不应解举。解举后应对他说——『你见那罪吗?』若见,此即善。若不见,若得和合,应再举。若不得和合,共享、共住无罪。」
Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āpattiyā appaṭikamme ukkhittako vibbhamati. So puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṃ yācati. So evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘paṭikarissasi taṃ āpatti’’nti? Sacāhaṃ paṭikarissāmīti, pabbājetabbo . Sacāhaṃ na paṭikarissāmīti, na pabbājetabbo. Pabbājetvā vattabbo – ‘‘paṭikarissasi taṃ āpatti’’nti? Sacāhaṃ paṭikarissāmīti, upasampādetabbo. Sacāhaṃ na paṭikarissāmīti, na upasampādetabbo. Upasampādetvā vattabbo – ‘‘paṭikarissasi taṃ āpatti’’nti? Sacāhaṃ paṭikarissāmīti, osāretabbo. Sacāhaṃ na paṭikarissāmīti, na osāretabbo. Osāretvā vattabbo – ‘‘paṭikarohi taṃ āpatti’’nti. Sace paṭikaroti, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce paṭikaroti labbhamānāya sāmaggiyā puna ukkhipitabbo. Alabbhamānāya sāmaggiyā anāpatti sambhoge saṃvāse.
「诸比库,于此,比库因不忏悔罪而被举,他还俗了。他再回来后向诸比库请求受具足。应如此对他说——『你将忏悔那罪吗?』若『我将忏悔』,应令出家。若『我将不忏悔』,不应令出家。令出家后应对他说——『你将忏悔那罪吗?』若『我将忏悔』,应令受具足。若『我将不忏悔』,不应令受具足。令受具足后应对他说——『你将忏悔那罪吗?』若『我将忏悔』,应解举。若『我将不忏悔』,不应解举。解举后应对他说——『请忏悔那罪』。若忏悔,此即善。若不忏悔,若得和合,应再举。若不得和合,共享、共住无罪。」
Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge ukkhittako vibbhamati. So puna paccāgantvā bhikkhū upasampadaṃ yācati. So evamassa vacanīyo – ‘‘paṭinissajjissasi taṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhi’’nti? Sacāhaṃ paṭinissajjissāmīti, pabbājetabbo. Sacāhaṃ na paṭinissajjissāmīti, na pabbājetabbo. Pabbājetvā vattabbo – ‘‘paṭinissajjissasi taṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhi’’nti? Sacāhaṃ paṭinissajjissāmīti, upasampādetabbo. Sacāhaṃ na paṭinissajjissāmīti, na upasampādetabbo. Upasampādetvā vattabbo – ‘‘paṭinissajjissasi taṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhi’’nti? Sacāhaṃ paṭinissajjissāmīti, osāretabbo. Sacāhaṃ na paṭinissajjissāmīti, na osāretabbo. Osāretvā vattabbo – ‘‘paṭinissajjehi taṃ pāpikaṃ diṭṭhi’’nti. Sace paṭinissajjati, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce paṭinissajjati, labbhamānāya sāmaggiyā puna ukkhipitabbo. Alabbhamānāya sāmaggiyā anāpatti sambhoge saṃvāseti.
「诸比库,于此,比库因不舍恶见而被举,他还俗了。他再回来后向诸比库请求受具足。应如此对他说——『你将舍那恶见吗?』若『我将舍』,应令出家。若『我将不舍』,不应令出家。令出家后应对他说——『你将舍那恶见吗?』若『我将舍』,应令受具足。若『我将不舍』,不应令受具足。令受具足后应对他说——『你将舍那恶见吗?』若『我将舍』,应解举。若『我将不舍』,不应解举。解举后应对他说——『请舍那恶见』。若舍,此即善。若不舍,若得和合,应再举。若不得和合,共享、共住无罪。」
Mahākhandhako paṭhamo. · 大篇集第一
67. Tassuddānaṃ67. 彼摄颂
Vinayamhi mahatthesu, pesalānaṃ sukhāvahe;
于律中诸大义,善良者之乐因;
Niggahānañca pāpicche, lajjīnaṃ paggahesu ca.
于恶欲者之制止,及于惭者之鼓励。
Sāsanādhāraṇe ceva, sabbaññujinagocare;
于持教及一切知胜者之行境;
Anaññavisaye kheme, supaññatte asaṃsaye.
于非他境之安稳,善施设无疑。
Khandhake vinaye ceva, parivāre ca mātike;
于篇集、于律、于附随及于三十二相;
Yathātthakārī kusalo, paṭipajjati yoniso.
如实义而作之善巧者,如理而行。
Yo gavaṃ na vijānāti, na so rakkhati gogaṇaṃ;
不了知牛者,彼不守护牛群;
Evaṃ sīlaṃ ajānanto, kiṃ so rakkheyya saṃvaraṃ.
如是不知戒者,彼如何守护律仪。
Pamuṭṭhamhi ca suttante, abhidhamme ca tāvade;
当经已被遗忘,阿毗达摩也如此;
Vinaye avinaṭṭhamhi, puna tiṭṭhati sāsanaṃ.
律未被破坏时,教法仍然存续。
Tasmā saṅgāhaṇāhetuṃ , uddānaṃ anupubbaso;
因此为了摄集之故,依次序诵出摘要;
Pavakkhāmi yathāñāyaṃ, suṇātha mama bhāsato.
我将如所知而说,请听我所说。
Vatthu nidānaṃ āpatti, nayā peyyālameva ca;
事缘、因缘、罪、方法以及复述,
Dukkaraṃ taṃ asesetuṃ, nayato taṃ vijānathāti.
难以完全详述,应依方法了知。
Bodhi rājāyatanañca, ajapālo sahampati;
菩提、王舍城、阿迦巴喇、娑婆主;
Brahmā āḷāro udako, bhikkhu ca upako isi.
梵天、阿喇喇、伍达咖、比库及伍巴咖仙人。
Koṇḍañño vappo bhaddiyo, mahānāmo ca assaji;
憍陈如、瓦巴、跋提、摩诃那摩和阿说示;
Yaso cattāro paññāsa, sabbe pesesi so disā.
耶舍及五十四人,他遣送他们往诸方。
Vatthu mārehi tiṃsā ca, uruvelaṃ tayo jaṭī;
事、魔三十、优楼韦喇三结发者;
Agyāgāraṃ mahārājā, sakko brahmā ca kevalā.
火屋、大王、萨咖、梵天及一切。
Paṃsukūlaṃ pokkharaṇī, silā ca kakudho silā;
尘堆衣、莲池、石及咖库多石;
Jambu ambo ca āmalo, pāripupphañca āhari.
阎浮、芒果及庵摩罗,带来满开之花。
Phāliyantu ujjalantu, vijjhāyantu ca kassapa;
破裂、燃烧、穿透,迦叶;
Nimujjanti mukhī megho, gayā laṭṭhi ca māgadho.
沉没、面、云、伽耶、杖及马嘎达。
Upatisso kolito ca, abhiññātā ca pabbajuṃ;
乌巴提沙与果利答,以及知名者们出家了;
Dunnivatthā paṇāmanā, kiso lūkho ca brāhmaṇo.
难以安住、礼敬者,瘦弱、憔悴的婆罗门。
Anācāraṃ ācarati, udaraṃ māṇavo gaṇo;
行非行,学童众腹部;
Vassaṃ bālehi pakkanto, dasa vassāni nissayo.
被愚者度过雨季,十年的依止。
Na vattanti paṇāmetuṃ, bālā passaddhi pañca cha;
愚者们不行礼敬,五六个寂静;
Yo so añño ca naggo ca, acchinnajaṭilasākiyo.
那另一个裸行者,断发结发的沙基亚。
Magadhesu pañcābādhā, eko rājā ca aṅguli;
在马嘎达有五种障碍,一位国王与手指;
Māgadho ca anuññāsi, kārā likhi kasāhato.
马嘎达人允许了,监狱写下被鞭打者。
Lakkhaṇā iṇā dāso ca, bhaṇḍuko upāli ahi;
相、债、奴隶,以及商品、伍巴离是蛇;
Saddhaṃ kulaṃ kaṇṭako ca, āhundarikameva ca.
信、家族、刺,以及阿洪达利咖。
Vatthumhi dārako sikkhā, viharanti ca kiṃ nu kho;
在地上的男孩、学处,以及他们住在何处;
Sabbaṃ mukhaṃ upajjhāye, apalāḷana kaṇṭako.
一切口、在依止师处,不恭敬是刺。
Paṇḍako theyyapakkanto, ahi ca mātarī pitā;
般荼咖、盗贼同行者,蛇以及母亲、父亲;
Arahantabhikkhunībhedā, ruhirena ca byañjanaṃ.
阿拉汉比库尼破,以及血与相。
Anupajjhāyasaṅghena, gaṇapaṇḍakapattako;
无依止师、僧团,群般荼咖、钵;
Acīvaraṃ tadubhayaṃ, yācitenapi ye tayo.
无衣、那两者,以及乞求的那三种。
Hatthā pādā hatthapādā, kaṇṇā nāsā tadūbhayaṃ;
手、足、手足,耳、鼻、两者兼具,
Aṅguliaḷakaṇḍaraṃ, phaṇaṃ khujjañca vāmanaṃ.
指节肿胀者、裂足者、驼背者及侏儒。
Galagaṇḍī lakkhaṇā ceva, kasā likhitasīpadī;
瘿瘤者、有相者、麻风病者、身有纹者,
Pāpaparisadūsī ca, kāṇaṃ kuṇi tatheva ca.
污染恶众者、独眼者、跛足者,
Khañjaṃ pakkhahatañceva, sacchinnairiyāpathaṃ;
瘸腿者、半身不遂者、威仪道已断者,
Jarāndhamūgabadhiraṃ, andhamūgañca yaṃ tahiṃ.
老年盲者、哑者、聋者、盲哑者,
Andhabadhiraṃ yaṃ vuttaṃ, mūgabadhirameva ca;
所说的盲聋者、哑聋者,
Andhamūgabadhirañca, alajjīnañca nissayaṃ.
盲哑聋者、以及无惭者的依止。
Vatthabbañca tathāddhānaṃ, yācamānena lakkhaṇā ;
应说的布与如是之路,以乞求者的相,
Āgacchatu vivadanti, ekupajjhāyena kassapo.
「愿来」他们争论,迦叶以一亲教师。
Dissanti upasampannā, ābādhehi ca pīḷitā;
见到已受具足者,被诸病所逼迫,
Ananusiṭṭhā vitthenti, tattheva anusāsanā.
未被教诫者详说,就在那里教诫。
Saṅghepi ca atho bālā, asammatā ca ekato;
在僧团中以及愚者,未被认可而一起,
Ullumpatupasampadā, nissayo ekako tayoti.
夺取达上,依止者单独三。
Imamhi khandhake vatthūni ekasatañca dvāsattati. · 此篇集中有一百七十二事
Mahākhandhako niṭṭhito. · 大篇集完